Consultationtankeringregulationsandguidesmay2017 PDF

Tankering Regulations and
Guides Consultation
31 May 2017 EC/T03/103

Document Approved by Recipients of controlled copies
EC/T03/103 DG As per the circulation, list Bureau Library.
Tankering Regulations and Guides
Consultation
EC/T03/103
31 May 2017
Tankering Regulations and Guides - Consultation

Author Document Version Publication date Approved by
KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 1 of 19
Contents
Definitions .............................................................................................. 3
1. Introduction ................................................................................... 5
Purpose of this consultation ..................................................................... 5
Stakeholders for this consultation............................................................. 5
Purpose of the Regulations ...................................................................... 6
Next steps ................................................................................................ 6
2. How to respond ............................................................................. 7

General advice ......................................................................................... 7
Help with queries ...................................................................................... 7
Confidentiality ........................................................................................... 7
3. Background................................................................................... 9
4. Issues for consultation ................................................................ 10
Responsible Entities ............................................................................... 10
Supply Terms & Conditions via Tanker Filling Stations .......................... 10
Prohibition of Tankers registered in other Emirates................................ 10
Tankers registration process .................................................................. 11
Qualification and Rehabilitation of Tanker Drivers.................................. 11
Tankering of Groundwater and other types of water .............................. 12
Tariff Structure........................................................................................ 12
Submission and Publication of Tariffs .................................................... 12
Customer Choice and Competition......................................................... 13
Charges for Tankering Management ...................................................... 13
Annex A - Consultation Response Template........................................ 15

Annex B - Tankering Regulations ........................................................ 16
Annex C - Guide to Tankering Regulations (Drinking Water) ............... 17
Annex D - Guide to Tankering Regulations (Non-Drinking Water)........ 18
Annex E - Guide to Tankering Regulations (Wastewater) .................... 19

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 2 of 19
Definitions
Words, which are defined under this section, are used in this consultation paper begin with
capital letters.
Words and expressions other than those described in this section, which are defined in the Law,
shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Law.
Bureau – means the Regulation and Supervision Bureau for the water, wastewater and
electricity sectors in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi as established by Law No (2).
Customer – means any person, corporate body, or company who has an agreement with a
Distribution Company for the supply of electricity.
Distribution Company or Distribution Companies (Discos) – means an Entity holding a

licence from the Bureau to distribute electricity issued pursuant to Law No (2).
Entity – means an individual, company, association, society, partnership, corporation,

municipality, institution, government organisation, agency or group.
Environment – means the components of the earth and its interacting natural systems, which
includes air, land, water, organic and inorganic matter and living organisms.
Exemption – An exemption allowing a Person to carry out an Article 71 regulated activity without
a licence, in accordance with Article (74) or Article (79) of Law No (2)
Law No (2) – means Law No (2) of 1998 concerning the regulation of the water and electricity
sectors in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi, as amended.
Licensee – means the holder of a licence issued by the Bureau.
Non-Drinking Water – means Recycled Water, desalinated water, Groundwater or any other
type of water used strictly for irrigation, recreation, industrial or any other non-drinking purposes.
Person – means any individual, corporate body, partnership, person or other entity having
independent legal personality.
Responsible Entity – means the relevant Distribution Company in the case of Drinking and Non-
Drinking Water and ADSSC in the case of Wastewater
Tanker – is a collective name for Drinking Water, Non-drinking Water and Wastewater Tankers.
Tanker Driver – means a person who drives and operates the functions of the Tanker and
whose qualifications and competency has been confirmed by relevant authorities
Tanker Filling Station – means a facility which is owned, operated and/or controlled by the
relevant Distribution Company where the Water Tankers are filled
Tankering – means supply of Water or collection of Wastewater by a Tanker.
Wastewater – means water-borne wastes generated by any domestic, commercial or industrial

activity including Grey Water and Trade Effluent

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 3 of 19
Wastewater Discharge Point – means a point which is normally adjacent to the Wastewater
Treatment Works or pumping stations designed to receive Wastewater from Wastewater Tankers
Wholesome Water – means water that is in compliance with the Water Quality Regulations. It is
also referred to as Drinking Water.

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 4 of 19
1. Introduction
Purpose of this consultation
1.1 The purpose of this consultation process is to gather views from stakeholders on the
proposed Tankering Regulations and Guides. The Tankering Regulations were issued
first time for consultation on 23 November 2016 and this is a second issue taking into
account the received feedback. The Guides are issued for consultations for the first time.
1.2 The Regulation and Guides are aimed to be issued on 1 January 2018.
1.3 Annex B of this consultation includes a copy of the proposed Regulations.
1.4 Annex C of this consultation includes a copy of the proposed Guide (Drinking Water).
1.5 Annex D of this consultation includes a copy of the proposed Guide (Non-Drinking
Water).
1.6 Annex E of this consultation includes a copy of the proposed Guide (Wastewater).
Stakeholders for this consultation

1.7 This consultation seeks views from the following stakeholders:
a) AADC b) WRM
c) AAM d) Tadweer (CWM)
e) ADSSC f) Musanada
g) ADWEA h) Al Jaber Group
i) ADFCA j) Emirates Transport
k) ADDC l) Massar
m) ADM n) Green Mountains Env. & Transport
o) Abu Dhabi Police p) Al Muqaddamh Gen. Tran. and Cont.
q) DMAT r) Emirates Link Nitco
s) DED t) Atlas Express Cont., Maint. and Gen. Transport
u) EAD v) Zararah Transportation Co.
w) HAAD x) Tamas
y) FSCAD z) Barari
aa) UPC
bb) QCC

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 5 of 19
Purpose of the Regulations
1.8 The Regulations and Guides aim to achieve the following:
(a) establish a regulatory framework for Tankering related to Drinking Water, Non-
drinking Water and Wastewater;
(b) define the regulatory roles and responsibilities of those involved in Tankering
to protect the environment and safeguard public health; and
(c) provide technical guidelines for Tankers, Tanker Filling Stations, Wastewater
Discharge Points and relevant Customers’ facilities.
Next steps
1.9 The Bureau is seeking comments and suggestions on the introduction of new Regulation
regarding Tankering.
1.10 Annex A of this consultation paper includes the Bureau’s standard consultation response
template. This template should be used in communicating all comments or suggestions
to the Bureau within the period of this consultation.
1.11 The consultation will run until 25 June 2017.
1.12 The Bureau will arrange for a workshop during the week commencing 11 July 2017, to
present the main outcome of this consultation and to seek final consensus of
stakeholders.
1.13 Following this consultation, the Bureau will issue final Regulations and Guides.

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 6 of 19
2. How to respond
General advice
2.1 When responding, please state whether you are responding as an individual or
representing the views of an organisation. If responding on behalf of an organisation,
please make it clear who the organisation represents and, where applicable, how the
views of members were assembled.
2.2 Responses to this consultation must be received by 25 June 2017.
2.3 You are invited to send comments by:
(a) email to: jshadid@rsb.gov.ae; or
(b) letter to: Jamal Shadid, Director of Water Services, Regulation and
Supervision Bureau, P.O. Box 32800, Abu Dhabi
2.4 Printed copies of this consultation document may be obtained by post from:
Jamal Shadid, Director of Water Services, Regulation and Supervision Bureau, P.O. Box
32800, Abu Dhabi.
Help with queries

2.5 Questions about issues raised in the document can be addressed to:
Krzysztof Rzepczynski, Water Supply Manager, Regulation and Supervision Bureau,

P.O. Box 32800, Abu Dhabi or krzepczynski@rsb.gov.ae.
Mohamed Al Hadrami, Sr. Water Regulator , Regulation and Supervision Bureau, P.O.
Box 32800, Abu Dhabi or mhadrami@rsb.gov.ae.
2.6 Any questions should be sent before 15 June 2017.
2.7 If you have comments or complaints about the way this consultation has been conducted
they should be sent by 25 June 2017 to:
Dan Burton, Director of Legal Services & Customer Excellence, Regulation and
Supervision Bureau, P.O. Box 32800, Abu Dhabi or legal@rsb.gov.ae
Confidentiality
2.8 Information received in response to this consultation, including personal information, may
be subject to publication or disclosure by the Bureau.
2.9 If you wish any part of your response to remain confidential, you must clearly mark those
areas of your submission that you wish to remain confidential and provide an explanation
in support. The Bureau will consider each request for confidentiality on a case-by-case
basis and will notify you in writing of our decision together with the reasons for our
decision.

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 7 of 19
2.10 If forwarding your response by e-mail, any automatic confidentiality disclaimer, which
may be generated as an attachment to that e-mail, shall not be considered as binding on
the Bureau, for the purposes of this consultation.

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 8 of 19
3. Background
3.1 The Bureau carried out a public consultation on the provision of Water and Wastewater
services by Tankers between 30 October and 27 November 2014. The consultation
process confirmed there is a need for further regulatory control of the provision of Water
and Wastewater services by Tankers for consumers.
3.2 In July 2015, the Bureau made a proposal for a regulatory framework to the Executive
Committee, which was accepted and decision issued in September 2015 to develop it
further. The main principles of those proposals are:
(a) The need to provide effective, economic, secure, safe and integrated service
to customers.
(b) The need to establish fair and transparent pricing mechanism.
(c) The need to improve technical standards for Tankers and associated
infrastructure.
(d) The need to determine administrative and geographical extents of the service.
3.3 On 23rd November 2016, the Bureau issued a consultation paper on Tankering
Regulations, which set out a proposal for the introduction of a regulatory framework for
Tankering.
3.4 Following the receipt of a feedback a workshop with stakeholders was held on 20th
February 2017.
3.5 This time, the revised Tankering Regulations are issued together with technical Guides
for consultation.

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 9 of 19
4. Issues for consultation
4.1 The Bureau invites stakeholders to provide views on the proposed draft Tankering
Regulations.
4.2 The Bureau also invites stakeholders to provide views on the draft Guides to Tankering
Regulations.
4.3 Further specific issues for this consultation are detailed below.
Responsible Entities
4.4 The Bureau has highlighted to ADDC and AADC the need to establish and implement
their action plans to update the metering and billing systems to accommodate the
introduction of the proposed Regulation.
4.5 Currently, the Regulations assigns the function of Tankering monitoring and
management to:
(a) ADDC and AADC for Drinking Water and Non-drinking Water
(b) ADSSC for Wastewater
4.6 The Bureau requires an explicit acceptance from these companies to

undertake the functions of the Responsible Entity as drafted in the
Regulations.
4.7 The Bureau understands the concerns with regard to Non-drinking Water,
however, the Bureau will clarify the roles of AADC and ADDC for each type of
Non-Drinking Water in the Guide to Tankering Regulations (Non- Drinking
Water).
Supply Terms & Conditions via Tanker Filling Stations

4.8 Discos’ supply via filling stations should be governed by a number of terms
and conditions to be approved by the Bureau in accordance with Condition 31
of their licences. Accordingly, Discos should clarify their current terms and
conditions for supply via filling stations and submit the same for RSB
approval.
4.9 The Bureau would like to ensure that other Government entities such as AD
Police, QCC, EAD, DED or otherwise understand and are able to comply with
our regulations (no legal restrictions) and what needs to be done on their part
to enforce those requirements. Please refer to the responsibility matrix in the
Guides.
Prohibition of Tankers registered in other Emirates

4.10 The proposed Regulations prohibit Tankers registered in other Emirates to operate in
Abu Dhabi. Refer to the quote from the Regulations below:

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 10 of 19
(a) Clause 2 Prohibition; Sub clause 2.2.2:
Only Tankers registered by the Abu Dhabi Police shall be allowed to operate in
Abu Dhabi Emirate i.e. holding an Abu Dhabi registration plate number.
(b) Further reference is in the Guide (Drinking Water) Clauses 6.2.2, 8.4.1, 8.5.2,
8.5.4, 9.4.13
4.11 The stakeholders should confirm whether they support this approach or not from legal
perspective. Government entities should clarify whether such prohibition contradicts with
any constitutional or legal rights.
Tankers registration process

4.12 The tanker registration process proposed under the Regulations assumes that AD Police
will be the last instance for verifying compliance with the Regulations. Refer to the
following definitions below:
(a) Drinking Water Tanker–means a road vehicle registered by the Abu Dhabi
Police Traffic and Licensing Department following Certification of the Tanker
by the Distribution Company for the purposes of supplying Wholesome Water
sourced from designated Tanker Filling Stations which are owned, operated
and/or controlled by the Distribution Companies.
(b) Non-drinking Water Tanker – means a road vehicle registered by the Abu
Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing Department following Certification of the
Tanker by the Responsible Entity for the purposes of supplying Non-drinking
Water.
(c) Wastewater Tanker – means a road vehicle registered by the Abu Dhabi
Police Traffic and Licensing Department following Certification of the Tanker
by the Abu Dhabi Sewerage Services Company for the purposes of collecting
and discharging Wastewater.
4.13 The Bureau requires confirmation if such an arrangement is acceptable.
Qualification and Rehabilitation of Tanker Drivers

4.14 Currently, the proposed Regulations do not specify the relevant authorities who should
qualify the Tanker Drivers. Refer to the following definition below:
(a) Tanker Driver – means a person who drives and operates the functions of the
Tanker and whose qualifications and competency have been confirmed by
relevant authorities.”
4.15 The Bureau requires explicit commitment from Discos/ADSSC and QCC on this matter
insofar handling of Drinking Water, Non-Drinking Water and Wastewater is concerned.
4.16 The Bureau considers that in the interim Discos and ADSSC should provide the
necessary training and awareness campaign to Tanker Drivers until a conformity scheme
is developed and in place by QCC upon which no Discos permits should be issued to any
Tanker Driver who is not holding a conformity certificate from QCC.

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 11 of 19
Tankering of Groundwater and other types of water
4.17 EAD needs to confirm if the proposed Regulations should include Tankering of
Groundwater. Should the proposed Tankering Regulations include other types of water
e.g. seawater, rainwater etc.?
(a) Non-drinking Water – means Recycled Water, desalinated water, Groundwater

or any other type of water used strictly for irrigation, recreation, industrial or
any other non-drinking purposes.
[Note: Non-drinking Water may be of Wholesome quality however, it is strictly

used for non-drinking purposes.]
Tariff Structure
4.18 According to the proposed Regulations (clause 3.6), tariffs for Tankering Services to be
charged by the Responsible Person to the Customer shall have the following
components to recover all costs:
(a) Cost of Water or Wastewater services, charged by the Responsible Entity to
the Responsible Persons as per the Water or Wastewater tariffs approved by
the Bureau or Government, which will be recovered by a Responsible Person
from the relevant Customer on a pass-through basis;
(b) Fixed fee for the Tanker trip to the Customer; and
(c) Charge per kilometre for the Tanker trip to the Customer, which the
Responsible Person may choose to set to zero.
4.19 Stakeholders need to confirm that the above tariff structure is workable (if not, propose
and explain alternative structure) and allows the Responsible Person to recover all costs.
Submission and Publication of Tariffs

4.20 The proposed Regulations (clause 3.6) require the Responsible Persons to submit tariffs
for Tankering Services where applicable for their Tankers to the Responsible Entity from
time to time, for a minimum of one-month (calendar month) ahead. These tariffs will have
the following features in addition to the structure as set out above:
(a) The Responsible Persons will not update their tariffs for Tankering Services
during any calendar month once published for that month. This flexibility to
alter tariffs once a month is to cater for the variations in diesel prices on a
monthly basis in the UAE.
(b) The tariffs for Tankering Services may vary from one geographical area to
another. Accordingly, Responsible Persons may specify different tariffs for
different geographical areas.
(c) The Responsible Persons will make available their prevailing tariffs for
Tankering Services to the public and potential Customers via publication on
their websites or other websites with their contact details and other media or
methods.

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 12 of 19
(d) The Responsible Entity will publish on its website the prevailing tariffs for
Tankering Services for all Responsible Persons, with the contact details of the
Responsible Entity and the Responsible Persons.
4.21 Stakeholders’ views are requested on whether the above provide sufficient flexibility for
the Responsible Persons to publish, submit and update their tariffs and sufficient
channels to communicate with the Customers.
Customer Choice and Competition

4.22 Proposed Regulations (clause 3.6) provide a Customer the choice to request Tankering
Services from either the Responsible Entity or the Responsible Persons as follows:
(a) If the Customer calls the Responsible Entity for the Tankering Service, the
Responsible Entity shall select a Responsible Person that have the lowest
tariff payment for the Customer as per the prevailing tariffs for Tankering
Services for all available Tankers from the Responsible Persons for the
relevant area. The Responsible Entity shall accordingly offer the Customer
with details of the selected Responsible Person and the selected Tanker, the
applicable tariff payment (including cost of Water or Wastewater services) and
the expected time for the Customer to receive the Tankering Services. The
Customer shall have the choice to accept or reject the offer made by the
Responsible Persons within the reasonable time specified by the Responsible
Entity. In case the Customer rejects the offer, the Customer may either:
(i) exercise the choice as set out in paragraph 4.22(b) below by directly
contacting various Responsible Persons and find or negotiate the tariff for
the Tankering Services; or
(ii) call the Responsible Entity later for the Tankering Services as per this
paragraph 4.22(a) when the Responsible Entity shall assess the available
Tankers afresh and select and offer the Tanker with the then-lowest tariff
payment for the Customer; or
(b) If the Customer directly contacts one or more Responsible Persons and
negotiates and agrees the tariffs for Tankering Services with a Responsible
Person (not exceeding the tariffs published by the Responsible Entity on its
website for the relevant Responsible Person for the relevant area), the
Responsible Person shall contact the Responsible Entity to register the
request for Tankering Services agreed with the Customer along with the
details of the Customer and the agreed terms.
4.23 Stakeholders can comment on whether the above is workable and provides sufficient
customer choice and competition to protect the customers interests and identify any
challenges for implementation and solutions to address such challenges.
Charges for Tankering Management

4.24 According to the proposed Regulations (clause 3.7), the Responsible Entity should have
robust systems and processes to manage the Tankering Services and implement the
tariff regulations including but not limited to:

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 13 of 19
(a) Receive, publish and implement the tariffs for Tankering Services for
Responsible Persons for each area;
(b) Receive and register and record calls from the Customers and Responsible
Persons;
(c) Track and assess the availability of Tankers of the Responsible Persons in
each area, select the available Tanker with the lowest tariff payment for
Tankering Services for a Customer when requested, schedule the Tankering
Services for Customers having regard to other Tankering Services already
requested and agreed, estimate the time to deliver the requested Tankering
Services to each Customer, and log and record all requests made by
Customers and Responsible Persons and offers made by the Responsible
Entity to the Customers, agreed or rejected by the Customers; and
(d) Monitor the compliance of the Responsible Persons with the above Tankering
tariff regulations, and register, investigate and take necessary action on any
complaint from the Customers.
4.25 The proposed Regulations require the Responsible Entity to prepare and submit to the
Bureau for its approval a schedule of charges it proposes to charge for the different
services provided to the Responsible Persons by the Responsible Entity. The
Responsible Entity may modify the schedule of charges from time to time with the
approval of the Bureau.
4.26 AADC, ADDC and ADSSC are requested to:
(a) identify any additional services and activities (that are not listed above but are
necessary) that should be covered by above mechanism to implement the
Tankering Services;
(b) confirm whether the above provides a pragmatic mechanism for the
Responsible Entity to recover their reasonable costs; and
(c) explain any challenges in implementing the above mechanism and proposals
to address such challenges.

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 14 of 19
Annex A- Consultation Response Template
Bureau response template
An Electronic copy of this response template can be obtained from the Bureau.
Submission of comments on the Tankering Regulations and Guide.
Comments From <Organisation / Contact Person>

General Comments
1
2
3
4
5
Notes: insert more rows as required
Specific Comments on the Regulations and Guides

Clause/Appendix. Comments and Rationale Proposed Change
Page Paragraph/line/item
Notes: insert more rows as required

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 15 of 19
Annex B - Tankering Regulations

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 16 of 19
The Tankering Regulations 2017
Issued by
the Regulation and Supervision Bureau
for the water, wastewater and electricity sector in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi
www.rsb.gov.ae
EC/R03/101 ver. 1
31 May 2017
Consultation version EC/R03/101 ver. 1]
List of revisions
Revision Date Prepared by Checked by Issued to
EC/R03/101 ver. 0 23 Nov 2016 KR,MM,MH,MJ,KM JS,AR,DB Consultation
EC/R03/101 ver. 1 31 May 2017 KR,MM,MH,MJ,KM JS,AR,DB Consultation
The Tankering Regulations 2017 (Consultation version 1) Page 2 of 28

Foreword
The Regulation and Supervision Bureau is mandated to oversee the economic and
technical activities of electricity and water companies that are licensed to operate in the
Emirate of Abu Dhabi.
In addition to its duties over licensed companies, the Bureau has certain responsibilities
towards the general public including the assurance of safe and efficient electricity, water
and wastewater services to Customers. These Regulations have been produced with this
primary aim in mind.
These Regulations may be cited as the Tankering Regulations 2017 referred to hereafter
as the Regulations.
The Regulations establish a regulatory framework for Tankering related to Drinking

Water, Non-drinking Water and Wastewater, including Tankers, Tanker Filling Stations,
Wastewater Discharge Points and relevant Customers’ facilities i.e. Customer Water
Storage Tanks and Cesspit Tanks or other Wastewater Collection Points. The Regulations
had been produced following extensive consultation with a wide range of interested
parties.
The Regulations are also available in Arabic, but the reader should note they were first
written in English. They may also be downloaded from the Bureau’s website at
www.rsb.gov.ae.
Saif Saeed Al Qubaisi

Director General

Contents
1. Introduction ................................................................................... 7
1.1 Citation and Commencement ............................................................ 7
1.2 Interpretation ..................................................................................... 7
1.3 Definitions ......................................................................................... 7
1.4 Application of Regulations ............................................................... 11
2. Requirements ............................................................................. 12
2.1 Regulatory framework ..................................................................... 12
2.2 Prohibition ....................................................................................... 15
2.3 Tankering management .................................................................. 16
2.4 Tankering Management Agreement and Permitting Process .......... 17
2.5 Tankering Services arrangements .................................................. 17
2.6 Technical requirements ................................................................... 18
2.7 Security of service ........................................................................... 19
2.8 Quality of service ............................................................................. 19
2.9 Environmental conditions ................................................................ 20
2.10 Leakage/Spillage ............................................................................. 20
3. General principles ....................................................................... 21

3.1 Inspections, Measurements and Tests ............................................ 21
3.2 Notification ...................................................................................... 21
3.3 Contractual Penalties ...................................................................... 21
3.4 Relaxation of Regulation ................................................................. 21
3.5 Approval by the Bureau of New Specifications for Tankers ............ 21
3.6 Tariffs of Tankering Services........................................................... 22
Submission and Publication of Tariffs ...................................................... 22
Tariff Structure ......................................................................................... 22
Customer Choice and Competition........................................................... 22
Tariff Payment.......................................................................................... 23
Compliance .............................................................................................. 23
3.7 Charges for Tankering Management ............................................... 23
3.8 Code of Practice for Tankering Management .................................. 24
4. Compliance................................................................................. 25
4.1 Compliance ..................................................................................... 25
4.2 Auditing ........................................................................................... 25
4.3 Improvement notices ....................................................................... 25
4.4 Disputes .......................................................................................... 25
4.5 Incident reporting requirements....................................................... 26

5. Failure to comply with Regulations ............................................. 27

5.1 Reporting failures ............................................................................ 27
5.2 Compliance and Enforcement procedures ...................................... 27
6. Governing Law ........................................................................... 28

6.1 Governing Law ................................................................................ 28

The Tankering Regulations

The Regulation and Supervision Bureau hereby makes these Regulations in accordance
with Articles (62) of Law No (2) of 1998 Concerning the Regulation of the Water and
Electricity Sector in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.
Numbering convention
These Regulations use the following numbering system:
Parts are referenced by integers (e.g. 1, 2, 3, etc.)
Regulations are referenced by one full stop between numbers (e.g. 1.1, 1.2, etc.)
Clauses are referenced by two full stops between numbers (e.g. 3.1.2, etc.)

1. Introduction
1.1 Citation and Commencement
1.1.1 These Regulations may be cited as The Tankering Regulations 2017.
1.1.2 These Regulations are issued by the Regulation and Supervision Bureau pursuant
to Article (62) of Law No (2) of 1998, as amended.
1.1.3 These Regulations establish a regulatory framework for Tankering related to

Drinking Water, Non-drinking Water and Wastewater.
1.1.4 These Regulations may be modified or revoked by the Bureau at any time.
1.1.5 These Regulations should be read in conjunction with The Water Quality
Regulations, The Water Supply Regulations, the Recycled Water and Biosolids
Regulations, The Trade Effluent Control Regulations, and the relevant operational
codes.
1.1.6 Nothing in these Regulations is intended to conflict with any other Federal or Abu
Dhabi Law, Regulation, Decree, Order, Code or other ordinance.
1.1.7 These Regulations come into force on 1 January 2018 with a transition period of
one year to comply with the requirements.
1.2 Interpretation
1.2.1 Words which are defined under this section are used in the Regulations beginning
with capital letters. For example, “installed Water Fittings …”
1.2.2 Terms in common use are not defined here and normal dictionary definitions
apply (e.g. valve, device).
1.2.3 Words expressions other than those described in this section, which are defined in
the Law, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Law.
1.2.4 Words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular
number, respectively
1.3 Definitions
ADSSC – Abu Dhabi Sewerage Services Company, established under Law No (17) of
2005.
Bureau – the Regulation and Supervision Bureau for the Water, Wastewater and
Electricity Sector in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi, established under Law No (2) of 1998.
Cesspit Tank – means an underground tank holding Wastewater (sealed at the

bottom).
Certification – means a certificate issued by the Responsible Entity that the Tanker
fulfils all relevant technical requirements and is suitable for Tankering Water or
Wastewater, as may be appropriate.

Customer – the Person to whom the Responsible Person supplies Drinking or Non-
Drinking Water for domestic, industrial, agricultural or commercial purposes or from
whom it collects the Wastewater.
Customer Water Storage Tank or Tank – means any receiving Tank after the Water
is delivered to the Customer by a Water Tanker for storing Water for subsequent use.
Distribution Company (DISCOs) – means a Person holding a Licence from the Bureau
to distribute Water issued pursuant to Law No (2); currently, Abu Dhabi Distribution
Company (‘ADDC’) and Al Ain Distribution Company (‘AADC’).
Distribution System – means the system consisting (wholly or mainly) of water pipes
owned or operated by the Distribution Company and used for the distribution of Water to
the Point of Delivery to Premises or Customers and includes any plant and equipment,
including metering equipment, owned or operated by the Distribution Company in
connection with the distribution of Water.
Drinking Water Tanker – means a road vehicle registered by the Abu Dhabi Police
Traffic and Licensing Department following Certification of the Tanker by the Distribution
Company for the purposes of supplying Wholesome Water sourced from designated
Tanker Filling Stations which are owned, operated and/or controlled by the Distribution
Companies.
Good Industry Practice – means the exercise of that degree of skill, prudence and
foresight which would reasonably and ordinarily be expected from a skilled and
experienced Person engaged in the same type of undertaking under the same or similar
circumstances.
Grey Water – Wastewater sourced solely from baths, showers, hand basins and
domestic laundries.
Groundwater – means the Water that naturally exists underground and extracted by
drilling wells, excluding the water of surface ponds.
Guide – means the guide(s) to the Tankering Regulations issued by the Bureau for any
relevant Tankering activity, and as amended, substituted or supplemented by the Bureau
from time to time.
Incident – an unplanned event or chain of events which arises out of, or in connection
with a Work-related activity.
Law – means Law No (2) of 1998 concerning the Regulation of the Water and Electricity
Sector in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi and Law No (17) of 2005 concerning the
establishment of ADSSC, as amended.
Licence – means a licence issued by the Bureau authorising the conduct of water
distribution, water supply and/or wastewater collection regulated activities.
Non-drinking Water – means Recycled Water, desalinated water, Groundwater or any

other type of water used strictly for irrigation, recreation, industrial or any other non-
drinking purposes.
[Note: Non-drinking Water may be of Wholesome quality however, it is strictly used for
non-drinking purposes.]

Non-drinking Water Tanker – means a road vehicle registered by the Abu Dhabi
Police Traffic and Licensing Department following Certification of the Tanker by the
Responsible Entity for the purposes of supplying Non-drinking Water.
OSHAD – means the Occupational Safety and Health Centre of Abu Dhabi established in
2010 to ensure the implementation of a comprehensive and integrated management
system for occupational safety and health.
OSHAD SF – means the Abu Dhabi Emirate Occupational Safety & Health System
Framework published by OSHAD.
Permit – means the permission issued by the Responsible Entity to each Tanker for
allowing it to fill and supply Water or collect and discharge Wastewater at designated
locations.
Person – means any individual, corporate body, partnership, person or other entity
having independent legal personality.
Premises – means a tract or plot of land and includes the buildings and any
appurtenances on the land. A Premise may contain more than one property or dwelling
and more than one Customer.
Point of Delivery – means the physical connection point at which the Water leaves the
Distribution System.
Point of Entry – means the physical connection point at which the Water enters the
Customer Water Fittings.
Public Nuisance – means anything that disturbs the general public’s reasonable use of
property, endangers life and health, or is offensive to the general public. In Recycled
Water and Wastewater context, a public nuisance could be, without limitation. an odour
emission, recycled water and wastewater flooding, a noise or the attraction of vermin
and insects.
Recycled Water – treated liquid effluent produced by a Wastewater Treatment Works

that is suitable for Reuse.
Responsible Entity – means the relevant Distribution Company in the case of Drinking
and Non-Drinking Water and ADSSC in the case of Wastewater.
Responsible Person – means an individual, establishment, company, association,

society, partnership, corporation, municipality, institution, government organisation,
agency or group who owns and/or operates one Tanker or more. It may be the Tanker’s
owner or someone authorised by him.
Reuse – the release to the environment or recycling of Recycled Water for the benefit of
the environment or general public.
Self-Supply – means Tankering for self-use; such activity is designated as “Not For
Sale” and cannot be undertaken for commercial purposes.
Sewerage System – means the system consisting (wholly or mainly) of sewerage

pipes, pumping stations, Tankers and other plant and equipment owned or operated by
the ADSSC and used for the transportation of wastewater from Premises or Customers to
the Wastewater Treatment Works.
Tanker(s) – is a collective name for Drinking Water, Non-drinking Water and

Wastewater Tankers.

Tanker Driver – means a person who drives and operates the functions of the Tanker
and whose qualifications and competency have been confirmed by relevant authorities.
Tankering/Tankering Services – means supply of Water or collection of Wastewater

by a Tanker.
Tanker Fittings – means pipes, pipe fittings, meters, sensors, probes and pumps
mounted on the Tanker to facilitate filling and discharge of the load.
Tanker Filling Station – means a facility which is owned, operated and/or controlled by
the relevant Distribution Company where the Water Tankers are filled.
Tracking Device – means a device, carried by a moving Tanker, which uses the global
positioning system to determine and track its precise location.
Trade Effluent – any Wastewater discharged to a Sewerage System which is produced

in the course of any industrial, commercial, agricultural, medical, and scientific or trade
activity, but does not include domestic Wastewater.
UAE – means the United Arab Emirates
Wastewater – The water-borne wastes generated by any domestic, commercial or

industrial activity including Grey Water and Trade Effluent.
Wastewater Collection Point – means a point which is normally adjacent to the

Customer Premises from where the Tanker collects Wastewater.
Wastewater Discharge Point – means a point which is normally adjacent to the

Wastewater Treatment Works or pumping stations designed to receive Wastewater from
Wastewater Tankers.
Wastewater Tanker – means a road vehicle registered by the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic
and Licensing Department following Certification of the Tanker by the Abu Dhabi
Sewerage Services Company for the purposes of collecting and discharging Wastewater.
Wastewater Treatment Works (WWTWs) – means a facility to treat Wastewater.
Water – means collectively Wholesome Water (Drinking Water) or Non-drinking Water.
Water/Wastewater Meter – means a device used for measurement of

Water/Wastewater flow or volume which is either read manually or recorded remotely.
Water Fitting – means pipes, pipe fittings, joints, and valves, back prevention devices
including the Customer’s Ground Storage Tank. Without limiting the foregoing, Water
Fitting shall include a pump, meter or any other relevant fittings required to facilitate the
connection arrangement to the Customer.
Water Quality Regulations – means the Water Quality Regulations issued by the
Bureau under Article (62) of Law No (2).
Wholesome Water – means water that is in compliance with the Water Quality
Regulations. It is also referred to as Drinking Water.
Year – means a calendar year according to the Gregorian calendar.

1.4 Application of Regulations

1.4.1 These Regulations specify the obligations of the Responsible Entities, Responsible
Persons, Tanker Drivers, Customers and relevant stakeholders in respect of any
activities related to filling and supplying of Drinking and Non-Drinking Water and
collection and discharging of Wastewater by means of Tankers.
1.4.2 Nothing in these Regulations shall permit any liquids that are not complying with
the relevant regulations, to be discharged into the Water Fitting or into the
Distribution System of the Distribution Company.
1.4.3 Nothing in these Regulations shall permit to discharge any Wastewater into the
Wastewater Collection or Discharge Points unless it meets the quality discharge
standards specified in the relevant regulations.

2. Requirements
2.1 Regulatory framework
2.1.1 These Regulations are part of a regulatory framework and prescribe the common
regulatory requirements across the Tankering sector. They are supported by
service specific obligations in the Guide to the Regulations, which will be issued
separately.
2.1.2 These Regulations define the regulatory roles and responsibilities of Responsible
Persons involved in Tankering to protect the environment and safeguard public
health.
2.1.3 Figure 2.1 illustrates the structure of the consolidated regulatory framework.
Figure 2.1 – Regulatory framework

Tankering
Regulations
Non-drinking Water
Drinking Water
Wastewater
Guide
Guide
Guide
2.1.4 The scope of Tankering and overall arrangements are depicted in Figures 2.2 and
2.3 below:
Figure 2.2 – Scope of Tankering

Figure 2.3 – Overall Arrangements
ADSSC
Discos Licensing & Regulations The Regulator
Owner of WWTPs and
Water supplier and
exclusive provider of
Tanker Filling Stations Regulations &
services to receive
owner Supervision Bureau
Wastewater from Tankers
Certification, Permitting and

Tanker Management
Responsible Person: Regulations
• Individual (owning Define Tariff and charges (where applicable)
tanker)
Conditional Exemption
• Tanker Companies
• Gov. Entities and others Licensing (where applicable)
Providing Tankering services

Customer
s
(FOR SALE - B) (FOR SALE - A)
(NOT FOR SALE)
Self-Supply
Filling / discharge on Customers’ Filling / discharge through
Customers owning Tankers and
requests made to Responsible contracts between Customers
permitted by the Responsible
Entity to provide the service and Responsible Person to
Entity to fill/discharge for their
supply water or collect
through Responsible Person own use
Wastewater
2.1.5 The Bureau is responsible for the following tasks, but not limited to:
(a) determining the regulatory framework for Tankering;
(b) ensuring all concerned parties comply with the requirements of the
Regulations;
(c) revising these Regulations as may be required to ensure tankering is

regulated and managed in an efficient and effective way;
(d) issuing the relevant Guides to the Regulations and monitoring compliance
to such Guides;
(e) approving the Tankering management and supply tariffs set by the
Responsible Entities;
(f) the regulation of prices charged to Customers by Responsible Persons,

where applicable;
(g) licensing the Responsible Person operating commercial Tankers;
(h) issuing the necessary exemptions for Self-Supply Tankering regulated

activities;
(i) issuing specific derogations or consents for relaxation from requirements

under these Regulations, if needed;

(j) reviewing and approving Code of Practice submitted by the Responsible

Entity; and
(k) making a binding decision for any enquiry, clarification, dispute, or claim
relevant to these Regulations.
2.1.6 The Responsible Entity is responsible for the following tasks, but not limited to:
(a) Implementing and monitoring compliance with these Regulations;
(b) ensuring the Responsible Person has the required licence/exemption form
the Bureau;
(c) developing, getting the Bureau’s approval and implementing the relevant
Tankering Code of Practice;
(d) permitting and certifying Tankers;
(e) dispatching and control of Tankers;
(f) maintaining an up to date register of Tankers and Tanker Drivers;
(g) ensuring Tanker Drivers have the required qualification and competency
certifications
(h) establishing administrative control over the Tankering fleet management

and issuing the necessary Permits;
(i) managing Tanker Filling Stations and Wastewater Discharge Points, as

may be appropriate;
(j) appointing and maintaining a register of qualified inspectors to perform

regular compliance inspections of all Tankers;
(k) ensuring any non-compliance is appropriately addressed;
(l) inspecting and auditing Tankers and Tanker Drivers:
(m) providing annual inspection reports to the Bureau;
(n) entering into Tankering management and supply agreements with

Responsible Persons; and
(o) billing and collection of Tankering management charges and supply tariffs.
2.1.7 The Responsible Person is responsible for the following tasks, but not limited to:
(a) implementing these Regulations;
(b) getting the Bureau’s prior licence/exemption to carry out the relevant
Tankering activity;
(c) maintaining Tankers in compliance with the technical requirements of

these Regulations;
(d) ensuring Tankers are operated by suitably qualified and competent Tanker
Drivers in line with these regulations;
(e) providing information to the Responsible Entity as may be required;
(f) making sure that Tankers for Self-Supply are not used for commercial
purposes;

(g) paying the approved Tankering management charges and supply tariffs to
the Responsible Entity;
(h) getting the necessary Permits for each Tanker;
(i) complying with the applicable price regulation for Tankering services; and
(j) fulfilling the contractual obligations set by the Responsible Entity.
Note: The Distribution Companies and ADSSC are subject to the Responsible Person
requirements in respect of their own Tankering Services.
2.1.8 Tanker Drivers are responsible for the following tasks, but not limited to:
(a) being competent and qualified in accordance with any applicable

conformity or certification schemes;
(b) abiding by the traffic rules;
(c) delivering Tankering services in line with the stipulation of the Tankering
Regulations and the Guide;
(d) avoiding waste and spillage; and
(e) complying with all applicable health, safety and environment requirements
2.1.9 Customers are responsible for the following tasks, but not limited to:
(a) providing appropriate Water Fittings which comply with the requirements
of Water Supply Regulations;
(b) declaring any hazards which may exist at the Premises;
(c) providing safe and unobstructed access to Point of Entry for Drinking
Water and/or Wastewater Point of Collection for Wastewater; and
(d) use the Drinking Water for his own use only.
2.1.10 Relevant Abu Dhabi Government entities are responsible for the following tasks,
but not limited to:
(a) vehicle registration of Tankers;
(b) qualifying Tanker Drivers;
(c) licensing of trade/commercial activities; and
(d) monitoring compliance with health, safety and environment requirements.
2.2 Prohibition
2.2.1 Any Tanker which does not comply with these Regulations shall not be permitted
to operate in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.
2.2.2 Only Tankers registered by the Abu Dhabi Police shall be allowed to operate in
Abu Dhabi Emirate i.e. holding an Abu Dhabi registration plate number.
2.2.3 In compliance with the Water Quality Regulations, and in order to avoid the
likelihood of any cross contamination between Drinking Water, Non-drinking
Water and Wastewater, interchangeable usage of Tankers is prohibited.

2.2.4 Each Tanker must strictly retain its designation as either a Drinking Water
Tanker, Non-drinking Water Tanker or Wastewater Tanker.
2.2.5 Drinking Water Tankers shall only fill from Drinking Water Tanker Filling Stations.
2.2.6 Wastewater Tankers shall not discharge its load in places other than the
designated Wastewater Collection Points.
2.2.7 Discharge of Wastewater shall not be accepted if the Wastewater does not meet
the discharge standards.
2.2.8 Responsible Entity shall not allow Wastewater Tankers to discharge its load in
places other than the designated Points of Discharge.
2.2.9 Responsible Entity shall not allow Tankers to fill and discharge without a Permit.
2.2.10 Customers shall not re-sell or supply Water to others without a licence or an
exemption from the Bureau.
2.3 Tankering management

2.3.1 The Responsible Entity is responsible for Tankering management.
2.3.2 Tankering management shall include :
(a) entering into Tankering management and/or supply agreements with the
Responsible Persons;
(b) issuing the necessary Permits to Tankers; and
(c) maintaining proper records and information on Tankering Services within

the relevant geographical area.
2.3.3 The Responsible Entity must keep and maintain an electronic register to capture
the details of Responsible Persons and Tankering management and supply
agreements in place, issued Certifications and Permits.
2.3.4 The Responsible Entity must keep and maintain an electronic register of
Tankering activities including the following details:
(a) Volumes of tankered Water filled at each Tanker Filling Station or

Wastewater disposed of at Wastewater Discharge Point as appropriate.
(b) Quality of tankered Water filled at each Tanker Filling Station or

Wastewater disposed of at Wastewater Discharge Point as appropriate.
2.3.5 The Responsible Entity must keep a register of tankered Water delivered to or
Wastewater collected from the Customer and this should include the following
details:
(a) Location of the Tanker Filling Station where the water was filled from;
(b) Location of the Wastewater Discharge Points;
(c) Customer details and location;
(d) Date and time of delivery of service ;and
(e) Volume of Water or Wastewater as appropriate.

2.3.6 The Responsible Entity must keep a register of the Tanker inspections and
disinfections and shall include the following:
(a) Permit number and its details ;
(b) Tanker plate number;
(c) date of last inspection and disinfections;
(d) date of upcoming inspection and disinfections;
(e) status of inspection and disinfections (failed or passed); and
(f) corrective actions.
2.4 Tankering Management Agreement and Permitting Process

2.4.1 The Responsible Entity will enter into agreement with the Responsible Person for
Tankering management and Supply services.
2.4.2 The terms and conditions for the Tankering management and supply services
shall be developed by the Responsible Entity and submitted to the Bureau for its
approval.
2.4.3 Further to concluding the Tankering management and supply agreement, the
Responsible Entity shall issue individual Permits to each Tanker to allow it to fill
and supply Water or collect and discharge Wastewater, as appropriate.
2.4.4 A Code of Practice describing the process Tankering Management must be

developed by the Responsible Entity and submitted to the Bureau for approval.
2.5 Tankering Services arrangements

2.5.1 In general, Tankering includes on-demand supply, contract supply and Self-
Supply
2.5.2 On demand supply :
(a) Tankers are dispatched upon a Customer’s request to the Responsible

Entity made through a call centre or any dispatch arrangement.
(b) Tankering shall only be provided through a Responsible Person.
2.5.3 Contract supply :
(a) Tankering shall only be provided through a Responsible Person
(b) Tankers are dispatched upon signing of a contract between the Customer
and the Responsible Person.
2.5.4 Self-Supply:
(a) The Customer is permitted to use a Tanker for Self-Supply of Water and
collection of Wastewater from his Premises which is designated “Not For
Sale”, and is not used for commercial purposes.
(b) All permitted Tankers for Self-Supply by a Responsible Entity shall meet
the technical requirements of the Guide.

2.6 Technical requirements

2.6.1 General.
(a) Detailed technical requirements are stipulated in the Guide to these

Regulations, which shall be issued separately.
(b) All Tankers certified and/or permitted by the Responsible Entity must have
appropriate signage related to the type of water they carry and intended
application. The only approved names are: “Drinking Water”, “Non-
drinking Water” and “Wastewater”.
(c) All Tankers must be equipped with a Tracking Device, allowing the
Responsible Entity to monitor the movement of the Tankers, and any other
required equipment necessary to facilitate the despatch of Water and/or
collection of Wastewater where applicable.
(d) All technical elements which are part of the Tankering services including
but not limited to, Tankers, Tanker Filling Stations, relevant Customers’
facilities i.e. Customers’ Storage Tanks and Cesspit Tanks, Wastewater
Collection Points, Water Fittings, Tanker Fittings, Tracking Devices must be
constructed, manufactured, installed, connected or disconnected, in a
manner consistent with Good Industry Practice and as may also be
prescribed by the manufacturer and/or the Responsible Entity from time to
time, and shall be of an approved quality and standard fit for their
intended purpose.
2.6.2 Tankers.
(a) All Drinking Water Tankers certified and/or permitted by the Distribution
Company must have appropriate signage stating “Drinking Water” which is
clearly visible on the external body of the Tanker in both the Arabic and
English languages, along with an appropriate pictorial symbol clearly
indicating that the water is Wholesome Water. Tankers which are used for
Self-Supply shall bear a visible signage “Not for Sale”.
(b) All Non-drinking Water Tankers certified by the Responsible Entity must
have appropriate signage stating “Non-drinking Water” which is clearly
visible on the external body of the Tanker in both the Arabic and English
languages, along with an appropriate pictorial symbol clearly indicating
that the water is not intended for drinking applications. These Tankers
must not be used for Wastewater.
(c) All Wastewater Tankers certified and/or permitted by the Responsible

Entity must have appropriate signage stating “Wastewater” which is
clearly visible on the external body of the Tanker in both the Arabic and
English languages, along with an appropriate pictorial symbol clearly
indicating that the tanker carries Wastewater. These Tankers must not be
used for Drinking and Non-drinking Water.
2.6.3 Tanker Filling Stations and Wastewater Discharge Points.
(a) all Tanker Filling Stations and Wastewater Discharge Points shall
accommodate perimeter fence, entry/exit gates and barriers, safety signs,
street lights, segregated filling bays, pedestrian footpaths, adequate
sanitary facilities;

(b) all Tanker Filling Stations and Wastewater Discharge Points shall be
manned by suitably qualified and competent personnel to ensure the
tanker movement is controlled and safe, payment is collected, and people
and equipment are protected; and
(c) all Tanker Filling Stations and Wastewater Discharge Points shall maintain
Tanker logbooks to capture details such as the Tanker Permit number;
capacity, Tanker license plate number, Tanker Driver details, date and
time of entry, frequency of entries, source and destination of the tankered
Water or Wastewater and payment records.
2.7 Security of service

2.7.1 The Responsible Person who distributes and supplies Wholesome Water for the
purposes of drinking, washing and cooking is required to have its Drinking Water
Tankers certified and permitted by the Distribution Company in accordance with
testing qualification procedures that comply with the Water Quality Regulations
and any other relevant procedures adopted by the Distribution Company to
ensure Wholesome Water is delivered to Customers.
2.7.2 The Responsible Person shall ensure that an accurate quantity of Water is
delivered within the projected time.
2.7.3 In case of emergency, crisis, or disaster, Responsible Entity must comply with the
relevant Business Continuity Management Regulations issued by the Bureau.
2.7.4 The Responsible Entity shall ensure that only Tankers with the relevant Permit are
able to use its facilities.
2.7.5 The Responsible Entity shall carry out random inspections to ensure compliance
with the Regulations and any other contractual obligations.
2.8 Quality of service

2.8.1 The Distribution Company shall be responsible for ensuring that the Water quality
exiting its Distribution System at the Tanker Filling Station (at the Point of
Delivery) is Wholesome Water and complies with the Water Quality Regulations.
2.8.2 The Responsible Entity shall carry out random inspections to ensure that safe
Water reaches the Customers.
2.8.3 The Responsible Entity shall ensure that there are means for issuing an early and
accurate contamination alert to Customers in case it is required.
2.8.4 The Responsible Person shall be responsible for meeting the quality of service as
stipulated in the contractual arrangement with the Customer.
2.8.5 The Tanker Driver shall be responsible for ensuring that no cross-contamination
takes place during filling, transporting and offloading. He must have the
experience to eliminate/mitigate any such risks originating from human errors or
equipment failure.

2.9 Environmental conditions

2.9.1 All field installations shall be suitable for the prevailing climatic conditions of the
2.9.2 Dumping of Wastewater in the environment is prohibited.
2.9.3 The Responsible Entity will be responsible for monitoring Tanker movements and
reporting cases of violation to relevant authorities for further action.
2.10 Leakage/Spillage
2.10.1 Any leakage/Spillage should be avoided,
2.10.2 The Responsible Entity shall ensure that immediate steps are taken to repair any
Water leakage/spillage that occurs from the Tanker Filling Station.
2.10.3 The Responsible Person for Tankering shall ensure that immediate steps are
taken to repair any Water and Wastewater leakage/spillage that occurs from the
Tankers.
2.10.4 The Tanker Driver shall ensure that the Tanker is not filled up beyond its
capacity, and is securely locked.

3. General principles
3.1 Inspections, Measurements and Tests
3.1.1 In order for the Responsible Entity to carry out its obligations under these
Regulations it shall (amongst other things) carry out such inspections,
measurements and tests on Tankers.
3.1.2 For the purposes of Clause 3.2.1, inspections shall be carried out by any Person
appointed or authorised by the Responsible Entity or the Bureau.
3.1.3 In carrying out these inspections, the appointed or authorised Person may
disqualify any Tanker which does not meet the requirements of these Regulations
and Guides.
3.2 Notification
3.2.1 The Responsible Entity shall notify in writing the Responsible Person of any non-
compliance with these Regulations and set the timeline for rectifying the
deficiencies.
3.2.2 The Responsible Entity shall validate any corrective action which may be required.
3.3 Contractual Penalties

3.3.1 Any violation or non-compliance with these Regulations or its Guide will lead to an
enforcement action.
3.3.2 The Responsible Entity has the right to impose contractual financial penalties and
take the necessary rectifying actions in case of violating these Regulations.
3.3.3 The Responsible Entity should create a list of punishable violations and/or non-
compliance and assign a financial penalty or otherwise for the Bureau’s review
and approval.
3.4 Relaxation of Regulation

3.4.1 The Bureau may, upon a written application of any Person, and after due
consideration, authorise a relaxation of the Regulations, subject to such
limitations as the Responsible Entity or the Bureau may determine.
3.5 Approval by the Bureau of New Specifications for Tankers

3.5.1 Before approving a specification or standard under Clause 2.6, the Bureau may
consult:
(a) each Responsible Entity;
(b) such trade associations and government authorities as it considers

appropriate; and
(c) such organisations appearing to it to be concerned with the interests of

water users as it considers appropriate.

3.5.2 Where the Bureau approves a standard or specification under Clause 2.6) it shall
give notice of the approval to all persons who were consulted under Clause 3.5.1
and shall publish it in such manner as it considers appropriate.
3.6 Tariffs of Tankering Services
Submission and Publication of Tariffs

3.6.1 Tariffs for Tankering Services where applicable will be submitted by the
Responsible Persons for their Tankers to the Responsible Entity from time to time,
for a minimum of one-month (calendar month) ahead.
(a) The Responsible Persons will not update their tariffs for Tankering Services
during any calendar month once published for that month.
(b) The tariffs for Tankering Services may vary from one geographical area to
another. Accordingly, Responsible Persons may specify different tariffs for
different geographical areas.
(c) The Responsible Persons will make available their prevailing tariffs for
Tankering Services to the public and potential Customers via publication
on their websites or other websites with their contact details and other
media or methods.
(d) The Responsible Entity will publish on its website the prevailing tariffs for
Tankering Services for all Responsible Persons, with the contact details of
the Responsible Entity and the Responsible Persons.
Tariff Structure
3.6.2 Tariffs for Tankering Services to be charged by the Responsible Person to the
Customer shall have the following components to recover all costs:
(a) Cost of Water or Wastewater services, charged by the Responsible Entity

to the Responsible Persons as per the Water or Wastewater tariffs
approved by the Bureau or Government, which will be recovered by a
Responsible Person from the relevant Customer on a pass-through basis;
(b) Fixed fee for the Tanker trip to the Customer; and
(c) Charge per kilometre for the Tanker trip to the Customer, which the
Responsible Person may choose to set to zero.
Customer Choice and Competition

3.6.3 A Customer shall have the choice to request Tankering Services from either the
Responsible Entity or the Responsible Persons as follows:
(a) If the Customer calls the Responsible Entity for the Tankering Service, the
Responsible Entity shall select a Responsible Person that have the lowest
tariff payment for the Customer as per the prevailing tariffs for Tankering
Services for all available Tankers from the Responsible Persons for the
relevant area. The Responsible Entity shall accordingly offer the Customer
with details of the selected Responsible Person and the selected Tanker,
the applicable tariff payment (including cost of Water or Wastewater
services) and the expected time for the Customer to receive the Tankering

Services. The Customer shall have the choice to accept or reject the offer
made by the Responsible Persons within the reasonable time specified by
the Responsible Entity. In case the Customer rejects the offer, the
Customer may either:
(i) exercise the choice as set out in clause 3.6.3(b) below by directly
contacting various Responsible Persons and find or negotiate the
tariff for the Tankering Services; or
(ii) call the Responsible Entity later for the Tankering Services as per
this clause 3.6.3(a) when the Responsible Entity shall assess the
available Tankers afresh and select and offer the Tanker with the
then-lowest tariff payment for the Customer; or
(b) If the Customer directly contacts one or more Responsible Persons and
negotiates and agrees the tariffs for Tankering Services with a Responsible
Person (not exceeding the tariffs published by the Responsible Entity on its
website for the relevant Responsible Person for the relevant area), the
Responsible Person shall contact the Responsible Entity to register the
request for Tankering Services agreed with the Customer along with the
details of the Customer and the agreed terms.
Tariff Payment
3.6.4 Tariffs for Tankering Service (including the cost of water or wastewater services)
shall be paid by the Customer to the Responsible Person upon delivery of
Tankering Services, according to either:
(a) the lowest tariff payment for the Responsible Person selected by the
Responsible Entity as per the tariffs published on its website for the
relevant Responsible Person for the relevant area, if the request for
Tankering Service was made and agreed by the Customer to the
Responsible Entity pursuant to clause 3.6.3 (a); or
(b) the tariffs negotiated and agreed by the Customer with the Responsible
Person not exceeding the tariffs published by the Responsible Entity on its
website for the relevant Responsible Person for the relevant area, if the
request for Tankering Service was made and agreed by the Customer to
the Responsible Person pursuant to clause 3.6.3(b).
Compliance
3.6.5 Compliance with the above Tankering tariff regulations will be mandatory in
accordance with these Regulations.
3.6.6 The Responsible Entity shall ensure that all Responsible Persons are complying
with these Tankering tariff regulations.
3.7 Charges for Tankering Management

3.7.1 The Responsible Entity shall have robust systems and processes to manage the
Tankering Services as per the above Tankering tariff regulations including but not
limited to:
(a) Receive, publish and implement the tariffs for Tankering Services for
Responsible Persons for each area;

(b) Receive and register and record calls from the Customers and Responsible
Persons;
(c) Track and assess the availability of Tankers of the Responsible Persons in
each area, select the available Tanker with the lowest tariff payment for
Tankering Services for a Customer when requested, schedule the
Tankering Services for Customers having regard to other Tankering
Services already requested and agreed, estimate the time to deliver the
requested Tankering Services to each Customer, and log and record all
requests made by Customers and Responsible Persons and offers made by
the Responsible Entity to the Customers, agreed or rejected by the
Customers; and
(d) Monitor the compliance of the Responsible Persons with the above
Tankering tariff regulations, and register, investigate and take necessary
action on any complaint from the Customers.
3.7.2 The Responsible Entity shall prepare and submit to the Bureau for its approval a
schedule of charges it proposes to charge for the different services provided to
the Responsible Persons by the Responsible Entity.
3.7.3 The Responsible Entity may modify the schedule of charges from time to time
with the approval of the Bureau.
3.7.4 The Responsible Entity is not allowed to introduce, amend or delete any charges
set in accordance with the previous paragraph without the Bureau’s approval.
3.8 Code of Practice for Tankering Management

3.8.1 Responsible Entity must develop a Code of Practice for Tankering Management
and submit it to the Bureau for approval within three months of the effective date
of these Regulations.
3.8.2 The Code of Practice shall include but is not limited to the following:
(a) management of dispatch centre;
(b) awareness and education on Tankering Services and in particular the risks
to public health and the environment associated with Tankering of
Recycled Water and Wastewater;
(c) Public Health Risk Management Plan that will protect the Customer by
identifying potential risks and establish actions to mitigate such risks;
(d) list of violations and applicable penalties;
(e) complaints handling; and
(f) any other matters, as may be applicable.

4. Compliance
4.1 Compliance
4.1.1 Compliance with these Regulations shall be assessed in accordance with Law No
(2) and the relevant provisions of the Guide.
4.2 Auditing
4.2.1 Inspections and audits shall be conducted on a regular basis by the Responsible
Entity on Tanker Filling Stations, Responsible Persons, Collection Points and
Tankers to verify their compliance with the applicable policies, guidelines and
statutory requirements.
4.3 Improvement notices

4.3.1 The Bureau may issue an improvement notice to the Responsible Entity if:
(a) the Responsible Entity has breached the Tankering Regulations; or
(b) any Person breached the Tankering Regulations.
4.3.2 Any improvement notice must be given in writing to the Responsible Entity.
4.3.3 An improvement notice must:
(a) state:
(i) the condition of the Regulations that has been breached; or
(ii) the threat to public health and safety or
(iii) the environment; or the cause of public nuisance; and
(b) explain how:

(i) the condition has been breached; or
(ii) the threat or cause has been identified; and
(c) state the action the Responsible Entity must consider and when it must be
considered;
(i) give the date by which the Responsible Entity must complete any
action;
(ii) state the consequences if the Responsible Entity does not take
action on time; and
(iii) state what the Bureau may do to monitor progress with the terms
of the improvement notice.
4.4 Disputes
4.4.1 Any dispute between the Responsible Entity and any Person in relation to the
exercise of the Responsible Entities’ powers under these Regulations may be
referred to the Bureau for determination.

4.4.2 The decision issued by the Bureau is binding on all the parties.
4.4.3 Failure to comply with the Bureau's decision shall be considered as a failure to
comply with the Regulations.
4.5 Incident reporting requirements

4.5.1 The Responsible Entity shall notify the Bureau of any reportable OHS, according
to the latest version of OSHAD SF, quality, operational or environmental Incident
in accordance with the Bureau Incident Reporting Regulations, as amended from
time to time.
4.5.2 Any Person can report any violation/non-compliance to these Regulations to the
Responsible Entity or the Bureau at any time.

5. Failure to comply with Regulations

5.1 Reporting failures
5.1.1 Any failure to comply with these Regulations or any act that may be considered
as a failure to comply with these Regulations must be reported to the Bureau.
5.2 Compliance and Enforcement procedures

5.2.1 Failure to comply with these Regulations (or any part herein), may be deemed as
contrary to Article 66 of Law No (2) and/or a breach of a condition in either an
Exemption, or in an Licence, as granted by the Bureau.
5.2.2 The Bureau may enforce these Regulations in accordance with:
(a) a) its powers under Law No (2);
(b) b) the conditions of any relevant Licence; or
(c) c) any other legislative or regulatory instrument conferring such authority

upon the Bureau.
5.2.3 In the event of any failure to comply with these Regulations, the Bureau may
take any remedial or corrective action within its powers under Law No (2),

6. Governing Law
6.1 Governing Law
6.1.1 These Regulations and the rights and duties of any parties hereunder shall be
governed by the laws of the Emirate of Abu Dhabi and the federal laws of the
UAE, as applied by the courts of the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.

Annex C - Guide to Tankering Regulations
(Drinking Water)

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 17 of 19
Guide to Tankering Regulations (Drinking
Water) 2017
Issued by
www.rsb.gov.ae
31 May 2017
1st Consultation Document
Foreword
The Regulation and Supervision Bureau (the Bureau) is established in Abu Dhabi law to
oversee the economic and technical activities of the electricity, water and wastewater
companies that are licensed to operate in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.
The Bureau issued the Tankering Regulations, which provide the regulatory framework to
ensure adequate water supply and quality to end use Customers.
The Guide to Tankering Regulations (Drinking Water), is issued by the Bureau in support
of the Water Tankering Regulations. It has been developed to put in place Drinking
Water Tankering requirements and guidelines to ensure that water quality and
wholesomeness supplied to, and subsequently received by, Customers is protected and
maintained beyond the Distribution Company Filling Station.
This Guide details the regulatory requirements for all those involved in supply of Drinking
Water to Customer by Tankers. The Guide also provides good practice guideline on
methods for the safe and effective Cleaning, Disinfection, Inspection, Sampling and
Testing of the approved and licenced Tankers in use in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.
This Guide will also be available in Arabic, but the reader should note it was first written
in English. It may be downloaded from the Bureau’s website at www.rsb.gov.ae
Acknowledgements
The Bureau has consulted with relevant Abu Dhabi Government Authorities and industry
stakeholders in the development of this Guide to Drinking Water Regulations. The
Bureau would like to acknowledge the valuable input and support of the Government and
industry stakeholders in the development of this Code.
In particular, the Bureau would like to express its thanks and appreciation to the
following Authorities and industry stakeholders for their contributions and continued
support:
(a) Abu Dhabi Government Authorities and Companies

(i) Abu Dhabi Water & Electricity Authority
(ii) Al Ain Distribution Company
(iii) Abu Dhabi Distribution Company
(iv) Abu Dhabi Police
(v) Abu Dhabi Sewerage Services Company
(vi) Abu Dhabi Health Authority
(vii) Department of Municipal Affairs and Transport
(viii) Abu Dhabi Municipality
(ix) Western Region Municipality
(x) Musanada
(xi) Eniviroment Agency - Abu Dhabi
(xii) Green Mountains Env. & Transport
The Guide to Tankering Regulations (Drinking Water) 2017 (Revision 0.0) Page 2 of 98
List of revisions
Revision Date Prepared by: Checked by: Issued to:
0.0 31 May 2017 KR, MH, KM, MJ JS Consultation
Contents
1. Introduction .........................................................................7
1.1 Citation and commencement ................................................................ 7
1.2 Applicability .................................................................................... 7
1.3 Purpose.......................................................................................... 7
1.4 Scope ............................................................................................ 8
1.5 Current regulations and other related codes of practice in Abu Dhabi ................ 9
1.6 Other references ............................................................................. 10
2. Definitions ......................................................................... 12
2.1 Interpretation ................................................................................. 12
2.2 Definitions ..................................................................................... 12
2.3 Abbreviations.................................................................................. 16
2.4 Units ............................................................................................ 16
3. Activities subject to this Guide ................................................ 17

3.1 Tanker Filling Station Entry ................................................................. 17
3.2 Handling ....................................................................................... 17
3.3 Filling ........................................................................................... 17
3.4 Tanker Filling Station Exit ................................................................... 17
3.5 Offloading ..................................................................................... 17
3.6 Operation and maintenance ................................................................ 17
3.7 Disinfection .................................................................................... 17
3.8 Emergency Situations ........................................................................ 18
3.9 Incident Management ........................................................................ 18
3.10 Performance Monitoring ..................................................................... 18
3.11 Licensing and Registration .................................................................. 18
4. Roles and responsibilities ....................................................... 19
5. Tanker management & customer service ..................................... 20

5.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 20
5.2 Customer enquiry/service request procedures ........................................... 20
5.3 Accepting, rejecting or prioritising customer requests ................................. 21
5.4 Tanker selection and despatch ............................................................. 22
5.5 Tariff management ........................................................................... 23
5.6 Availability of supply ......................................................................... 24
5.7 Customer complaint handling ............................................................... 24
5.8 Requirement for Code of Practice ......................................................... 25
6. Drinking Water Tankering Guidance ........................................... 26

6.1 General......................................................................................... 26
6.2 Filling Station Entry Guidance .............................................................. 26
6.3 Handling Guidance ........................................................................... 27
6.4 Filling Guidance ............................................................................... 28
6.5 Tanker Filling Station Exit Guidance ....................................................... 30
6.6 Offloading Guidance ......................................................................... 30
6.7 Operation and Maintenance Guidance for Tanker Filling Stations. .................... 31
6.8 Operation and Maintenance Guidance for Water Tankers .............................. 32
7. Automated Water Filling Management System ............................... 40

7.1 General Requirements ....................................................................... 40
7.2 System Configuration ........................................................................ 41
7.3 Operations of the System.................................................................... 41
8. Technical Requirements for Drinking Water Tankers. ...................... 44

8.1 Objectives ..................................................................................... 44
8.2 Scope and Application ....................................................................... 44
8.3 Usage ........................................................................................... 44
8.4 Registration for Water Tanker .............................................................. 45
8.5 Licensing Requirements ..................................................................... 45
8.6 General Requirements for Drinking Water Tanker ....................................... 45
8.7 Technical Requirements of Drinking Water Tanker ...................................... 47
8.8 Pump and Accessories........................................................................ 54
8.9 Hose Pipes and Connectors .................................................................. 54
8.10 Exterior Painting and Markings ............................................................. 56
8.11 Safety Requirements ......................................................................... 61
9. Health and Safety ................................................................ 63

9.1 Purpose......................................................................................... 63
9.2 Scope ........................................................................................... 63
9.3 Tanker Filling Stations ....................................................................... 63
9.4 Tankers ......................................................................................... 65
9.5 Drivers .......................................................................................... 67
9.6 Public Health and Safety .................................................................... 68

9.10 Punitive Actions ............................................................................... 70
10. Tanker Tracking Management Plan ............................................ 72

10.2 Features of Automated Tracking Management Plan ..................................... 72
10.3 Core Features ................................................................................. 72
10.4 Additional Features .......................................................................... 74
10.5 Key Components of the System ............................................................. 75
Appendix A – Manual Procedure Filling Station to End Use (Page 1of 2) ......... 78
Appendix A – Manual Procedure Filling Station to End Use (Page 1of 2) ......... 79
Appendix B – Automated Water Filling Management System Configuration ..... 80
Appendix C – Automated Water Filling Management System Filling Procedure . 81
Appendix D – Tracking Management Plan System Configuration .................. 82
Appendix E – Entry Log (Sample) by Distribution Company ..................... 83
Appendix F – Quarterly Tanker Exterior Log (Sample) ........................... 84
Appendix G – Annual Inspection Checklists (Sample) by Distribution Company . 85
Appendix H – Annual Inspection Checklist by Abu Dhabi Police ................... 88
Appendix I – Indicative Dimensions of a Tanker ..................................... 89
Appendix J – Typical Shapes of the Tanker .......................................... 90
Appendix K – Tanker Tracking: How the System Works ............................ 91

K.1 How the System Works ....................................................................... 91
K.2 How the System Works – Distinction between Self Supply and Commercial Tankers92
K.3 How the System Works - Filling of Water ................................................. 93
K.4 How the System Works - Tanker Tracking................................................. 93
K.5 How the System Works - Tanker Inspection Tracking ................................... 96
Appendix L – Tanker Driver Delivery Log (Sample) .................................. 97
Appendix M – General Arrangement for the Filling Station (Sample)............. 98
1. Introduction
1.1 Citation and commencement
1.1.1 This Guide shall be cited as the Guide to Drinking Water Tankering Regulation.
1.1.2 This Guide comes into force on 1 January 2018.
1.1.3 This Guide is issued by the Bureau pursuant to Article 62 of Law No (2) of 1998,
to complement the Tankering Regulations.
1.2 Applicability
1.2.1 This Guide is applicable to Drinking Water Tankering only.
1.2.2 In accordance with the Tankering Regulations, the Responsible Entities for
Drinking Water Tankering are the Distributions Companies.
1.3 Purpose
1.3.1 This document (Guide to Tankering Regulations (Drinking Water)) provides
guidelines in support of the Tankering Regulations.
1.3.2 The purpose of this Guide is to outline the regulatory requirements and
responsibilities for:
(a) ensuring the availability of Water for human consumption;
(b) providing a safe product and the ability for the consumer to be assured of
the volume and quality of Water supplied; and
(c) ensuring an efficient operations, maintenance and management of

Tankers.
1.3.3 The Guide provides guidelines for Customers, Tanker Drivers, Responsible
Persons, Distribution Companies, logistic companies, authorities and
stakeholders in understanding the requirements stipulated under Tankering
Regulations for a sound and reliable tankered Water supply.
1.3.4 The regulatory requirements and guidelines stipulated are intended to improve
and raise the level and standards of supply of Drinking Water by Tankers, to
ensure that Water quality and wholesomeness are protected and maintained for
Customer use.
1.3.5 The purpose of this Guide is to provide details of the general principles and basic
design considerations which will ensure the safe, reliable and secure Water
supply and operation of Tankers.
1.3.6 The Guide ensures compliance with applicable international and national
standards and industry best practice.
1.3.7 In addition, this document provides technological solutions which will assist in
the effective management of the Tanker Filling Stations, such as an automated
Water filling management system.
1.4 Scope
1.4.1 This Guide applies to Responsible Entities, Responsible Persons and Customers
in respect of any activities related to filling and supplying of Drinking Water.
1.4.2 This Guide covers Tanker Filling Stations, Drinking Water Tankers, Health &
Safety and Tankering management.
1.4.3 Specifically the Guide covers the following aspects of Tankering:
(a) Technical requirements for Tanker Filling Stations
(b) Technical requirements Drinking Water Tankers
(c) Filling and offloading Drinking Water;
(d) Operation and Maintenance;
(e) Sampling and Testing of tankered Drinking Water;
(f) Cleaning and Disinfection of Drinking Water Tankers;
(g) Environment, health & safety;
(h) Certification and permitting of Tankers ;
(i) Qualification of Tanker Drivers and
(j) Roles and responsibilities of parties involved.
1.4.4 The scope of this Guide does not set any requirements for the Water Distribution
System belonging to Distribution Companies, except for the fittings that are
required at the Tanker Filling Station.
1.4.5 Nothing in this Guide is intended to conflict with or affect the operation of:
(a) UAE Federal Law No (24) of 1999 for the Protection and Development of
the Environment and its executive orders;
(b) Law No. (2) of 1998 Concerning the Regulation of the Water And
Electricity Sector (as amended);
(c) Decree of the Crown Prince, Chairman of the Executive Council No. (42)
of 2009 Concerning the Environment, Health and Safety Management
System (EHSMS) in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi and the Abu Dhabi EHSMS
Regulatory Framework Version 2 of 2012;
(d) The Tankering Regulations;
(e) The Water Supply Regulations;
(f) The Water Quality Regulations;
(g) Customer Metering Regulations;
(h) Electricity and Water (Licence Exemption) Order No 1 of 2012;
(i) The Uniform Plumbing Code of Abu Dhabi (EAD)
(j) UAE.S/GSO 2025 Motor Vehicles – Requirements in Tankers for

Transportation of Drinking Water; and
(k) Discos Water Distribution Code.
1.4.6 The Bureau will ensure that regular reviews and updates are carried out after
consultation with all concerned stakeholders, and will publish reprints
accordingly.
1.5 Current regulations and other related codes of practice in Abu

Dhabi
The Water Supply Regulations (issued by the Bureau)

1.5.1 The Water Supply Regulations establish the framework for the provision and
assurance of safe and efficient Water supply to Customers.
1.5.2 The Water Supply Regulations are intended to ensure that all connection
arrangements including Water Fittings used for the connection of a Water supply
to Customers, which includes a Water supply provided to Customers by Water
Tanker, are safe and fit for their intended purpose.
1.5.3 The Water Supply Regulation defines a Water Tanker as road vehicle licensed by
the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing Department following certification of
the Tanker by the Distribution Company for the purposes of distributing and
supplying Wholesome Water sourced from designated Water Filling Stations
which are owned, operated and controlled by the Distribution Companies.
1.5.4 The relevant Regulation 2.10 of the Water Supply Regulations concerning the
operation of this Guide is titled “Water Tankering“.
The Water Quality Regulations (issued by the Bureau)

1.5.5 The Water Quality Regulations (WQR) establish the framework for the
provision of Wholesome Water to consumers throughout the Emirate of Abu
Dhabi and to reflect current guidance by the World Health Organization to
ensure Water is fit for human consumption.
1.5.6 These Regulations aim to ensure a high and consistent quality of product is
delivered to Customers. The WQR define the permissible concentrations for a
range of Water quality parameters and the monitoring requirements for
assessing compliance.
1.5.7 The relevant Part 2 of the WQR concerning the operation of this Code is titled
“Wholesomeness”.
1.5.8 For the purpose of determining whether Water to which these Regulations apply
satisfies the provisions of Part 2 or, as the case may be, those provisions as
relaxed by an authorisation given under Part 3, a Licensed Supplier shall take
and analyse or cause to be analysed such number of samples of the Water
within each of its Plants, Water Supply Zones or from its Water Tankers as is
specified in this Part.
The Uniform Plumbing Code of Abu Dhabi (issued by EAD).

1.5.9 The Uniform Plumbing Code of Abu Dhabi Emirate defines the standards for the
installation, alteration, repair and replacement of plumbing systems in the
1.5.10 The relevant sections of the Uniform Plumbing Code.
Abu Dhabi International Property Maintenance Code (issued by DMAT)

1.5.11 The Abu Dhabi International Property Maintenance Code provides guidance on
the maintenance of buildings within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.
Abu Dhabi International Building Code (issued by DMAT)

1.5.12 The Abu Dhabi International Building Code provides guidance on the
maintenance of building plumbing systems within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.
1.6 Other references

1.6.1 The following titles and references have been taken into consideration in the
preparation of this Guide
(a) BS 8551:2011 Provision and management of temporary Water supplies

and distribution networks (not including provisions for statutory
emergencies) – Guidance.
(b) Guidelines for the Safe Carriage and Delivery of Drinking Water, Ministry
of Health, Wellington, New Zealand, 2008
(c) ISO 5667-21: 2010 (E) Water quality Sampling Part 21: Guidance on
Sampling of Drinking Water distributed by Tankers or means other than
distribution pipes.
(d) ISO 17025 Laboratory Competence Quality Management System
(e) ISO 5667 – Water Quality Sampling.
(f) ASHRAE Guidelines 12-2000, Minimizing the Risk of Legionellosis

Associated with Building Water Systems, Section 4 Potable and
Emergency Water Systems and Section 4.1.6 Recommended Treatment.
(g) OSHAD SF Regulatory Framework
(h) WHO Water Safety Plan Manual.
(i) WHO Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality-4th edition.
(j) WHO Technical Notes No.3 on Drinking Water, Sanitation and Hygiene in
Emergencies - Cleaning and Disinfecting Water Storage Tanks and
Tankers.
(k) WHO Technical Notes No.12 on Drinking Water, Sanitation and Hygiene
in Emergencies: Delivering Safe Water by Tanker.
(l) UAE.S/GSO 2025:2010 Motor Vehicles – Requirements in Tankers for

Transportation of Drinking Water by Standardization Organization for
G.C.C (GSO), published by ESMA
(m) UAE.S/GSO 159:1993 Motor Vehicles – Dimensions and Weights () by

Standardization Organization for G.C.C (GSO), published by ESMA
(n) UAE.S/GSO 42 :2003 Motor Vehicles - General Requirements by

Standardization Organization for G.C.C (GSO), published by ESMA
(o) UAE.S GSO 971/1997 Motor Vehicles – Periodic Technical Inspection

Manual, by Standardization Organization for G.C.C (GSO), published by
ESMA
(p) Requirements for Inspection and Operation of Potable Water Hauling

Vehicles; California Department of Health Services (1996).
(q) Procedures for Emergency Tank Truck Bulk Water Hauling;

Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (2008)
2. Definitions
2.1 Interpretation
2.1.1 Words defined in this part begin with capital letters when used in this Guide.
2.1.2 Words and expressions other than those defined in this Guide which are defined
in:
(a) Law No (2);
(b) The Water Supply Regulations shall have the meanings ascribed to them
in those Regulations;
(c) Guide to the Water Supply Regulations, shall have the meanings ascribed
to them in those Regulations; and
(d) Water Quality Regulations, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in
those Regulations.
2.1.3 Words in the singular include the plural and those in the plural include the
singular.
2.1.4 Unless otherwise specified, “days” shall mean “calendar days” and “year” a
calendar year according to the Gregorian calendar.
2.2 Definitions
Bureau – the Regulation and Supervision Bureau for the Water, Wastewater and
Cleaning – the act of removing dirt, sediment, Sludge, algae or any other contaminants
from a Tank for the purpose of restoring or maintaining hygienic conditions.
Contamination – Includes any alteration in chemical or biological quality of Water due

to a change in temperature or the introduction of polluting substances.
Contractor – Any person, group of people or entity which provides goods or services to
the Filling Stations or Tankers under terms specified in a contract or similar arrangement
and includes all sub-contracted activities and consultancy services.
Coupon – Manual pre-paid coupon used by Tanker Drivers to purchase Drinking Water
from the Filling Station, currently used by Al Ain Distribution Company (AADC).
Customer – the Person to whom the Responsible Person supplies Drinking Water for
domestic, industrial, agricultural or commercial purposes.
Customer Water Storage Tank or Tank – means any receiving Tank after the Water
is delivered to the Customer by a Water Tanker for storing Water for subsequent use.
Disinfectant – any chemical used for the purpose of disinfecting or sterilizing micro-
biological agents or bacteria.
Disinfection – the act of applying Disinfectant to Customer Water Storage Tanks for the
purpose of inactivating bacterial and microbiological agents.
Distribution Company (DISCO) – means a Person holding a Licence from the Bureau
to distribute Water issued pursuant to Law No (2); currently Abu Dhabi Distribution
Company (ADDC) and Al Ain Distribution Company (AADC).
Distribution System – means the system consisting (wholly or mainly) of Water pipes
owned or operated by a licensee and used for the distribution of Wholesome Water to
the Point of Delivery to Premises or Customers and includes any plant and equipment,
including metering equipment, owned or operated by the licensee in connection with the
distribution of Water.
Drinking Water Tanker or Water Tanker – means a road vehicle registered by the
Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing Department following certification of the Tanker
by the Distribution Company for the purposes of supplying Wholesome Water sourced
from designated Filling Stations which are owned, operated and/or controlled by the
Distribution Companies.
Drinking Water Tankering – The physical transport of Drinking Water by a Drinking

Water Tanker from an approved source of Water supply.
Duty Holder – Owners, drivers, Contractors, visitors to Filling Stations and Filling
Station operational staff.
EHS – Environment, Health and Safety.
Filling Bay – Designated space in which the Tanker is parked while filling up.
Filling Hose – The hose used by the Tanker Driver at the Filling Station which is
connected to the Filling Station Water spout and is used to fill the Water Tanker.
Filling Station – means a facility which is owned, operated and/or controlled by the
relevant Distribution Company where the Drinking Water Tankers are filled.
Filling Station Water Spout – The overhead drinking Water spout which supplies the
Water to the Tankers.
experienced person engaged in the same type of undertaking under the same or similar
circumstances.
Guide – this Guide for the Drinking Water Tankering Regulation issued by the Bureau,
and as amended, substituted or supplemented by the Bureau from time to time.
Hazard – anything with the potential to cause harm. This can be a chemical, physical,
electrical, psychological or biological.
with a work-related activity.
Inspection – the act of visually evaluating the external and internal condition of a
Water Tanker used to supply Drinking Water to the Customer for the purpose of
establishing the likely quality or wholesomeness of stored Water and any likely sources
of Contamination.
Key ID – A device with built-in identification mechanisms.
Sector in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi as amended.
Offloading – Discharge of Water from the Tanker to a Customer.
Offloading Hose – The hose used by the Tanker Driver to offload or discharge the
Water to a Customer.
OSHAD – means the Occupational Safety and health Centre of Abu Dhabi established in
OSHAD SF – means Abu Dhabi Emirate Occupational Safety & Health System
Framework
Permit – means the permission issued by the Distribution Company to each Tanker for
allowing it to fill and supply Water at designated locations.
Person – means any individual, corporate body, partnership, person or other entity
having independent legal personality.
PLC – Programmable logic controller, digital computer, used in the automation of the
appurtenances on the land. Premises may contain more than one property or dwelling
Pre-paid Payment System – Automated pre-paid card used by Tanker Drivers to

purchase Water from the Filling Station. Currently in use in Abu Dhabi and at one Filling
Station in Al Ain.
property, endangers life and health, or is offensive.
Responsible Entity – means the responsible entity as defined in the Tankering

Regulations.

agency or group who owns and/or operates one Tanker or more. It may be the Tanker
Risk – The probability that a Hazard will result in injury, damage or loss, with definable
consequences.
Sampling – the act of collecting a small amount of Water from a Filling Station, Tankers
and Customer Water Storage Tank for the purpose of representing the whole.
Self-Supply – means Tankering for self-use; such an activity is designated as “Not For
Sale” and cannot be used for commercial purposes.
Sensor – A detector which receives and responds to a configured signal, such as

detecting when the Tanker inlet is opened and closed.
Sludge – any sediment or dense material that has settled inside a Tanker.
Tanker(s) – is a collective name for Drinking Water Tankers.
Tankering – means supply of Water by a Tanker.
Tankering Regulations – means the Tankering Regulations issued by the Bureau to

establish a regulatory framework for Tankering related to Drinking Water, Non-drinking
Water and Wastewater, as amended from time to time.
Tanker Fittings – means pipes, pipe fittings, meters, Sensors, probes and pumps
Tanker Filling Station – means a facility which is owned, operated and/or controlled by
the relevant Distribution Company where the Tankers are filled.
Tracking Device – means a device, carried by a moving Tanker, which uses the Global
Positioning System to determine and track its precise location.
Testing – the act of analysing a Water sample taken from a Filling Station, Tankers or
Customer Water Storage Tank for the purpose of determining the level of specified
contaminants or parameters.
UAE – means the United Arab Emirates.
Drinking Water or Water – means Wholesome Water that is in compliance with the
Water Quality Regulations. It is also referred to as Drinking Water.
Water Meter – means a device used for measurement of Water flow or volume which is
either read manually or recorded remotely.
Water Data Logger – Automated device used to activate the Filling Station Water spout
and to automatically switch it off when the Tank is full. Provides volumetric reading of
Water withdrawn from the Filling Station for each Tanker.
Water Filling Management System – Automated system to manage the filling of

Water at the Filling Stations. Quantifies the volume of Water dispensed to each Tanker at
the Filling Station.
Water Fitting – means pipes, pipe fittings, joints, valves, back prevention devices and
includes the Customer Water Storage Tank. Without limiting the foregoing, Water Fitting
shall include a pump, meter or any other relevant fittings required to facilitate the
connection arrangement to the Customer.
Water Quality Regulations – means the Water Quality Regulations issued by the
Bureau under Article 962) of Law No (2).
Water Supply Regulation – means the Water Supply Regulations published by the
Bureau.
Water Tank – means a part of a Tanker containing Water.
Water Tanker Filling Inlet – The inlet on the top of the Water Tanker used to fill the
Tanker with Drinking Water.
Wholesome Water – means Water that is in compliance with the Water Quality
Regulations. It is also referred to as Drinking Water.
2.3 Abbreviations
AADC Al Ain Distribution Company
ADDC Abu Dhabi Distribution Company
DMAT Department of Municipal Affairs and Transport (Abu Dhabi)
EAD Environment Agency Abu Dhabi
ESMA Emirates Authority for Standardization & Metrology
QCC Quality and Conformity Council
RSB Regulation and Supervision Bureau
2.4 Units
l litre
IG imperial gallon
m metre
mᵌ cubic metre
mg/l milligram per litre
ml millilitre
ppm parts per million
3. Activities subject to this Guide

3.1 Tanker Filling Station Entry
3.1.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity that involves entry of a Drinking Water
Tanker inside the designated Filling Station of a Distribution Company.
3.1.2 This section provides Filling Station entry guidelines to ensure only Drinking
Water Tankers are permitted entry to the Filling Station and data regarding the
Tankers entering the station is recorded.
3.2 Handling
3.2.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity related to Handling of Filling and
Offloading Hoses to prevent Contamination of the Water to be stored in a Water
Tanker, Tankering Equipment and Customer Water Storage Tank.
3.3 Filling
3.3.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity related to Filling of a Drinking Water
Tanker inside a Filling Station from an identified potable Water source to prevent
Contamination of the Water to be stored in a Water Tanker and Tankering
Equipment.
3.4 Tanker Filling Station Exit

3.4.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity which involves exit of a Drinking Water
Tanker from a Tanker Filling Station.
3.5 Offloading
3.5.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity related to offloading of Water from a
Drinking Water Tanker to the Customer Water Storage Tank to ensure the Water
is offloaded to the customers in a manner which prevents Contamination and to
ensure the delivery of safe and wholesome Water.
3.6 Operation and maintenance

3.6.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity related to the operation and maintenance
of the Tanker Filling Stations and Tankers. This section also includes Disinfection
guidelines for the Water Tankers and hoses.
3.7 Disinfection
3.7.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity related to the Disinfection of a Water
Tankers.
3.8 Emergency Situations

3.8.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity related to the supply of Drinking Water
by Water Tankers in emergency situations.
3.9 Incident Management

3.9.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity to be undertaken in case of an Incident
occurred where the tankered Drinking Water safety and/or quality has, or could
have, been compromised.
3.10 Performance Monitoring

3.10.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity related to the performance monitoring of
Tankering to verify compliance with applicable policies, procedures, guidelines
and statutory Regulations requirements.
3.11 Licensing and Registration

3.11.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity related to the Licensing and Registration
of a Water Tanker.
4. Roles and responsibilities

4.1.1 Proposed roles and responsibilities of the main stakeholders are presented in
Table 4.1 below:
Tanker Driver
The Bureau
Authorities
Other Gov.
Res. Entity
A D Police
Res. Pers.
Customer
Table 4.1 – Responsibilities
1 Ensuring compliance with the Tankering Regulations and Guide       

2 Revising the Tankering Regulations as may be required       
3 Setting the general regulation principles for       
Tankering Services Tariffs and Tankering Management Charges
4 Issuing derogations or consents for relaxation from requirements under Tankering       
Regulations or Guide
5 Implementing Tankering Regulations and Guide       
6 Permitting and Certifying Tankers       
7 Dispatching and control of Tankers       
8 Maintaining a current register of Tankers       
9 Administrative control over the Tankering fleet management       
10 Managing Tanker Filling Stations       
11 Appointing and maintaining a register of qualified inspectors to perform regular       
compliance inspections of all Tankers
12 Ensuring any non-compliance is appropriately addressed       
13 Inspecting and auditing Tankers and Tanker Drivers       
14 Providing annual inspection reports to the Bureau       
15 Developing Tankering Management and Filling Stations supply terms and conditions       
16 Billing and collection of fees       
17 Providing the appropriate Water Fittings in the Tanker Filling Stations (TFS)       
18 Providing appropriate training for all TFS operators       
19 Developing standard CoP       
20 Developing a Tankers Disinfection program       
21 Developing and maintaining a computerized Fleet Maintenance Management System       
22 Providing Third Party Audits for compliance with the CoP       
23 Enforce the Inspection and test procedures for Tankers.       
24 Issuing the relevant licences and exemptions for Water supply activity via Tankers       
(Commercial Tankering will be subject to licensing by the Bureau)
25 Registering of Tankers       
26 Licensing of trade/commercial activities       
27 Providing and maintaining Tankers which meet technical requirements       
28 Ensuring Tankers are operated by suitably qualified and competent Tanker Drivers       
29 Providing information to the Distribution Company as may be required       
30 Fulfilling contractual matters/obligations       
31 Following approved CoP       
32 Following the traffic rules       
33 Delivering Tankering services in line with the stipulation of the Tankering Regulations and       
Guide.
34 Avoiding waste and spillage       
35 Protecting the environment from pollution       
36 Declaring any hazards which may exist at the Premises       
37 Providing unobstructed access to Point of Entry       
38 Using the delivered Water in the assigned premises and for the agreed purpose       
5. Tanker management & customer service

5.1 Overview
5.1.1 Distribution Company will develop, maintain and improve its systems and
processes for internal operations and for interactions with the external parties
including the Customers, Tanker Drivers and Responsible Persons (the “Systems
and Processes”) as well as a Code of Practice for Tankering Management, as
required by the Regulations particularly Clauses 3.7 and 3.8 thereof.
Notwithstanding the provisions of these specific clauses, the Systems and
Processes and the Code of Practice should make sure they provide clear
protocols and criteria for:
(a) Customer enquiry procedures – to receive, register and record calls from
the Customers and Responsible Persons;
(b) accepting, rejecting or prioritising customer requests – reflecting

availability of Water, Tankers and Filling Stations, the nature of demand,
the load or queue at the Tanker Filling Stations and scheduling the
service to delivered at an agreed time a few days into the future;
(c) Tanker selection and despatch – to select an available Tanker in an area,

having taken account of the Customer’s time-to-serve needs, on the
basis of minimising cost (and, where relevant, distance and time-to-
serve);
(d) tariff management – to ensure collection and publication/availability of

Tankering tariffs;
(e) availability of supply – to make sure there are sufficient Tankers and
Filling Stations in each area to meet estimated demands; and
(f) Customer complaint handling - develop detailed instructions and

procedures on how to handle customer complaints to ensure consistency
in the way each complaint is handled.
5.1.2 Each of these six areas is described further in the following sub-sections.
5.2 Customer enquiry/service request procedures

5.2.1 Responsible Entities must develop customer enquiry/service request procedures,
which ensure timely and efficient provision of Tankering Services.
5.2.2 The procedures should be included in the relevant CoP and should ensure that
the Distribution Company acts consistently and treats fairly all Customers.
5.2.3 The procedure should be communicated to the public through various means of
communication channels including but not limited to the Distribution Company
website
5.2.4 The procedures should clearly identify the prerequisite requirements for service
provision and delivery.
5.2.5 The procedure must include the following elements:
(a) Applicable service request channels: a range of options for making a

request for Tankering Services, e.g. through call centres, mobile
applications, website, electronic mails etc.;
(b) a method of receiving and recording customers’ request;
(c) Identify Customer Category;
(d) a method of assessing the request and initiating any action required to
fulfil the request; and
(e) Notification method: a method of keeping the Customer informed of the

status of the request.
(f) Suitable KPIs and reporting should be developed to assess the level of
service.
(g) Applicable service provision terms & conditions.
5.2.6 Maintain proper customer profile, database and request repository and linked
with valid customer's identification documents (i.e. Emirates ID).
5.2.7 The procedures must take into account Customer various backgrounds and
linguistic requirements. They should be prepared and issued in Arabic, English
and Urdu using plain language.
5.2.8 The Distribution Company shall ensure that all concerned staff fully understand
the requirements and know how to manage Customers’ requests and deliver
satisfactory services.
5.2.9 Periodic service performance review and measurement to ensure continuous

service improvements in service delivery and procedures.
5.3 Accepting, rejecting or prioritising customer requests

5.3.1 The Distribution Company will only accept requests made by the a Customer
with a valid customer identification number, up to a quota of Water assigned to
them on a daily or weekly basis or as otherwise agreed.
5.3.2 The Distribution Company will reject requests which are not in line with the
agreed quantities or made by Customers without a valid customer identification
number.
5.3.3 The Distribution Company should ensure service request acceptance or rejection
acknowledgment and notification sent to the customers.
5.3.4 Tankers which are not permitted will not be filled with Water and despatched.
5.3.5 The customers will be served on a “first come first served” basis i.e. in the order
of received requests.
5.3.6 Once the request for Tankering Service is accepted the Distribution Company
must ensure its completion and exert efforts to achieve the agreed service
standard.
5.3.7 Priority will be given to customers which could not be served in the previous
day.
5.3.8 Above all the priority will be given to Tankers attending to emergency, crisis or
disaster situations.
5.3.9 The Distribution Company should develop a code of practice that clearly sets out
the arrangements for accepting, rejecting or prioritising customer requests. This
code of practice should take account of factors including the following:
(a) the Customers and classes of Customers that may make requests,
(b) whether there are Customers and classes of Customers that may be
excluded from making such requests
(c) the volumes that may be requested
(d) arrangements for prioritising requests, including, but not limited to,
considerations such as:
(i) the volume requested,
(ii) the order in which requests are received,
(iii) whether there are outstanding requests from previous days,
(iv) the need to direct services to attend emergency, crisis or disaster
situations
(e) procedures for customers to follow if they believe a request has been
unduly rejected
(f) the requirement to have continuously up-to-date schedules of requests,

Filling Station and Tanker availabilities, Tankers-on-despatch and time-
to-service, as set out in section 5.6.2 below.
5.4 Tanker selection and despatch

Distribution Company or the Responsible Persons as set out in clauses 3.7 and
3.8 of the Regulations and described below. The Systems and Processes and the
Code of Practice should ensure Customer choice and competition are
implemented efficiently and effectively.
Customer contacts the Distribution Company

5.4.2 When the Customer contacts the Distribution Company for the Tankering
Service, the Distribution Company will:
(a) select a Responsible Person with the lowest total tariff payment for the
Customer according to the available tariffs for Tankering Services for all
available Tankers from the Responsible Persons for the relevant area;
and
(b) offer the Customer details of:

(i) the selected Responsible Person;
(ii) the selected Tanker;
(iii) the applicable tariff payment (including cost of Water services);
(iv) the expected time for the Customer to receive the Tankering
Services; and
(v) any other information that the Customer may request reasonably
or the Distribution Company may deem necessary to
communicate or the Bureau may specify in any direction.
5.4.3 The Customer can choose to accept or reject the offer from the Responsible
Persons. If the Customer reject the offer, the Customer may either:
(a) directly contact various Responsible Persons and find or negotiate the
tariff for the Tankering Services (see paragraph 5.4.4 below); or
(b) re-contact the Distribution Company at a later time or date, following

which the Distribution Company will repeat the steps set out in
paragraph 5.4.2 above and its sub-paragraphs.
Customer contacts Responsible Persons directly

5.4.4 The customer can directly contact various Responsible Persons to find, negotiate
and agree the tariff for the Tankering Services. The Responsible Person will:
(a) make sure its tariff offer to the Customer does not exceed the its rate
that is published by the Distribution Company for the concerned area;
and
(b) then contact the Distribution Company to register the request for
Tankering Services agreed with the Customer, and provide details of the
Customer and the agreed terms.
5.4.5 Customer’s acceptance on the service agreement should be obtained and clearly
documented.
5.5 Tariff management

5.5.1 The Systems and Processes and the Code of Practice for Tankering Management
will need to set out the arrangements governing Tariffs for Tankering Services,
inclusive of arrangements for the following elements:
(a) for Responsible Persons submitting Tankering Tariffs for a period of at

least one-month ahead;
(b) ensuring Tariffs are published regularly so that they are publicly available
and kept up-to-date – either by the Responsible Persons individually, or
the Distribution Company;
(c) Tariff structure for each Responsible Person to make sure all relevant
costs are recovered appropriately, with the following components:
(i) the purchase cost of the Water being delivered to the customer;
(ii) a fixed call-out fee for each Tanker trip to the Customer, which
may vary by geographical location; and
(iii) a per-kilometre change for the Tanker trip to the Customer,
covering the distance from the Tankers location when despatched,
to the Filling Station and then onto the customer. Providers may
choose to set this to zero, particularly if they have a fixed fee that
varies by geographical location;
(d) Tariffs that will vary on a geographical basis (either through the distance-
related component, or the call-out fee being set differently for specific
geographical areas);
(e) safeguards Customer choice and competition by allowing Customers to

either choose their specific Provider or have a Provider despatched to
them on a least-total-cost basis; and
(f) ensures compliance with the Tariff arrangements for Tankering Services,
such that:
(i) where the Customer a chosen the provider, the Customer is
charged according to the Tariffs and price agreed in advance; and
(ii) where a Provider is despatched, the Customer is charged
according to the total cost on which the despatch was made.
5.6 Availability of supply

5.6.1 The Distribution Company should develop a code of practice setting out how it
will ensure sufficient availability of supply to meet reasonable demands,
inclusive a justifiable definition of what is mean by reasonable demand. This
code-of-practice would take account of the following:
(a) Distribution Company ensure that the location of Tanker Filling Stations
and their capacities match the reasonable demands.
(b) Tanker Filling Stations should be connected to fully pressurized networks

providing 24-hour supply with the required peak flow and at adequate
pressure to service all Tankers at the designated filling points
simultaneously.
(c) Operation of the Tanker Filling Stations should not adversely affect the
Water supply level of service in the adjacent areas.
(d) Tanker Filling Stations’ operating hours should be adequate to meet the
foreseen reasonable demands.
5.6.2 The Distribution Company should always keep an up-to-date schedule showing
each customer request, Filling Station availabilities, tankers availabilities and
tankers despatched or being despatched along with estimated time to deliver
the service to each customer.
5.7 Customer complaint handling

5.7.1 The Distribution Company is required to develop a detailed procedure for
handling complaints from Customers about Tankering services with clear
escalation matrix.
communication channels including but not limited to the Distribution Company
website.
5.7.3 Complaint registration with classification, detailed description and complainant

details should be lodged and recorded by the Distribution Company.
5.7.4 The Distribution Company shall ensure that all concerned staff are trained and
qualified to handle Customer complaints within the satisfactory level.
5.7.5 The Distribution Company should ensure proper analysis and evaluation of
complaints to improve the quality of services provided to Customers.
5.8 Requirement for Code of Practice

5.8.1 The Distribution Company is required to submit the proposed Code of Practice to
the Bureau for approval within three months of the Effective Date of the
Regulations. The Distribution Company should ensure that the Code of Practice
takes into account all the areas covered in this section of the Guide.
Furthermore, the Distribution Company should make sure that this Code of
Practice is reviewed and amended sufficiently frequently so that it remains up-
to-date and relevant. The Code of Practice should be amended as and when
required by the Bureau.
5.8.2 The Distribution Company is required to provide to the Bureau for review and
information a description of the Systems and Processes and any modifications or
updates thereof within one month of their effective date and to amend the
Systems and Processes or their description to address any concerns or
suggestions shared by the Bureau.
5.8.3 The Bureau may from time to time at its discretion inspect or appoint an
external consultant to inspect the working and operations of the Distribution
Company and the implementation with the Systems and Processes and the Code
of Practice.
6. Drinking Water Tankering Guidance

This chapter provides guidance on how the Tankering process should be undertaken from
the Tanker Filling Station to the end user so as to ensure that the possibility of
Contamination is minimized and the delivery of wholesome Water is not compromised.
Step-by-step filling procedures are included in the guidance for both a manual based and
automated filling system. This guidance will help to standardize procedures at the Tanker
Filling Stations and will assist Responsible Entities and their Tanker Filling Station
personnel, Tanker Drivers in performing their statutory obligations.
6.1 General
6.1.1 The Distribution Company shall provide the appropriate number of staff at the
Filling Stations.
6.1.2 The Distribution Company shall provide a traffic management plan appropriate
to each Tanker Filling Station such that the flow of traffic into the station and
the flow out of the station is regulated.
6.1.3 The Distribution Company shall provide storm sewer availability and capacity
6.1.4 The Distribution Company shall provide spilt chlorinated Water containment
released during truck filling operation.
6.1.5 The Distribution Company shall provide Power and Wide Area Network
availability.
6.1.6 The Distribution Company shall provide suitable services to permit remote data
acquisition, and provide for electrical supply.
6.1.7 The Responsible Person shall provide parking for their own fleet of Water
Tankers when the Tankers are not in use. The parking provided shall be shaded
and in a location that does not negatively impact the image of Abu Dhabi. The
parking shall also be secure, to avoid unauthorized tampering with the Water
Tankers when not in use.
6.2 Filling Station Entry Guidance

6.2.1 This section provides Filling Station entry guidance to ensure only Drinking
Water Tankers are allowed to enter to the Tanker Filling Station and details of
the Tankers entering to the Tanker Filling Station is recorded.
6.2.2 Only Tankers registered by the Abu Dhabi Police and certified by the Distribution
Company for Drinking Water shall be allowed to enter to the Tanker Filling
Stations.
6.2.3 Tankers which are not permitted will not be filled with Water and despatched.
6.2.4 The Tanker Driver shall use the entry gate to enter the Tanker Filling Station.
The exit gate shall not be used as an entry, with the exception of Tanker Filling
Stations which have only one entry/exit gate.
6.2.5 The Tanker Filling Station staff shall check the following, upon arrival of Tanker
at the entry gate:
(a) Availability and validity of permit for Drinking Water.
(b) Availability and validity of inspection and Disinfection sticker.
6.2.6 The Distribution Company shall establish a payment system which may include
pre-paid cards or coupons. The Tanker Filling Station personnel shall check the
balance on the pre-paid card or validity of the coupon. Only Tankers with
sufficient funds shall be allowed entry to the station. This payment system may
evolve to cater for a fully automated Water filling system.
6.2.7 The Tanker Filling Station staff shall maintain an entry log that includes the
following at a minimum:
(a) Permit number
(b) License plate number
(c) Date and time of entry
(d) Number of entries by the same Tanker in the same day
(e) Capacity of the Tanker
6.2.8 The entry log shall be maintained at the Tanker Filling Station. A sample entry
log is provided in Appendix E.
6.3 Handling Guidance

6.3.1 This section provides handling guidance to prevent Contamination of the Tank
and Tankering equipment.
Filling Hose
6.3.2 The filling hose shall be pre-fitted to the filling spout. Only hoses provided by
the Distribution Company shall be used for filling.
6.3.3 The Tanker Drivers shall not use their own hose for filling as depicted on
Fig.5.3.1.
Figure 6.3.1 – Not permissible to use own hose
6.3.4 The Tanker Driver shall not tamper with the pre-fitted filling hose.
6.3.5 The Tanker Driver and Tanker Filling Station personnel shall not come into
contact with the interior of the filling hose, unless authorized by the Distribution
Company to do so. In cases where contact is made and possible Contamination
is present, the filling hose shall be cleaned and disinfected. See operation and
maintenance guidance, section 9 of this document for Disinfection procedures.
Offloading Hoses
6.3.6 All offloading hoses used for the purpose of Drinking Water shall only be used
for Drinking Water.
6.3.7 All hoses and other handling equipment used in offloading shall be stored off the
ground at all times. The hose shall not be left lying around.
6.3.8 Hoses shall be clean and be operated and handled with care to prevent
Contamination.
6.3.9 All hoses and extensions, if any, shall be capped at each end when not in use.
This is to prevent dust and possible Contamination of the hose. The hoses shall
be stored in the stowage compartment when not in use. Hoses in the stowage
compartment shall also be capped.
Water Tanker Filling Inlets

6.3.10 Inlets shall be maintained in a manner that will prevent the entry of insects,
rodents, or any foreign material that may contaminate the Water. With the
exception of instances where cleaning, emptying or filling of the tank is
occurring, inlets shall be covered and sealed at all times.
Water Tank
6.3.11 Any Water tank used for Drinking Water Tankering shall only be used for
Drinking Water.
6.3.12 When the Drinking Water Tanker is not in use, all tank hatches shall be closed,
inlet and outlet pipes securely capped, and hoses capped and stored off the
ground in a secure location. The filling hose shall be pre-fitted to the filling
spout. Only hoses provided by the Distribution Company shall be used for filling.
6.4 Filling Guidance

This section provides guidelines for Water filling to prevent Contamination of the
Water.
Source of Water
6.4.1 The Water supply shall be obtained only from the Water Tanker Filling Stations
that are owned and operated by the Distribution Companies for the supply of
Drinking Water to Tankers.
6.4.2 The source of Water shall only be Wholesome Water (Drinking Water).
6.4.3 The tank shall not be used to carry and/or transport Water from other sources
and shall not be used to carry and/or transport other types of Water.
6.4.4 The Water shall not be sourced from unauthorized Tanker Filling Stations,
residential Water tanks and Groundwater wells.
6.4.5 The Water shall not be transferred from one Tanker to another, except in cases
where prior approval has been granted from the Distribution Company.
Filling
6.4.6 The filling spout shall be pre-fitted with a filling hose as depicted on Fig.5.4.1,
which is authorized by the Distribution Company. Only hoses, connectors and
other accessories provided by the Distribution Company shall be used to fill the
Tanker.
Figure 6.4.1 – Pre-fitted filling hose
6.4.7 For filling, the Tanker Driver shall lower the pre-fitted filling hose to the
appropriate position above the flood rim level of the Tanker or to a level
equivalent to at least two diameters of the filling hose above the highest Water
level that is possible when the tank is full as depicted on Fig.5.4.2. The filling
hose shall not be immersed in the Tanker.
Figure 6.4.2 – Air gap is maintained
6.4.8 To prevent Contamination of the supply source and the Water tanks being filled,
an air gap shall be maintained between the fill pipe and the Water tank fill inlet
at all times. At a minimum, the filling hose shall always remain above the flood
rim of the tank.
6.4.9 Upon completion of filling, the Tanker Driver shall return the pre-fitted filling
hose to its original position.
6.4.10 Upon completion of the filling process, all tank inlets shall be closed.
Water Meters
6.4.11 Each filling spout shall be equipped with a flow meter that meets the relevant
technical requirements/codes/Regulations and has a valid calibration. This is for
tracking the Water dispensed and for Water demand and conservation
management.
Tanker Driver
6.4.12 While filling the Tanker, the Tanker Driver shall not use the Water flowing from
the filling spout for washing purposes or any other purpose.
6.4.13 The Tanker Driver shall not come into contact with the Water flowing from the
filling spout while filling the Tanker.
6.5 Tanker Filling Station Exit Guidance

6.5.1 This section provides guidelines for exiting the Tanker Filling Station.
(a) The Tanker Driver shall use the exit gate to exit the Tanker Filling
Station. The entry gate shall not be used as an exit with the exception of
Tanker Filling Stations which have only one entry/exit gate.
(b) The Tanker Filling Station personnel shall ensure the payment for the
Water has been collected from the Tanker Driver (either through the Pre-
paid Payment System, or through payment coupons) prior to the Tanker
exiting the station.
6.6 Offloading Guidance

This section provides Guidance to ensure the Water is offloaded to the
Customers in a manner which prevents Contamination and to ensure the
delivery of safe and wholesome Water.
Offloading
6.6.1 Once the request for Tankering Service is accepted the Distribution Company
must ensure its completion and exert efforts to achieve the agreed service
standard.
6.6.2 The Tanker Driver shall offload the Water to the Customer within 24 hours of
filling.
6.6.3 All Tanker shall be equipped with a Water Meter as depicted on Fig.5.6.1, this
flow meter shall be used to determine the volume of Water supplied to the
Customer.
Figure 6.6.1 – Water Meter
Offloading Hoses
6.6.4 During discharge, the manhole, inlet and all other Tanker openings shall remain
closed.
6.6.5 During discharge, the backflow of Water from the receiving Customer shall be
prevented. To facilitate this, the Water outlet shall be equipped with a suitable
backflow prevention device (non-return valve).
6.6.6 The discharge hose shall be protected from Contamination from the receiving
tank or facility. The discharge hose shall not come into contact with the
receiving facility where possible. Where possible an air gap shall be maintained.
6.6.7 Upon completion of discharge and when not in use, the Water outlet hoses and
extension hoses shall be capped and stored in the stowage compartment for
hoses. See Chapter 7: Technical Requirements for Drinking Water Tankers for
details.
6.7 Operation and Maintenance Guidance for Tanker Filling Stations.

This section provides operation and maintenance guidance for the Tanker Filling
Stations and operational guidance for Tanker Drivers.
Operation and Maintenance Guidance for Tanker Filling Stations.

The following guidance assist in ensuring the conditions of the Tanker Filling
Stations are safe, the Tanker Filling Station infrastructure is operating efficiently
and that Water loss through faulty valves is minimized.
6.7.1 A Tanker Filling Station log book shall be maintained at each Tanker Filling
Station. The log book shall be used to log the Tanker Filling Station inspections,
results of the inspection, corrective actions and the date of the current and next
inspections.
6.7.2 The Tanker Filling Station Water spouts and pre-fitted filling hoses shall be
inspected once a week and upon apparent failure. The inspection shall be to
check for apparent Contamination and leaks and that the valves are opening and
closing properly.
6.7.3 The Tanker Filling Station Water meters shall be inspected once a week and
upon apparent failure. The inspection shall be to check that the meter is working
and calibrated properly.
6.7.4 It is recommended the Tanker Filling Station infrastructure is checked every 6

months and upon apparent failure. The following are recommended to be
inspected:
(a) Street Lights
(b) Road Pavement
(c) Drainage
(d) Entry / Exit Gates
(e) Perimeter Fence / Hoarding
(f) Safety signs and boards
6.7.5 Tanker Filling Stations shall be audited and/or inspected by the Distribution
Company once every 6 months to ensure all the Tanker Filling Stations are
adhering to the health, safety and management guidelines, are maintaining a
log book and are undertaking all the necessary inspections and checks at the
recommended intervals.
Operation Guidelines for Tanker Driver

6.7.6 The Tanker Driver shall maintain a delivery log book. The log book shall be used
to log the volume of Water delivered to the Customer, the Customer contact
details, delivery location, date and time.
6.7.7 The delivery log book shall be provided to the Distribution Company upon
request.
6.8 Operation and Maintenance Guidance for Water Tankers

The following guidance assist in preventing Contamination and the deposit of
foreign objects inside the Tanker which may deteriorate the Water quality and to
ensure the technical specifications of the Tanker are maintained throughout the
course of the year.
6.8.1 The Tankers shall adhere to the annual inspection and certification procedures
required by the Distribution Companies. This is part of the annual registration
process which involves passing both a technical inspection and a Water quality
test.
6.8.2 The Water Tankers shall adhere to the Water quality Sampling frequencies as
specified in Table 6 of the Bureau Water Quality Regulations. The Water quality
Sampling procedure shall follow the Distribution Company laboratory quality
management system and the Distribution Company Sample Collection
Procedures.
(a) Samples should be collected from the Water outlet of the Tanker rather
than by dip Sampling.
(b) If dip Sampling is necessary, then it is important to maintain the integrity

of the Water supply by thorough cleaning and Disinfection of the
Sampling equipment.
6.8.3 In addition to the annual registration, the Tanker exterior shall be inspected
once every three months. This inspection involves a check to ensure the Tanker,
hoses, pipes and extensions are in compliance with the technical specifications.
A sample inspection list is included in Appendix F.
6.8.4 Disinfection and cleaning of the Water Tank shall be conducted once every three
months. The hoses, pumps and pipes and any Tanker equipment used for
Drinking Water Tankering shall also be cleaned and disinfected once every three
months.
6.8.5 Upon completion of the Disinfection procedure the Tanker Driver shall be
provided with a certificate indicating proof of completion by the party
undertaking the Disinfection procedure. The proof of completion shall be
provided to the Distribution Company when undertaking the quarterly
inspection.
6.8.6 Upon completion of the quarterly inspection and Disinfection procedure, the
satisfactory Tanker shall receive a certification sticker from the Distribution
Company which shall be mounted to the Tanker and the front windshield as
depicted on Fig. 5.8.1.and Fig. 5.8.2. The certification sticker signifies successful
completion of the quarterly inspection and shall provide the date of inspection
and the date of the next inspection. A sample of the sticker is shown on Fig.
5.8.3 below.
Figure 6.8.1 – Quarterly Certification Sticker duplicated on front windshield
Figure 6.8.2 – Quarterly Certification Sticker on back of Tanker
Figure 6.8.3 – Quarterly Disinfection and Inspection Certificate – Sample
6.8.7 The quarterly inspections and Disinfections shall be logged in the Tanker Filling
Station log book and shall include at a minimum the following:
(a) Permit number
(c) Date of inspection
(d) Date of last inspection
(e) Date of upcoming inspection
(f) Status of inspection (failed or passed)
(g) Corrective actions
Disinfection Guidance – Water Tanks and Hoses

6.8.8 Part of maintaining a clean and sterile Water Tank and hoses is undertaking
cleaning and disinfecting procedures. The Water tank, stowage compartment for
the hoses, and hoses shall be cleaned in all of the following instances:
(a) When the tank is used for the first time.
(b) When the renewal of the vehicle registration is due.
(c) Once every 3 months.
(d) After any maintenance for the truck or tank.
(e) When the tank and/or hose is contaminated for any reason.
(f) On demand by the authorities.
6.8.9 The recommended Disinfection procedure for the Water tank and stowage
compartment for the hoses is as follows:
(a) Open the outlet valve or drainage outlet and drain all Water from the
Tanker as depicted on Fig.5.8.4.
Figure 6.8.4 – Draining the tank
6.8.10 Wash the inside of the tank using a high pressure hose with clean Drinking
Water as depicted on Fig.5.8.5. While entry to the Tanker is not recommended,
if it is required for cleaning, the minimum entry requirements as specified in the
Technical Specifications for Water Tankers Transporting Drinking Water shall be
observed.
Figure 6.8.5 – Washing the inside of the tank
6.8.11 Drain the Water Tank of the washed Water as depicted on Fig. 5.8.6.
Figure 6.8.6 – Draining the tank
6.8.12 Once the Tanker has been washed with Water internally and externally it shall
be disinfected with chlorine. Chlorine is the most common method of disinfecting
a Water tank.
6.8.13 The amount of chlorine required depends on the volume of the tank. The
amount of detention time required for the chlorinated Water in the Tanker
depends on the concentration of the chlorine. The table 5.1 below provides the
recommended chlorine concentration per mg/l of Water and the respective
contact period.
Table 6.1 – Chlorine contact period

Initial free chlorine concentration Contact period (h:min) Minimum residual free chlorine
(mg/l) measured at the end of the contact
period (mg/l)
3.1 16:00 1.9
5 10:00 3
10 05:00 6
15 03:20 9
20 02:30 12
25 02:00 15
30 01:40 18
40 01:15 24
50 01:00 30
6.8.14 To use the table 5.1 above, the first step is to identify the initial free
concentration of the chlorine which is usually shown on the label of the chlorine
container. For example, if an initial free chlorine concentration of 10mg/l is
used, the period in which the chlorinated Water should remain in the tank is 5
hours, also referred to as contact period. The residual free chlorine measured at
the end of the 5 hours should be equal or greater than 6mg/l. If it is less than
6mg/l this is a likely indication the tank is not clean and the procedure should be
repeated.
6.8.15 In addition, the table 5.2 below provides the amount of chlorine solution per
1000l for a range of percentage chlorine concentrations. For example, if the
concentration of the chlorine is provided in a percentage such as 5%, and the
desired concentration is 10mg/l, the amount of chlorine solution will be 210ml
for every 1000l of Water. Therefore for a 22,000l Tanker, it will be 210ml x 22
which is equivalent to 4,620ml of chlorine solution to be added to the Tanker.
Table 6.2 – Desired free chlorine

Amount of Chlorine Solution per 1000 l for a range of solution percentage
Desired initial free Chlorine chlorine concentrations (ml)
concentration (mg/l)
3% 5% 6% 12% 15% 30%
5 175 105 87.5 43.75 35 17.5
10 350 210 175 87.5 70 35
15 525 315 262.5 131.25 105 52.5
20 700 420 350 175 140 70
25 875 525 437.50 218.75 175 87.50
30 1050 630 525 262.50 210 105
40 1400 840 700 350 280 140
50 1750 1050 875 437.50 350 175
6.8.16 Precautions:
(a) The contact period commences when the entire volume, up to overflow
concentration, is full of disinfectant solution at the required initial
concentration.
(b) If the residual free chlorine measured at the end of the contact period is
less than the values in this table, this indicates an excessive chlorine
demand and poor prior cleaning. If this is the case the Disinfection
process needs to be repeated. The loss of free chlorine ought not to
exceed 40% after the allotted contact period.
(c) Care has to be taken not to exceed 50 mg/l chlorine concentration to

avoid corrosion risks to any copper included in fittings.
(d) It is important to note, those who are undertaking the Disinfection of the
tank should be well informed regarding the properties of chlorine, are
trained in the safe handling of chlorine and should use the appropriate
personal protective clothing and equipment as depicted on Fig. 5.8.7.
Figure 6.8.7 – Protective clothing for cleaning
6.8.17 Use the appropriate proportion of chlorine based on the volume of Water from
the tables above.
6.8.18 Add the chlorine while filling the Tanker with Drinking Water as depicted on
Fig.5.8.8. This is to ensure thorough mixing of the chlorine.
Figure 6.8.8 – Adding chlorine to the Water
6.8.19 Ensure the tank is completely full and the correct volume of chlorine has been
added.
6.8.20 Allow the Tanker to sit idle for the appropriate contact period as depicted on
Fig.5.8.9. The Tanker hatches, inlets and outlets shall not be opened during the
contact period.
Figure 6.8.9 – Idle Tanker fill of chlorinated Water
6.8.21 After the appropriate contact period has lapsed, drain all the Water from the
Tanker as depicted on Fig. 5.8.10.
6.8.22 Flush the Water Tanker with a high pressure hose with clean Drinking Water
until no smell of chlorine is detected.
6.8.23 Care shall be taken when disposing of the chlorinated Water from the tanks.
Sudden discharge of Water may cause flooding of the surrounding area. In
addition, high levels of chlorine may harm fish and marine life. To prevent this,
the Water shall be discharged into an approved drainage outlet.
Figure 6.8.10 – Draining tank of chlorinated Water
6.8.24 The hoses shall also be cleaned and disinfected. The recommended procedure
for Disinfection of the hoses is as follows:
6.8.25 The hoses shall be thoroughly flushed with Water to remove any deposits and
waste material.
6.8.26 In cases where the Tanker is equipped with a pump, connect the offloading
hose. Fill the tank with Water and chlorine disinfectant and start the pump.
Allow the chlorinated Water to run the hose and pump for half an hour. Repeat
this procedure with the tank full of clean Water.
6.8.27 In cases where the Tanker has no pump, use the chlorinated Water from the
tank and fill the hose to full capacity. Block one end of the hose to completely fill
it. Allow the Water to stand in the hose for the same amount of time as the
Water will stand in the tank. However, it is not recommended to exceed 24
hours. Empty the hose of the chlorinated Water and flush thoroughly with clean
Water such that no smell of chlorine is detected.
7. Automated Water Filling Management

System
The Tanker Filling Stations are currently manually operated. This often leads to overflow
events as the tanks are often left unmonitored. Overflow events also result in a loss of
Water for the Distribution Company. In addition, the lack of a real-time Water meter also
leaves an uncertainty in the actual quantity of Water that has been filled in the Water
Tanker. The current manual system also leads to direct contact of the Tanker Driver with
the filling spout and hose thus increases the risk of Water Contamination.
Therefore an automated filling management system is preferable in the long term as it

accurately quantifies the Water dispensed, minimizes the loss of Water and helps to
reduce the likelihood of Contamination developing and also increases operational
efficiency.
Where an automated system has been chosen it should follow the guidance as set out
below.
7.1 General Requirements

7.1.1 An automated system manages the filling process through the use of a Key ID
with a built-in identification mechanism, an automated Water data logger to
record the volume of Water withdrawn at each filling spout and ultrasonic level
detectors to automatically shut the system off to prevent overflow.
7.1.2 In addition the system should manage the entry and exit gates through the use
of an Automatic Number Plate Recognition (ANPR) camera at the gate, a gate
barrier and a Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) tag which is placed in the
front windshield of the Drinking Water Tanker.
7.1.3 The system should have the following features:
(a) Automatic switch on/off of the Tanker Filling Station Water spout;
(b) Automatic switch off when the tank is full;
(c) Real-time Water meter
(d) Automated entry of Water volume desired;
(e) Records of Water dispensed;
(f) Records of Tanker Driver and billing information;
(g) Automatic entry and exit of the Tanker Filling Station;
(h) Automatic detection of authorized entry to the Tanker Filling Station;
(i) Automatic detection when the Tanker has completed filling and departed
the filling bay.
7.1.4 The system should use the following key technologies:
(a) Water data logger;
(b) Key ID;
(c) Ultrasonic level detectors;
(d) Water filling management and billing software;
(e) Control room with central server and control panel housing the PLC
system;
(f) Display monitor to indicate available filling bays;
(g) Vehicle detectors with inductive loops;
(h) ANPR Camera / RFID tag;
(i) Automated entry and exit gate control with barrier.
7.2 System Configuration

The following paragraphs describe the system configuration. An illustration of
the system configuration is included in Appendix B.
7.2.1 A control room is housed at each Tanker Filling Station. The control room is
equipped with a PLC system and control panel which has oversight of the
ongoing operations at each filling bay.
7.2.2 Each filling bay which consists of two Water filling spouts is equipped with one
Water logger.
7.2.3 The Water logger will be linked locally at each Tanker Filling Station via
Ethernet. This is to allow for local access of the data.
7.2.4 The Water logger will be linked to the overall automated tracking system control
centre. This is the control centre which will receive and collect all information
through the GPS tracking system.
7.2.5 The Water logger will be linked to the central control centre via several
methods. For Tanker Filling Stations without an internet connection, the Water
logger will communicate with the control centre via SMS.
7.2.6 For Tanker Filling Stations with a telecommunication system, the Water logger
may communicate with the control centre via a dedicated link or through the
internet.
7.2.7 The control centre will receive all the information from all the Water loggers at
all the Tanker Filling Stations. From the control centre, the information will be
transmitted via internet to the necessary authority or entity.
7.3 Operations of the System

The following paragraphs describe the operations of the proposed system. An
illustration depicting the automated procedure is included in Appendix C.
7.3.1 An automatic gate with a barrier is applied at the Tanker Filling Station entry
gate. The automatic gate is to limit access to the Tanker Filling Station so as to
ensure only those with the approved Permits may enter the Tanker Filling
Station.
7.3.2 An ANPR camera is applied at the Tanker Filling Station entry gate.
7.3.3 Each tanker is equipped with a RFID tag. The RFID tag will be mounted on the
front windshield of the Tanker.
7.3.4 Each Tanker Driver is equipped with a Key ID. The Key ID has a built-in
identification mechanism which stores the details of the Tanker and Tanker
Driver and the available funds for payment.
7.3.5 To ensure the Key ID is not transferred to another Tanker Driver, the Key ID is
also tied to the actual Tanker registration number.
7.3.6 Upon arrival at the Tanker Filling Station entry gate, the ANPR camera will
register the Tanker registration number along with the RFID tag and Key ID of
the Tanker to ensure only registered Tankers and registered drivers enter the
station.
7.3.7 Through the use of the ANPR device, RFID tag and Key ID, any mishandling or
transfer of the Key ID to another registered or unregistered Tanker will result in
a denied entry to the Tanker Filling Station.
7.3.8 When the Key ID and the ANPR device match, the Tanker Driver will be allowed
entry to the station. In this case, the gate barrier would open.
7.3.9 In the event of the Key ID and ANPR devices not matching, the gate will not
open and the Tanker Driver will have to drive into a secondary lane and await
the Filling Station personnel.
7.3.10 The Tanker Filling Station personnel will then check whether it is simply an error
in the system or if in fact the Key ID is registered to another Tanker. If it is
simply a system error, the Tanker Filling Station personnel will then release the
system and allow the Tanker Driver entry to the station. If the Key ID is
registered with another Tanker, the Tanker Filling Station personnel will deny
entry to the Tanker Driver and the driver will proceed into the secondary lane
and exit the Tanker Filling Station. (The secondary travel lane is used in the
event of the Key ID and registered Tanker not matching. In this case it allows
the Tanker Driver to have a means of exiting the facility without entering the
actual Tanker Filling Station area).
7.3.11 In addition, at the entry gate, a display monitor is mounted which indicates the
available filling bays. Each filling bay is equipped with induction loop cables
which detect whether it is in use or not. When a filling bay becomes available,
the number is displayed on the monitor at the gate, and the Tanker Driver then
drives into the assigned bay. This helps to regulate traffic and Tanker movement
inside the Tanker Filling Station.
7.3.12 In the control room, the operator will be able to override the operations at the
Tanker Filling Station if and as required. However the operator in the control
room is not required to activate the system.
7.3.13 Each pair of filling bays is equipped with one Water data logger; one logger is
capable of operating 2 filling bays. The Water data logger is essentially a mini
flow computer which is used to activate the filling system and also record the
volume of Water dispensed.
7.3.14 The Water data logger is connected to the Tanker Filling Station spout which is
also equipped with ultrasonic level detectors and a filling hose which is pre-fitted
to the spout. The pre-fitted filling hose avoids the Tanker drivers having to use
and fix their own hose. However the Tanker Driver will still have to remove the
filling cap on the tank inlet and lower the pre-fitted filling hose to the
appropriate position above the flood rim level of the Tanker.
7.3.15 The system is activated through the use of the Key ID. The same Key ID used
by the Tanker Driver to activate the gate control is used to active the Water
logging device.
7.3.16 Once the Tanker Driver has positioned the Tanker in-line with the Tanker Filling
Station spout the driver will show the Key ID to the Water data logger. The
driver will then have several options- to enter the volume of Water desired or to
fill the tank full. Upon selection of the desired option, the Water data logger will
then be activated to commence the filling of the Tanker.
7.3.17 The filling hose pipe is fitted with an ultrasonic level detector that will detect
when the Tanker is full. The ultrasonic level detector will automatically shut the
system off when the Tanker is full. Even if the driver has entered a volume of
Water that is greater than the available capacity in the Tanker, the system will
detect the tank is full and will override the entry to shut off.
7.3.18 Upon completion of filling, the Tanker Driver will be responsible for putting the
pre-fitted filling hose back into its original position and closing the Tanker inlet.
Meanwhile the Water data logger will provide the volume of Water supplied in
the Tanker.
7.3.19 At the exit gate or in the control room the Tanker Driver will receive a receipt.
The receipt will detail the amount of Water which has been supplied to the
Tanker and the cost.
7.3.20 This information will be automatically registered and logged in the central
system located in the Tanker Filling Station control room. The system is capable
of storing details of all the Tankers, the Tanker Driver, Permit numbers,
capacities and billing.
8. Technical Requirements for Drinking

Water Tankers.
The purpose of this document is to explain the technical requirements of the Drinking
Water Tankers in Emirate of Abu Dhabi that Distribution Company, Responsible Person
and Tanker manufacturers should follow in order to ensure safe and wholesome Water is
provided to Customers.
This document has been developed in consultation with Distribution Companies, the
Emirates Authority for Standardization and Metrology (ESMA), Abu Dhabi Police Traffic
and Licensing Department and other government institutions and Tankering companies.
8.1 Objectives
This document provides the technical information regarding the permissible
types of Drinking Water Tankers and the features to be included in them.
8.1.1 The objective of this document is to provide guidance:
(a) To the Tanker manufacturers in fabricating the Tankers and inclusion of

required features when manufacturing the Water Tankers for transporting
potable Water;
(b) To the Responsible Persons to select and purchase Tankers which are
suitable for the intended purpose, enabling them to operate and maintain
them in proper manner as stipulated by Regulations;
(c) To the Licensing Authority for the regular inspection and approval of the
Drinking Water Tankers as stipulated in the Regulations;
(d) To the Responsible Entities for ensuring the Tankers used for the
transport of potable Water are as stipulated in the Regulations;
(e) To other concerned authorities to enforce the Regulations, ensuring that

the supply of Water through the Water Tankering Operation within the
Emirate of Abu Dhabi is safe and wholesome.
8.2 Scope and Application

8.2.1 These Specifications apply to all the Drinking Water Tankers operated by the
Responsible Person for the provision of Drinking Water by road within the
Emirate of Abu Dhabi, who are licensed or exempted under the provisions of the
Law No. (2) of 1998 Concerning the Regulation of the Water and Electricity
Sector or Amendments thereto.
8.2.2 These technical requirements shall be supplementary to the regulations that are
(will be) in force in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.
8.3 Usage
8.3.1 Drinking Water Tankers shall be exclusively used for transporting of Drinking
Water provided by the Licensed Distribution Companies of Drinking Water,
namely, Abu Dhabi Distribution Company (ADDC) or Al Ain Distribution

Company (AADC).
8.3.2 Water Tankers shall not be used for transporting anything other than Drinking
Water.
8.4 Registration for Water Tanker

8.4.1 The Tanker shall be properly registered with the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and
Licensing Department under the relevant category as specified.
8.5 Licensing Requirements

8.5.1 The Responsible Person operating commercial Drinking Water supply business
should hold a Supply Licence issued by the Bureau prior to starting any supply
activities.
8.5.2 The Tanker shall be produced annually by the Responsible Person to the relevant
Licensing Authorities for inspection and certification as follows:
(a) The first part of the inspection will be made by Distribution Company. A
sample inspection checklist that can be used by the Distribution Company
is presented in Appendix G for guidance.
(b) Following the success of the above inspection and approval of

Distribution Company, the second part of the inspection will be made by
the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing Department. The inspection
checklist used for this purpose is presented in Appendix H.
(c) In the event of successful approval by both the above authorities, a

certificate together with a sticker will be provided to the Distribution
Company by the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing Department.
8.5.3 If the result of any part of the above inspection is unsuccessful, the relevant
Authority shall advise the Responsible Person to make any rectification to the
Tanker required for certification. The Responsible Person shall make such
rectification as advised by the Authority before producing the tanker for
inspection again.
8.5.4 The sticker provided by the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing Department
at a successful inspection of a Tanker shall be affixed to the upper right quarter
of the rear of the tank or other location as specified by the Abu Dhabi Police
Traffic and Licensing Department and shall be visible at all times indicating that
the Tanker has been inspected, certified, and found to be in compliance with the
regulatory requirements.
8.6 General Requirements for Drinking Water Tanker
Dimensions and Weight

8.6.1 The dimensions and weight of the Tanker shall be in conformity with the
requirements stipulated in the UAE Standards No. UAE.S GSO 159 :1993 “Motor
Vehicles-Dimensions And Weights” issued by the Emirates Authority for
Standardization published on 22/06/1994 or any subsequent revisions.
8.6.2 Tanks shall be so constructed that every portion of the interior can be
accessible, easily cleaned and disinfected by providing adequately sized
manholes in the tank and access openings in the baffles, as specified elsewhere
in this document.
8.6.3 Tank shall be permanently affixed to the chassis or the bed of the truck. Tanks
may be bolted or may be affixed to the bed of the truck by a welded frame
enclosing the tank in a manner that prevents any shifting of the tank.
8.6.4 The total width of the tank shall not exceed the total width of the cabin, so that
the tank shall not protrude beyond the cabin.
8.6.5 The size of the tank shall be guided by the typical sizes indicated in Appendix I.
Capacity of Tank
8.6.6 The Tank shall be of a capacity from 2,250 litres (500 gallons) to 55,000 litres
(12,000 gallons), depending on the intended usage.
Conformity with Other Standards

8.6.7 The general and safety aspects provided in the Tanker shall be in conformance
with the requirements stipulated in the UAE Standards No. UAE.S/GSO 42 :2003
“Motor Vehicles-General Requirements” issued by the Emirates Authority for
Standardization published on 23/10/2003 or any subsequent revisions.
8.6.8 All parts of the tank, filling system, delivery system and associated pumps and
hoses shall be readily accessible for cleaning, maintenance and inspection.
Periodic Technical Inspections

8.6.9 The Tanker shall undergo periodic technical inspection as detailed in the UAE
Standards No. UAE.S GSO 971/1997 “Motor Vehicles Periodic Inspection Manual”
issued by the Emirates Authority for Standardization published on 15/10/1997
or any subsequent revisions.
8.6.10 The Tanker shall be inspected once in every three months by the relevant
Distribution Company for the compliance of requirements as stipulated in the
Regulations, at which a certification sticker shall be issued to the successful
Tankers.
Prime Mover
8.6.11 The engine and the chassis of the prime mover shall be specifically suitable for a
Tanker, and shall be certified by the manufacturer to that effect.
8.6.12 The Tanker shall have power steering for required manoeuvrability in different
driving conditions.
8.7 Technical Requirements of Drinking Water Tanker
Material of Manufacture
8.7.1 All surfaces that come into contact with Water during transport shall be made of
a smooth, impervious, non-absorbent, corrosion-resistant and nontoxic material
such as;
8.7.2 Stainless steel of the American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) 300 series or
corresponding Alloy Casting Institute (ACI) types that are non-toxic and non-
absorbent and which under conditions of intended use is equally resistant as
stainless steel of the AISI 300 series or corresponding ACI types or equivalent;
or
(a) Stainless steel of AISI 316 L; or
(b) Aluminium Wrought Alloys 1000-6000 series as specified by ANSI or

equivalent; or
(c) Aluminium Casting Alloys 218, 308, 319, 332, 356, 360, 413, B443, 514,
520, 713 or equivalent; or
(d) Mild steel conforming to ASTM A36 or equivalent.
8.7.3 Lead, cadmium, and other toxic metals shall not be used on surfaces which
come in contact with the Water.
8.7.4 If mild steel is used for tanks, all the interior surfaces of the tank coming into
contact with Water shall be coated with an approved material as stated in the
Clause 5.6 below.
8.7.5 Surfaces that come in contact with Water shall be smooth, without pits, dents,
or crimps that may hold contaminating matter. All welds must be of non-
corrosive materials.
8.7.6 At the first registration of the Tanker, the Tanker Operator shall produce the
manufacturer’s specifications/certification regarding the material of manufacture
of the tank.
Material of Internal Coating

8.7.7 If the material of manufacture of the tank is mild steel, all the internal surface of
the tank coming into contact with Water shall be coated with food grade epoxy
paint coatings or such protective coating meeting the requirements of NSF/ANSI
Standard 61 or equivalent.
8.7.8 The internal surface of the tank shall have a mild slope such that the Water
drains via gravity to the bottom drain of the tank.
Shape of the Tank and Size

8.7.9 The shape of the tank shall be circular, elliptical or “double D” in cross section,
as illustrated in Appendix J.
8.7.10 The thickness of the Tanker body shall not be less than 5mm.
Openings
8.7.11 The inlets and other openings to the tank shall be so constructed to prevent the
entrance of insects, rodents or other foreign material that may cause
Contamination of Water. The opening shall be 100 mm higher than the level of
the tank as depicted on Fig.7.7.1.
Figure 8.7.1
8.7.12 A minimum of one manhole shall be provided for routine maintenance, repairs,
cleaning and disinfecting the tank. The total number of manholes shall be
determined based on the number of baffles. A minimum of one manhole shall be
provided for every 2 baffles, such that a Tanker with 4 baffles shall have a
minimum of 2 manholes.
Figure 8.7.2 – Tanker manhole
8.7.13 Manhole openings shall be not less than 400mm by 500mm oval or 450mm in
diameter as depicted on Fig. 7.7.3 and 7.7.4. Each manhole shall provide an
effective seal to prevent entrance of contaminants. Manhole cover gaskets shall

be removable and cleanable.
Figure 8.7.3 – 450 mm diameter manhole
Figure 8.7.4 – 450 mm diameter manhole
Covers of the Openings

8.7.14 Hatches and manhole openings shall be completely covered and sealed with
tight fitting coverings, permanently mounted food-grade gaskets and security
locks.
Tank Filling Mechanism

8.7.15 Tanker shall be provided with one of the following types of inlets for filling the
tank:
(a) A direct- filling connection with an approved double check valve to

prevent back flow
(b) An overhead filling hatch with an opening of 250 mm diameter at the top
of the tank, with hinged cover and quick release latch, as illustrated
below on Fig.7.7.5, or equivalent. The filling hatch may be an integral

part of the manhole.
8.7.16 In addition, the overhead filling arrangement shall meet the following conditions
regarding the air gap:
(a) The filling hose attached to the spout must not be allowed to immerse in
the Water within the tank;
(b) The lower end of the filling hose shall be further than two diameters of
the filling hose above the highest Water level that is possible when the
tank is full, as illustrated in Appendix X.
Figure 8.7.5 – Filling hatch with opening of 250 mm diameter
8.7.17 If an overhead filler hose is mounted on the vehicle, when not being used for
filling, this pipe shall be capped at each end with threaded or clamped caps, and
tethered to the fittings at the ends of the filler hose.
Water Outlets
8.7.18 Water outlets shall be provided with a quick opening valve of approved material
as depicted on Fig. 7.7.6.
Figure 8.7.6 – Water outlet
8.7.19 Water outlets shall be equipped with threaded or clamped caps, tethered to the
ports with a chain or cable. Inlet and outlet caps shall be in place on all fittings
except when Water is being discharged or loaded.
8.7.20 Suitable backflow prevention devices (non-return valves) shall be provided at

each outlet.
Tank Vents
8.7.21 Vents shall be provided on top of the tank as depicted on Fig.7.7.7, and shall be
of a sufficient size and number to allow air to replace Water as it is discharged
and let the air expel when the Tanker is being filled in a direct filling operation.
The vents shall be downward facing, or otherwise protected from possible Water
Contamination. The openings of the vents shall be protected with a suitable
screen made from nontoxic, non-absorbent material to prevent dust, insects and
contaminants from entering the tank. The vents shall have a non-return valve.
Figure 8.7.7 – Air vent on top of tank
Drain
8.7.22 Tank shall be provided with a bottom drain of sufficient size, with a valve to
facilitate complete discharge of Water during sanitation procedures as depicted
on Fig.7.7.8.
Figure 8.7.8 – bottom drain
Baffles
8.7.23 Baffles shall be provided inside the tank, where the total capacity of the tank is
more than 2,200 litres (500 gallons).
8.7.24 The number of baffles and the spacing shall be such that they will prevent
surges of Water inside the tank during transportation.
8.7.25 Baffles shall be made of the same material as that of the tank and shall be
firmly and permanently attached to the tank.
8.7.26 Baffles shall not interfere with the free drainage of the tank.
8.7.27 Baffles shall be designed such that walk–through accessibility is provided to all
areas for inspection and cleaning, by providing adequately sized openings of
appropriate shape, and of a minimum size of 500 mm. The openings shall not
have sharp edges.
Access Ladders and Walkways

8.7.28 The tank shall be provided with at least one ladder, mounted at the rear to
access the top of the tank.
8.7.29 The rungs of the ladder shall be non-slippery, and the spacing between the
rungs shall not exceed 350 mm as depicted on Fig. 7.7.9 and Fig. 7.7.10.
Figure 8.7.9 – Spacing between ladder rungs
Figure 8.7.10 – Spacing between ladder rungs
8.7.30 The top of the Tanker shall be provided with at least one walkway of sufficient
width for a person to walk safely from the access ladders to all the manholes
and filling hatches as depicted on Fig.7.7.11. They shall be fabricated with non-
slippery chequered plates or grates.
Figure 8.7.11 – Non-slip walkway
Level Indicator Gauge

8.7.31 The tank should be provided with a secured, transparent level indicator gage
mounted at the rear of the tank to indicate the Water level inside the tank. The
material of the level indicator gauge shall be an approved food grade material.
8.8 Pump and Accessories
Pump
8.8.1 The pump shall be a type which could be readily disassembled to demonstrate
the condition of the impeller and impeller chamber.
8.8.2 The pump shall be PTO driven or equivalent; with a minimum pressure of 2
bars, a minimum total head of 25 meters and with a Water pump capacity of not
less than 900L/min.
8.8.3 The pump shall be constructed of food grade, corrosion resistant materials, and
have bearings which are either permanently sealed and self-lubricating or are
lubricated only with food grade lubricants.
8.8.4 The pump shall be installed on the truck within a suitable enclosure, to protect
against any Contamination.
8.8.5 Internal Water contact surfaces of the pump, including seals, bearing, and
lubricants shall be constructed from food-grade materials and shall be smooth,
non-porous, and corrosion resistant and shall use acceptable food-grade
lubricants.
Accessories
8.8.6 The discharge side of the pump shall be properly protected between uses by a
protective cap which shall be tethered to the pump.
8.8.7 All the accessories used for the pump coming into contact with Water shall be
fabricated with food grade material.
8.9 Hose Pipes and Connectors
Hoses
8.9.1 Hoses shall be made of polybutylene conforming to GSO standard No 495 or
alternatively, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyethylene (PE), acrylonitrile-
butadiene-styrene (ABS) or other equivalent materials.
8.9.2 Hoses shall be clean and be handled with care to prevent Contamination.
8.9.3 Hoses shall be stowed in a lockable metal compartment fixed on the truck
beside the tank, which should be 100 mm above the deck of the truck and fixed
so that it is self-draining as depicted on Fig. 7.9.1.
Figure 8.9.1 – Stowage for hoses
8.9.4 Alternatively, hoses may be wound on a hose reel and mounted suitably to the
chassis or the frame of Tanker. The use of flat/reel hoses is allowed, provided
the material of manufacture is food grade and that the hose is stowed in a
lockable metal compartment fixed on the truck when not in use.
8.9.5 The lengths and diameters of the hoses shall be adequate for the filling and
discharging requirements.
8.9.6 Hoses shall have a smooth interior surface made of food-grade standard
materials. They shall be kept clean, disinfected and operated or handled in a
manner that prevents Contamination and capped or closed when not in use.
8.9.7 Hoses shall be marked with the lettering “Drinking Water” on the exterior of the
pipe, with letters of size 5 cm as depicted on Fig. 7.9.2.
Figure 8.9.2 – Hoses with marking “Drinking Water”
Connectors
8.9.8 The ends of all hoses shall be provided with threaded or clamped caps at the
ends as depicted on Fig. 7.9.3, which shall be tethered to the hose. Such caps
shall be in place when hoses are not in use. Hoses in stowage compartments
shall also be capped.
8.9.9 All the fittings shall be made of approved food grade materials.
Figure 8.9.3 – Sample of hose fittings
8.10 Exterior Painting and Markings
Exterior Painting
8.10.1 The exterior of the prime mover body and the tank shall be painted with white
spray paint, or be unpainted stainless steel.
8.10.2 The two sides of the tank shall have a blue strip of spray paint 20 cm high, at
the middle of the tank throughout the length as depicted on Fig.7.10.1.
Figure 8.10.1 – Blue strip 20cm high
8.10.3 The back end of the tank shall have a blue strip of spray paint 20 cm high at the
middle throughout the breadth, and two stripes of white luminous paint across
the whole surface, each of 20 cm high, on either side of the blue strip as
depicted on Fig. 7.10.2.
Figure 8.10.2 – Bank end of tank markings
Markings
8.10.4 Within the blue strips on the two sides of the tank, the words “DRINKING
WATER” should be written in white, both in Arabic and English language. The
height of the letters shall be 10 cm. The letters and words should be suitably
spaced to make a good appearance.
8.10.5 Within the blue strips on the back side of the tank, the words “DRINKING
WATER” should be written in white, both in Arabic and English language. The
height of the letters shall be 5 cm. The letters and words shall be suitably
spaced to make a good appearance.
8.10.6 The capacity of the tank in litres (rounded to the nearest 100 litres) shall be
marked on both sides of the tank at a lower location, towards the rear side of
the tank. The letters should be in blue colour and at least 5 cm in height.
8.10.7 The name, address and telephone number of the Tanker Operator (individual or
company) shall be marked on both the doors of the cab as depicted on Fig.
7.10.3. The letters should be in blue colour and of a suitable size to be visible at
distance.
Figure 8.10.3 – Tanker operator details
8.10.8 The certification sticker provided by the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing
Department as depicted on Fig.7.10.5 (following the annual inspections by the
Distribution Company and Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing Department)
shall be affixed to the upper right quarter of the rear of the tank or other
location as specified by the Authority (Fig.7.10.4).
Figure 8.10.4 – Abu Dhabi Police Certification Sticker
Figure 8.10.5 – Abu Dhabi Police Certification Sticker – Sample
8.10.9 The certification sticker provided by the Distribution Company at the quarterly
inspection (Fig.7.10.8) affixed to the upper right quarter of the rear of the tank,
below the sticker for annual inspection (Fig.7.10.6), or other location as
specified by the Distribution Company. This sticker shall also be duplicated on
the front windshield of the Tanker as depicted on Fig.7.10.6.
Figure 8.10.6 – Quarterly Certification Sticker on back of truck
Figure 8.10.7 – Quarterly Certification Sticker duplicated on front windshield
Figure 8.10.8 – Quarterly Disinfection and Inspection Certificate – Sample
8.10.10 The stickers shall be tamper evident or of a type that once the sticker is
removed it is no longer suitable for use again.
8.10.11 A pictorial symbol similar to and of the size indicated as shown in Part 4:
Appendix B on either side in the middle of the tank, clearly indicating that the
delivery is wholesome Water.
8.10.12 If the Tanker is used only for Self-Supply purposes, the words “NOT FOR SALE”
shall be written on the upper right part of the tank, on both sides, in blue colour
letters with a size of 10 cm as depicted on Fig. 7.10.9.
Figure 8.10.9 – Self Supply Label – Not for sale
8.11 Safety Requirements
Entry into the Tank

8.11.1 The tanks are considered confined spaces, with the possibility of residual
compounds or cleaning compounds introduced into the tank can cause a
hazardous atmosphere for workers who enter the tank for cleaning and
maintenance purposes. The interior of the tank may be extremely slippery.
Hence, on the occasion that entry into the tank is required, the following
minimum entry requirements should be observed:
(a) Continuous forced ventilation to ensure dilution of residual contaminants

and to provide sufficient oxygen.
(b) A standby worker attending a lifeline attached to the entry worker(s).
(c) The worker(s) entering into the tank shall be wearing appropriate safety
wear, which shall include a helmet with a spot light, reflective safety
jacket, protective glasses, gloves and non-slippery hard-toe shoes.
Other Safety Standards

8.11.2 The Tankers shall have the yellow and black striped markings on the rear and
along the two sides of the chassis, as stipulated by the motor traffic authorities.
8.11.3 The Tankers shall have the amber coloured beacon lights one mounted on the
top of the cabin, and at least one on top of the tank as depicted on Fig.7.11.1.
Beacon lights of alternate colours are not permitted.
Figure 8.11.1 – Amber coloured beacon lights
8.11.4 Tankers shall be equipped with a back-up alarm which must turn on
automatically when the gear is put into the reversing position.
8.11.5 The Tankers shall comply with any other safety standards that will be imposed
by Regulating Authority, Licensing Authority or any other relevant authority in
9. Health and Safety

9.1 Purpose
9.1.1 The main purpose of these guidelines is to set the minimum occupational and
environmental health and safety requirements during the handling of Drinking
Water from (and including) Tanker Filling Stations to the end user by authorized
and specialized Tankers.
9.1.2 These guidelines also provide advice on the safe design and operation of Tanker
Filling Stations and Tankers.
9.2 Scope
9.2.1 These guidelines shall apply to all duty holders involved in the Drinking Water
Tankering operations. This includes, but is not limited to: Drinking Water Tanker
Filling Station operational staff, Tanker Drivers, Contractors engaged in work at
the Drinking Water Tanker Filling Stations or Water Tankers, suppliers and
visitors to the Tanker Filling Stations.
9.2.2 These guidelines are subject to amendment or replacement by the Bureau at

any time, and from time to time.
9.3 Tanker Filling Stations
Design
9.3.1 Tanker Filling Station driveways shall be designed in a way so as to reduce the
need for Tankers to reverse.
9.3.2 Segregation of pedestrian and vehicular traffic is to be given a high priority

during the design of Tanker Filling Stations.
9.3.3 Measures will be put in place to eliminate Hazards or reduce risks to Tanker
Filling Station users so far as is reasonably practicable. This shall include, but
not be limited to, safe means of access to Water nozzles.
9.3.4 Station access and egress points shall be designed in a way so as not to pose
any risk to the public.
9.3.5 Where Drinking Water and non-drinking Water are supplied at the same station,
the standpipes shall be separated and marked clearly to prevent accidental (or
intentional) mix-up.
Risk Management
9.3.6 Distribution companies shall adopt a systematic and comprehensive approach to
identifying the Hazards and managing the risks within the Tanker Filling
Stations. Further guidance is provided by the Abu Dhabi EHSMS Regulatory
Framework Technical Guideline – Process of Risk Management Version 2.0
published in February 2012 (or as updated).
Security
9.3.7 A durable hoarding shall be erected on the Tanker Filling Station perimeter and
shall:
(a) Be at least 2 metres high;
(b) Be designed and constructed in a way to resist climbing;
(c) Have securely anchored posts;
(d) Be properly maintained; and
(e) Have suitable lighting and signage.
9.3.8 Access to the Tanker Filling Station shall be controlled to prevent unauthorized
entry.
9.3.9 Arrangements shall be in place to ensure that suppliers, visitors or any other
legitimate site users are well informed of any restrictions or conditions that may
pose a risk to their safety and wellbeing.
9.3.10 Without prejudice to paragraph 8.4.2, access openings shall be fitted with a gate
which must be kept locked at all times when the site is unoccupied.
9.3.11 Lone working shall be avoided whenever possible. If unavoidable, the employer
of the lone worker is safety and wellbeing of the lone worker.
Temporary Office Structures

9.3.12 Temporary structures shall be fit for the purpose and meet all the requirements
of the UAE Fire and Safety Code 2011.
Welfare Facilities
9.3.13 Adequate sanitation facilities shall be provided at all Tanker Filling Stations.
9.3.14 An adequate number of toilets shall be provided for employees and drivers.
9.3.15 Sanitation facilities shall be provided with adequate lighting and ventilation; be
maintained and kept permanently clean.
9.3.16 Washing facilities shall be provided and kept in good sanitary condition. They
shall be provided with running Water and liquid soap or other appropriate
cleansing agent.
9.3.17 If septic tanks are used for collection of sewage and liquid waste, then a strict
regime to empty these tanks shall be implemented in order to prevent any
overflow.
9.3.18 Good housekeeping shall be maintained at all Tanker Filling Stations.
9.3.19 All waste materials shall be collected on a regular basis and placed into
appropriate receptacles for correct disposal off site.
9.3.20 Receptacles fitted with lids shall be provided for food waste and be emptied
frequently to avoid overflowing of waste.
General Requirements
9.3.21 Only hoses, connectors and other accessories provided by the Tanker Filling
Station shall be used to transfer Water to the Tanker.
9.3.22 The driveways of Tanker Filling Stations shall be constructed of solid and durable
material (i.e. asphalt, concrete etc.) with a Water run-off collection system
installed to prevent Water pooling.
9.3.23 Tanker Filling Stations and access ways leading to them shall have even grounds
free from Hazards which may cause tripping, slipping or falls.
9.3.24 The erection of makeshift facilities (such as rest areas, canteen etc.) is
prohibited. Such facilities may be constructed subject to fulfilment of the
necessary requirements of the Distribution Company and Municipality.
Lighting
9.3.25 Adequate illumination level shall be provided and maintained throughout the
Tanker Filling Station and access/egress points. The illumination shall be
designed and installed in a way so as to avoid glare, irregularity & invisibility
Signage
9.3.26 Adequate health and safety signs shall be displayed as appropriately throughout
the Tanker Filling Stations.
Inspections
9.3.27 The Bureau employees (or nominated representatives) may conduct periodic
inspections at Tanker Filling Stations to carry out checks and verify compliance
with these Regulations.
9.3.28 The Bureau employees (or nominated representatives) may inspect a Tanker
Filling Station at all reasonable hours upon receiving a complaint pertaining to
violation of these Regulations on that Tanker Filling Station.
9.4 Tankers
9.4.1 Tankers designated for transportation of Drinking Water shall conform to the
Technical Specifications for Water Tankers Transporting Drinking Water. In
addition, the following requirements shall apply:
Hygiene and Cleanliness

9.4.2 Measures shall be put in place to guarantee that Tanker filling hatches remain
securely shut except during the Water filling process at the Tanker Filling
Stations.
9.4.3 Owners/drivers shall take appropriate measures to protect the tank, equipment
and connections from becoming contaminated during storage, filling,
transportation and delivery of the Drinking Water.
9.4.4 Hoses used to transfer Water shall be protected from Contamination (e.g. by
preventing contact of the ends with the ground), kept sealed when not in use to
prevent exposure to animals and insects and be drained when not in use.
Disinfection
9.4.5 Tankers shall be disinfected internally prior to being put into service for the first
time.
9.4.6 Tankers used to transport Drinking Water without interruption of service for
more than fourteen days shall be disinfected internally at least quarterly; see
Drinking Water Tankering Guidelines (Tanker Filling Station to End Use).
9.4.7 Tankers used to transport Drinking Water but had interrupted service of thirty
days or more shall be disinfected internally prior to resuming Water
transportation services.
9.4.8 Disinfection shall be carried out by a reputable service provider and/or the
Distribution Companies. A certification sticker shall be issued accordingly which
shall be mounted to the back of the Tanker and front windshield; see Technical
Requirements for Water Tankers Transporting Drinking Water.
Inspections
9.4.9 The Bureau’s Employees or Distribution Company (or nominated
representatives) may conduct spot checks on Tankers to carry out checks and
verify compliance with these Regulations.
9.4.10 Inspections shall cover, but not be limited to:
(a) The general condition of the Tanker and truck;
(b) Hoses, nozzles and other accessories used;
(c) Truck documentation (registration, insurance, Disinfection certificate);
(d) Driver license and training certificate.
(e) Tankers with unsatisfactory inspection results shall not be supplied with
Water until steps are taken to satisfy the inspection team.
General Conditions
9.4.11 Only Tankers which have been designed and built to hold Drinking Water shall
be authorised to transport Drinking Water subject to fulfilment of other Drinking
Water transportation requirements as applied by the distribution company.
9.4.12 Tankers’ exterior painting and markings shall be in accordance with the
Technical Specifications.
9.4.13 Only Tankers which are road worthy with a valid Abu Dhabi traffic police
registration may be supplied with Drinking Water subject to fulfilment of other
Drinking Water transportation requirements as applied by the distribution
company.
9.4.14 Any article or piece of equipment that is used for the distribution of Drinking
Water must be:
(a) Of sound and tight construction;
(b) Kept in good repair;
(c) Made of surfaces that can be readily cleaned and sanitized (where
Drinking Water comes in direct contact);
(d) Corrosion-resistant and non-toxic; and
(e) Free of cracks, crevices and open seams.
9.4.15 Unsafe or faulty Tankers (including those which have serious Water leaks) shall
not be supplied with Water and will be instructed to leave the station.
9.4.16 Tankers shall not be left unattended with engines running. Keys shall be
removed from the ignition and parking brakes applied when the driver leaves
the Tanker.
9.4.17 All operational Tankers shall have proper insurance and be operated by
operators/drivers licensed for that particular vehicle.
9.4.18 All Tankers shall be fitted with amber coloured flashing/revolving beacon lights
which must be operational during dark hours and low visibility periods.
9.4.19 Tankers shall be equipped a with back-up alarm which must turn on
automatically when the gear is put into the reversing position.
Maintenance
9.4.20 Only emergency maintenance of Tankers shall be allowed within the Tanker
Filling Stations.
9.5 Drivers
Driver Competence
9.5.1 Drinking Water Tanker Drivers shall be given training on these Regulations by
the Distribution Company within three months of enforcement and annually
thereafter.
9.5.2 A certificate shall be issued upon satisfactory completion of the training. The
certificate is valid for one year and a new certificate is issued upon attending the
annual refresher course.
9.5.3 The training shall be provided in a language understandable to the drivers.
Driver Health
9.5.4 Driving Water Tanker trucks is deemed as a ‘Safety Critical Job’. Drivers with
serious health conditions which may impair their driving ability or comprise their
own or others’ safety are not eligible to operate Water Tankers.
9.5.5 Drivers whom are known, or suspected, to have a Water borne disease are
prohibited from handling Drinking Water until such time as they are issued with
a clearance certificate by the Health Authority.
Driver Safety
9.5.6 Without prejudice to the applicable traffic police safety requirements, all Water
Tanker trucks are to be equipped with a suitable fire extinguisher, warning
triangle and first aid kit.
9.5.7 As a minimum, the following Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) items shall be
available for use by the driver at all times:
(a) Safety shoes;
(b) High visibility vest; and
(c) Helmet.
9.5.8 All reasonable care shall be taken whilst climbing on top of the tanker to handle
the hatch or operate the Water nozzle.
9.5.9 The tanker-mounted ladders must be used to climb up and down the Tanker.
9.5.10 Drivers must wear full body harnesses and attach the lifeline to the fall arrest
systems wherever those are being used on Tanker Filling Stations.
9.6 Public Health and Safety

9.6.1 The safety and health of the public are paramount and should be observed at all
times. All necessary precautions and control measures shall be implemented to
prevent exposure of the public to Hazards and ill health.
9.6.2 The Health Authorities shall make arrangements for:
(a) Promptly reporting cases of ill-health caused by, or suspected to have

been caused by waterborne pathogens to the Bureau.
(b) Inviting the Bureau to participate in investigating outbreaks (or

suspicion) of Waterborne illness cases.
(c) Coordinating and communicating with the Bureau any information

pertaining to monitoring, surveillance and/or investigation of Waterborne
illness outbreak (or suspected) cases.
9.6.3 Drinking Water Tanker Filling Stations shall have arrangements in place for:
(a) Adopting hygienic practices for handling Drinking Water.
(b) Only allowing road-worthy licensed trucks to transport Water.
(c) Reporting drivers who may be under the influence of alcohol or drugs to
the police.
(d) Not allowing unwell drivers to handle Drinking Water.
(e) Prevention of unauthorised access to Tanker Filling Stations and

associated facilities.
9.6.4 The Bureau shall have arrangements in place for:
(a) Establishing communication channels with the Health Authorities for

receiving reports on waterborne illness cases.
(b) Actively participating in investigating waterborne illness outbreak (or

suspected) cases.
(c) Taking appropriate remedial and preventative action to ensure the safety
and quality of tinkered Water.
(d) Maintaining comprehensive records of waterborne illness outbreaks and

corrective/preventative action(s) taken.
9.6.5 Take legal action or apply punitive measures (as appropriate) against the Water
transportation company if found in breach of these Regulations.
9.6.6 The Disinfection certification sticker shall be affixed to the Tanker truck at all
times.
9.6.7 A record of the Disinfection certificate shall be kept within the Tanker Filling
Station records.
9.6.8 Copies of all documents, certificates, licenses etc. pertaining to Tankers and
drivers shall be stored on a centralised database which is to be accessible by the
Bureau as well as the Tanker Filling Station personnel.
9.6.9 A log book detailing the following activities is to be maintained by the Tanker
Drivers:
(a) The date, time and location of each occasion where the Tanker is filled;
(b) The date, time and location of each Water delivery;
(c) The volume of Water delivered to each location;
(d) The date and time when equipment was cleaned and sanitized;
(e) Water sample results.
9.6.10 Copies of Incident details and investigation reports shall be maintained by the
Bureau.
9.6.11 All records shall be kept for no less than five years.

9.7.1 In case of an earthquake or a chemical/radioactive spillage which may have
affected the Water supplied to the Tanker Filling Station, Water Sampling and
monitoring at the Tanker Filling Station shall be undertaken to ascertain that no
Contamination has occurred. The Sampling time and frequency will have to be
agreed with the Distribution Company and the Bureau.
9.7.2 Tankers which are not in use or may be polluted can be utilised to transport
Drinking Water in case of an emergency providing that appropriate steps to
clean and disinfect the Tanker in accordance with the World Health
Organisation’s Technical Guidance 3 – Cleaning and Disinfecting Water Storage
Tanks and Tankers, as updated.

9.8.1 The Distribution Company shall advise the Bureau within two hours of it
becoming aware of an Incident where the tankered Drinking Water safety and/or
quality has, or could have, been compromised.
9.8.2 The Distribution Company shall advise the Bureau within two hours should an
incident result in a Water supply disruption of more than four hours.
9.8.3 It is the responsibility of the Tanker Driver and/or owner to report at once, to
the police and Distribution Company, Incidents where Water safety and/or
quality has, or could have been compromised.
9.8.4 An investigation shall be carried out to ascertain the causes of all Incidents,
their implications on Water quality/safety and measures to prevent recurrence.
A Bureau’s representative may attend these investigations.
9.8.5 If discharging contaminated Water is likely to pose risk to people or the

environment then measures shall be taken to render the Water safe prior to
doing so.

9.9.1 Health and safety inspections and audits shall be carried out by the Bureau, or
their nominated Consultants, on Tanker Filling Stations and Water Tankers at
any time to verify compliance with applicable policies, procedures, guidelines
9.9.2 Corrective and preventive actions recommended by inspectors, auditors or

investigators shall be carried out in reasonable time by the duty holder and
verified by the initiator.
9.9.3 Statistical data pertaining to the following are to be collated by the Bureau on a
monthly basis:
(a) Number of Drinking Water deliveries;
(b) Quantity of Drinking Water being transported;
(c) Number of Water safety/quality Incidents reported;
(d) Number of Incidents on Tanker Filling Stations;
(e) Number of Waterborne illnesses reported by drivers.
9.10 Punitive Actions

9.10.1 Drivers found to be in violation of these Regulations for the first time shall be
issued with a written warning.
9.10.2 Drivers found to be in violation of these Regulations within twelve (12) months
of receiving a warning shall have their training certificate revoked and will be re-
trained.
9.10.3 Drivers who violate these Regulations for the second time within twelve (12)
months of receiving a warning shall have their training certificate revoked
permanently and their vehicle banned from being supplied at the Tanker Filling
Stations.
10. Tanker Tracking Management Plan

10.1.1 The Distribution Company shall develop an automated tracking management
plan, which fulfils the following key criteria:
(a) Easy to use – not overly complex, user friendly and minimizes the
amount of training required;
(b) Adaptable – adaptable to a changing fleet size whether it increases or

decreases
(c) Cost effective – fulfils the objectives of the tracking management system
while avoiding adding features that are unnecessary
(d) One size fits all – can be applied to the smallest and largest Tanker
operators.
10.2 Features of Automated Tracking Management Plan

10.2.1 The plan shall have core futures, as a minimum, with a provision of additional
features, which may be added later, as required. These core and additional
features are described below.
10.2.2 The following core features are required for the automated tracking
management plan:
(a) Fleet Reporting;
(b) Real-Time Tracking;
(c) Zone and Area Management;
(d) Tanker Inspection Schedule notification;
(e) Distinction between Self Supply and Commercial Tankers;
(f) Alerts and Notifications;
(g) Tanker flow meter;
(h) Tanker level Sensor.
10.2.3 The following additional features have been identified:
(a) The provision of a Call Centre;
(b) Driver Behaviour and Safety;
(c) Preventive Maintenance;
(d) Integration with Water Filling Management System.
10.3 Core Features

10.3.1 The core features which form the basis of the automated tracking management
plan and detailed requirements are described below.
Fleet Reporting
10.3.2 Fleet reporting is the tracking of daily, monthly and annual performance
information of the Tankers. Fleet reports allow the Distribution Company to
evaluate the overall Tanker fleet and Tanker Driver activity. Detailed reports
shall include information such as:
(a) Tanker’s exact daily route;
(b) Tanker trip reports;
(c) Customer locations;
(d) Deliveries completed;
(e) Water supplied to Customer.
Real-Time Tracking
10.3.3 Real-time tracking using GPS and cellular systems shall relay Tanker coordinates
and information to the control centre. It shall provide the Distribution Company
with the ability to monitor the Tankers as they exit the Tanker Filling Station up
to the point of Customer delivery. Any unauthorized stops and discharges of
Water shall be identified immediately without delay giving the Distribution
Company the opportunity to respond immediately, if required.
Zone and Area Management

10.3.4 Tankers shall move along agreed routes within established zones. All zones shall
have assigned IDs and be linked to a specific Tanker Filling Station. The system
shall record any instances when the Tanker departs from the agreed route or
zone whilst en-route to the Customer. The system shall produce an alert when it
happens and generate a report. This zone system will also be used to log the
number of Tankers that enter a Filling Station.
Tanker Inspection Schedule

10.3.5 Tankers shall be inspected at regular intervals, as specified below. The status of
Water Tankers shall be reflected in the tracking management plan and, if a
Tanker is due for an inspection, the system shall send an alert to notify this.
Table 10.1 - Inspection Schedule Drinking Water Tankers.

Item for Inspection / Disinfection Frequency
Water Tanker Exterior Once every 3 months

Disinfection of Water Tanker Once every 3 months
Water Quality Sampling Refer to Table 6 Bureau The Water Quality Regulations
Technical Inspection and Certification Annually
Water Quality Certification Annually
Distinction between Self Supply and Commercial Tankers

10.3.6 One of the core features of the system shall be the ability to distinguish between
Self-Supply and commercial Tankers.
Alerts and Notifications

10.3.7 Alerts and notifications shall be generated automatically to facilitate proper
monitoring and control of the Tankers by the Distribution Companies. Alerts
shall be sent immediately after an issue arises. The system shall be configured
to include the following alerts:
(a) Geo-fencing: This is when the Tanker has entered and/or exited a
specified geographic boundary. Notifications can be received when the
Tanker has entered the boundary, the length of time the Tanker
remained in the boundary and the exit time. This is to identify when a
Tanker Driver is driving to an unspecified destination or is diverting from
the intended route.
(b) Excess Idle: This is when the Tanker ignition is on, but the Tanker has
not moved after a specified time period.
(c) Long Stops: This is when a Tanker stops for a longer period of time than
specified.
(d) Late Arrival: This is when a Tanker should have arrived at a point, but
has not.
(e) Discharge of Water: This is to notify when the driver is discharging Water
from the Tanker. This can help to identify unauthorized points of
discharge.
(f) Unauthorized opening of inlet hatch: This is to notify when the driver is
opening the inlet hatch at a location other than an approved Drinking
Water Filling Station.
(g) Inspection status: This is to keep track of inspection requirements. Sends

an alert when the Tanker is due for inspection.
Tanker Flow Meter

10.3.8 A calibrated Water flow meter shall be installed at the Tanker’s discharge to
allow for the measurement of the volume of Water provided to the Customer.
Tanker Level Sensor

10.3.9 A level Sensor be installed in the Tanker to allow for the measurement of Water
level inside.
10.4 Additional Features

10.4.1 In addition to the core features, the following additional options shall be address
in the automated tracking management plan.
Call Centre
10.4.2 The role of the Call Centre is to allow for a centralized office which can receive
Customer orders and also dispatch an available Water Tanker to fulfil the
demand. A call centre will increase the efficiency in the business as Responsible
Persons will be able to register with the call centre and Customers will have a
centralized location to place orders. The information collected in the call centre
will be used to maintain records of operators, the number of Tankers, Customer

details and the number of deliveries.
Driver’s Behaviour and Safety

10.4.3 Monitoring driver behaviour allows the Distribution Companies to identify good
and risky driver behaviour. If required, risky drivers can be given a warning. The
anticipated driver behaviour aspects which may be monitored include the
following:
(a) Harsh accelerating- applying more force than normal to accelerate;
(b) Harsh braking- applying more force than normal to brake;
(c) Harsh cornering- forceful cornering or cornering too fast (may cause the
Tanker to capsize);
(d) Over speeding- driving over the speed limit.
10.4.4 The above aspects of driver behaviour can be an indicator of aggressive or

unsafe driving. Monitoring driver behaviour enhances safety on the road and
reduces risks and the likelihood of Tanker accidents.
Preventive Maintenance
10.4.5 Preventive Maintenance consists of scheduled servicing and Tanker repairs to
prevent problems and maximize Tanker availability. Preventive maintenance is
used to proactively avoid or reduce Tanker breakdowns and can be based on
time, mileage, engine hours, or fuel used. Preventive maintenance actions
include oil change, lubrication, adjustment, cleaning, Testing, repair and/or
parts replacement. This feature may be of benefit to the Responsible Person as
it serves as a reminder to service the Tankers and helps to ensure the Tankers
are maintained in working condition.
Integration with Water Filling Management System

10.4.6 The ultimate goal is that the Tanker Filling Stations are equipped with automatic
Water filling management systems. In the event that this occurs, the tracking
management system and filling management system may be integrated. This
will allow for central management of all the Tankers and Tanker Filling Station
operations.
10.5 Key Components of the System

10.5.1 The proposed system shall use and integrate the following key components:
(a) GPS tracking devices;
(b) Flow meters
(c) Level Sensors;
(d) Fleet management software;
(e) GPS satellite;
(f) Internet;
(g) Centralized control centre with a server.
10.5.2 Each Tanker shall be equipped with a GPS tracking device, Water flow meter and
a level Sensor for each Tanker manhole or inlet.
Appendixes:
Appendix A Manual Procedure Filling Station to End Use (2 pages)
Appendix B Automated Water Filling Management System Configuration
Appendix C Automated Water Filling Management System Filling Procedure
Appendix D Tracking Management Plan System Configuration
Appendix E Entry Log (Sample)
Appendix F Quarterly Tanker Exterior Log (Sample)
Appendix G Annual Inspection Checklists by Distribution Company (Sample)
Appendix H Annual Inspection Checklists by Abu Dhabi Police (Sample)
Appendix I Indicative Dimensions of a Tanker
Appendix J Typical Shapes of the Tanker
Appendix K Tanker Tracking – How the System Works
Appendix L Tanker Driver Delivery Log (Sample)
Appendix M General Arrangement for the Filling Station (Sample)
Appendix A – Manual Procedure Filling Station to End Use (Page 1of 2)
Appendix A – Manual Procedure Filling Station to End Use (Page 1of 2)
Appendix B – Automated Water Filling Management System

Configuration
Appendix C – Automated Water Filling Management System Filling

Procedure
Appendix D – Tracking Management Plan System Configuration
Appendix E– Entry Log (Sample) by

Distribution Company
Date Time of Tanker Tanker Account Permit Capacity Trip
Entry Owner Plate Number Number (Gallons) Number
Name Number
The Entry Log is used at the entry of the Filling Station to document the Tanker
details.
The Account Number column applies to Filling Stations which have an automated
pre-paid billing system.
Appendix F– Quarterly Tanker Exterior Log

(Sample)
Date of Inspector Tanker Tanker Tanker Status of Corrective Tanker Completed
inspection name licence operator permit inspection actions operator (Yes/No)
plate (Pass/Fail) (Yes/No) notified
(Yes/No)
Appendix G – Annual Inspection Checklists

(Sample) by Distribution Company
General
1 Owner’s Name:
2 Address:
3 Telephone Nos:
4 Vehicle Registration No:
Usage of Tanker
5 Is the Tanker being used for transport of Drinking Water only?
6 Has it been used for transport of other liquids previously?
If yes, provide details:
Tanker Specifications
7 Capacity of the Tank (in litres, to the nearest 100 litres) ……………
8 Do the dimensions comply with standards? (at the first registration) Yes/No
9 Are the components and all interior spaces of the tank readily accessible for Yes/No
cleaning / maintenance?
10 Material of the tank (At the first registration – Check the
manufacturer’s certification/specification) ………………
11 Material of internal coating (if the tank is not stainless steel) (At the first
registration – Check the manufacturer’s certification /specification) ………………
12 Is the condition of the internal coating satisfactory? Yes/No
13 Are the sizes of the manholes sufficient for access into the tank? Yes/No
(At the first registration- Should be minimum 400 mm x 500 mm oval or 450 mm
circular)
14 Are the covers to openings and hatches in good condition? Yes/No
15 Are the seals of openings and hatches clean and free of cracks or other Yes/No
physical wear?
16 Are the outlets of tanks provided with acceptable quality valves? Yes/No
17 Are the outlets in good condition? Yes/No
18 Are the outlets covered with tethered caps? Yes/No
19 Are the air vents provided on top of the tank? (At the first registration) Yes/No
20 Are the air vents provided with suitable protection from Contamination? Yes/No
21 Is a drain provided to empty the tank? Yes/No
22 Is the drain capped and tethered? Yes/No
23 Are a sufficient number of baffles provided inside the tank? Yes/No
(At the first registration – Check the manufacturer’s certification/ specification)

24 Is the material of baffles same as the tank?
(At the first registration – Check the manufacturer’s certification /specification)
Yes/No
25 Are the baffles provided with walk-through access? Yes/No
26 Is a ladder provided satisfactorily with non-slip rungs? Yes/No
(At the first registration)
27 Is a walkway provided satisfactorily with non-slip material? Yes/No
28 Is a level indicator provided and maintained satisfactorily? Yes/No
Pump and Accessories

29 Is the material of manufacture of pump acceptable? Yes/No
30 Is the pump lubricated with food grade lubricant? Yes/No
31 Is the pump adequately enclosed? Yes/No
32 Are the outlet and inlet protected with tethered caps? Yes/No
Hose Pipes and Connectors

33 Are the hoses of an approved quality material? Yes/No
34 Are the hoses clean and in good condition? Yes/No
35 Are the hoses protected with caps tethered to ends? Yes/No
36 Are the hoses stowed in a covered compartment or mounted suitably on a Yes/No
hose reel?
37 Are the hoses marked properly with the wording “Drinking Water only”? Yes/No
Exterior Painting and Markings

38 Is the exterior of the Tanker painted well in white paint or unpainted Yes/No
Stainless steel surface?
39 Is a 20 cm high blue colour strip present on both sides and on rear? Yes/No
40 Are two 20 cm high white colour luminous paint strips present on the rear of Yes/No
the tank, on either side of the blue strip?
41 Is the required text present (“Drinking Water” in Arabic & English on both Yes/No
sides and rear) on the tank in correct size of lettering and colour?
(Lettering size: Sides – 10 cm, back – 5 cm, colour - white)
42 Is the capacity of the tank marked on both sides of the Tanker in litres? (to the Yes/No
nearest 100 litres, in blue colour letters 5 cm high)
43 Are the required details of the Tanker Operator (Name, address, telephone Yes/No
number) marked on both sides of the cabin?
44 Is the pictorial symbol present on both side of the tank? Yes/No
45 Is the pictorial symbol marked as specified, in correct colour and to correct Yes/No
dimensions?
Safety Requirements
46 Are the safety markings (yellow and black strips) provided on the Tanker as Yes/No
required?
47 Are the amber beacon lights on the Tanker (on the cabin and on the Tanker) Yes/No
present and in working order?
48 Is an automatically activated back up alarm provided to the Tanker? Yes/No
Comments:
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
Instructions provided to the Responsible Person:
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
Whether Tanker is approved/not approved for operation: Approved/ Not approved

Remarks to Abu Dhabi Police:
………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
Date of inspection: ………………………………………..
Signature of the Inspector: ………………………………
Distribution Company: ADDC/AADC
===================================================
Above decision and comments are accepted.
Signature of the Tanker Driver: …………………………………..
Date: ……………………………
Appendix H – Annual Inspection Checklist by

Abu Dhabi Police
(Based on the current checklist used by the Abu Dhabi Police)
Appendix I – Indicative Dimensions of a

Tanker
Tanker Capacity Litres Height – H mm Width – W mm Length – L mm No. of baffles

(Gallons)
3,400 (750) 800 1,700 3,330 2
4,500 (1,000) 1,000 1,800 3,360 2
8,200 (1,800) 2,125 1,100 4,600 3
9,000 (2,000) 1,105 2,120 5,220 4
13,600 (3,000) 1,250 2,300 6,340 4
16,000 (3,500) 1,400 2,400 6,340 4
20,500 (4,500) 1,750 2,480 6,270 4
27,300 (6,000) 1,620 2,600 8,600 6
36,400 (8,000) 1,620 2,600 11,000 8
Notes: Note: The above dimensions are based on information obtained from some manufacturers and are indicative only
Appendix J – Typical Shapes of the Tanker
Appendix K – Tanker Tracking: How the

System Works
K.1 How the System Works
K.1.1 The following section explains the system configuration and communication
structure.
(a) The core of the fleet system structure is the GPS device, satellites, links,
mobile towers and the fleet management software.
(b) Prior to equipping the Tankers with a GPS device, the device will be
configured by the entity overseeing the fleet operations. Each device will
have a unique ID specific to the Tanker operator company and the
Tanker itself.
(c) Prior to connecting the GPS device to the control centre, the device must
be registered with the entity overseeing the fleet operations. This entity
will be able to add, update and delete GPS tracking devices configured in
the system through a web-based interface.
(d) This entity can only add a new GPS to the system if there is a Tanker
that is not currently assigned. Once a device has been added to the
system, it will be assigned to a Tanker and automatically assigned a
unique device identifier. This ID will be used in the initial configuration of
the GPS hardware.
(e) The GPS devices registered in the tracking management system can be
modified or deleted by the Distribution Company. Through the web-based
interface, the entity can change which Tanker a GPS device is assigned
to, or completely remove the device from the system if required. Once a
GPS device has been removed from the system, the unique device
identifier is no longer valid. Any GPS hardware configured with this ID
will no longer report back to the central fleet management system.
(f) Once the GPS device has been configured it will be installed to the
Tanker.
(g) The Water Tanker is equipped with a dual antenna GPS / GSM device
with voice and data capabilities. The position of the Tanker is known
through the GPS satellite.
(h) The flow meter is fitted to the Tanker which quantifies the volume of
Water discharged from the outlet and provided to a Customer. The flow
meter may be a mechanical or electromagnetic flow meter.
(i) The flow meter will interface with the system through a serial port which
will transmit information to the dual antenna GPS / GSM device.
(j) In addition to the GPS device and flow meter, each Tanker will be fitted
with a Sensor on each filling inlet. The Sensor on the filling inlet detects
when the inlet hatch has been opened. The inlet Sensor will communicate
through a wire with the dual antenna GPS / GSM device. The dual
antenna will communicate all this data to the Mobile Tower through a
satellite / mobile link.
(k) The Mobile Tower will communicate to the service provider (such as
Etisalat or Du) and a dedicated link will be provided to the Central
Control Centre.
(l) The control centre will consist of a central server with a computer which
is equipped with the fleet software. The fleet tracking information can
then be accessed 24 hours a day through the software installed on the
computer.
(m) For ease of viewing and monitoring, the computer will be connected to a
large monitoring display whereby the entire fleet may be viewed and
tracked live.
(n) The server, computer and monitoring display are housed in the control
centre.
(o) The central control centre will receive the information from the Tanker
along with the flow meter and Sensor data.
(p) From the central control centre an internet link will be provided to
provide access to users at other locations. This is to allow for system
access from other locations. The access will be through a web based
interface whereby the authorized personnel are provided a password to
login to a location on the internet where they can view the system
operations as necessary.
K.1.2 The Appendix D illustrates the overall system configuration.
K.2 How the System Works – Distinction between Self Supply and
Commercial Tankers
K.2.1 The system will make this distinction through the following method:
(a) As part of the certification process with the Distribution Company, the
Responsible Person shall also specify the use of the Tanker- whether it
will be used for Self-Supply or for commercial purposes.
(b) If the Tanker is for Self-Supply purposes, the Responsible Person shall
provide the locations where the Water will be discharged. A sample form
to be completed by the Self-Supply owner specifying the locations of
discharge and shall be submitted to the Distribution Company is included
in Appendix L.
(c) Upon obtaining the approval from the Distribution Company for Self-
Supply or commercial purposes, and as part of the tracking management
system set-up, the type of Tanker will be inputted into the system.
(d) The GPS device, along with its unique ID, will be assigned a usage- self
supply or commercial.
(e) For Self-Supply individuals different parameters in tracking will apply. For
Self-Supply Tankers, the locations where the Water will be discharged
will be inputted into the tracking system and assigned a Zone with a
boundary. The locations will be obtained from the form included in
Appendix L. The only locations permitted for Self-Supply are those

approved by the Distribution Company. Any supply of Water elsewhere
will result in a system alert to the tracking management control centre
and action may be taken by the relevant authorities accordingly.
(f) If and when the Self-Supply owner requires changing the location of
supply and/or adding new locations, the Self-Supply owner shall
complete the Self-Supply form (Appendix L) and obtain the approval of
the Distribution Company first. Following approval of the Distribution
Company, the tracking system will be updated to include the revised
and/or new locations.
K.3 How the System Works - Filling of Water

K.3.1 As part of the system configuration and prior to operation, all the authorized
Drinking Water Filling Stations in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Western Region will be
plotted and stored in the fleet system.
K.3.2 Each Filling Station will be assigned a Zone with a boundary. The data can be
retrieved for each Zone through the system.
K.3.3 The Filling Stations are the only points in which filling of Water will be allowed.
K.3.4 The filling inlet should only be opened at the Filling Station and must remain
closed at all other times. If the inlet hatch is opened at any other location, an
alert and notification will be sent to the system. This will help to inform if the
Tanker Driver is engaging in unauthorized use of the Tanker, such as filling the
Tanker with non-Drinking Water. Along with the alert, the Tanker ID and Tanker
Driver will be identified and action can be taken accordingly.
K.4 How the System Works - Tanker Tracking

K.4.1 The Tanker tracking commences as soon as the GPS device is installed to the
Tanker and configured to the system. The fleet management system will track
the Tanker from the Filling Station to the Customer. An example of how the
Tanker tracking will operate is provided below:
K.4.2 A Drinking Water Tanker enters a designated Filling Station. Upon entry the fleet
management system will track the Tanker, the capacity, along with the time and
the date of entry.
K.4.3 The figure below illustrates the information recorded upon entry to the Filling
Station (Zone).
Figure K.1 – Data capture at Filling Station Entry
K.4.4 The Tanker Driver will then fill up the Tanker up to its full capacity with Drinking
Water. The Tanker Driver will then exit the Tanker Filling Station and proceed to
the Customer destination.
K.4.5 While en-route to the destination the tracking system is still working and the
Tanker is being monitored at the control centre.
K.4.6 The figure below illustrates the information recorded when the Tanker is outside
of the Filling Station.
Figure K.2– Data captured electricity network-route
K.4.7 Later in the trip, the Tanker Driver decides to make an unauthorized stop at an
unknown location prior to arriving at the Customer location. The system will
receive an alert notifying the Fleet Manager of the unauthorized stop.
K.4.8 The system will be configured to monitor the length of the stop. If it is for a few
minutes and the inlet has not been opened and the discharge valve has not
been activated, the fleet manager may decide to dismiss this alert.
K.4.9 However, if the discharge valve is opened and Water is off loaded, another alert
will be sent to the system. The Fleet Manager will then be aware that an
unauthorized stop has been made and the Tanker Driver is discharging Water.
The latitude and longitude coordinates of this unauthorized location will be
recorded electronically in the fleet system. The Fleet Manager may then decide
to take action.
K.4.10 Meanwhile, the Tanker Driver off loads 1,000 gallons of Water at an unknown
location. The system is alerted and records the location of off-loading and the
volume of Water dispensed. After off-loading, the Tanker Driver returns to the
Tanker and continues driving to the Customer destination. The Tanker Driver
arrives at the Customer location.
K.4.11 The Tanker Driver is late. An alert is sent to the fleet system indicating a late
arrival.
K.4.12 The Tanker Driver then commences with off-loading the Water to the Customer.
The Tanker is equipped with a flow meter. As the valve is opened the flow meter
is triggered and begins monitoring the flow being discharged. The monitoring
will continue until either the Tanker valve is closed or the flow stops for a
configurable period of time (such as 1 minute). Once the discharge of the Water
stops, the flow device will produce an electronic record. The record will include
the volume of flow, date, time, and latitude and longitude coordinates.
K.4.13 The flow meter is equipped with a digital display which indicates only 4,000
gallons of Water have been provided to the Customer and not the requested
5,000 gallons as the Tanker Driver discharged 1,000 gallons of Water at an
earlier stop. The Customer will be aware they have been provided 4,000 gallons
by the display reading on the flow meter and will be charged accordingly.
K.4.14 This information is then transmitted back to the control centre for reporting. The
Fleet Manager will be able to view all the discharge locations and volume of
discharge for each Tanker. The Fleet Manager will also be able to view this
information for the unauthorized stop the driver made earlier.
Figure K.3 – Information captured during off-loading.
K.4.15 The above is an example of the information captured by the system from the
Filling Station to Customer delivery.
K.5 How the System Works - Tanker Inspection Tracking

K.5.1 The Tanker inspection tracking has been included in the tracking management
plan to ensure the Tankers are undertaking all the proper inspections and
Disinfections and to allow for the Distribution Company to have an electronic
mechanism to maintain this information.
K.5.2 This feature may be added to the fleet management system first by inputting
the requirements into the system.
K.5.3 The type of inspection along with the frequency of the inspection will be inputted
into the system.
K.5.4 Next, following successful completion of the inspection and Disinfection of the
Tanker, the Distribution Company personnel make an entry to the system. The
entry by the personnel will include the Tanker license plate number.
Appendix L – Tanker Driver Delivery Log

(Sample)
Date of Time of Customer Customer Volume of Customer
Customer Name
Delivery Delivery Phone Number Location Water Supplied Signature
Appendix M – General Arrangement for the Filling Station (Sample)
Annex D - Guide to Tankering Regulations
(Non-Drinking Water)

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 18 of 19
Guide to Tankering Regulations (Non-
Drinking Water) 2017
Issued by
www.rsb.gov.ae
31 May 2017
1st Counsultation Document
Foreword
The Bureau issued the Tankering Regulations which provide the regulatory framework for
Tankering Drinking Water, Non-Drinking Water and Wastewater.
The Guide to Tankering Regulations (Non-drinking Water) is issued by the Bureau in

support of the Tankering Regulations. It has been developed to put in place Wastewater
Tankering requirements and guidelines to ensure that Wastewater is collected,
transported and discharged in a safe, economic and efficient way.
This Guide details the regulatory requirements for all those involved in collecting
Wastewater from Customer by Tankers.
Acknowledgements
stakeholders in the development of this Guide to Drinking Water Regulations. The
support:

(x) Musanada
The Guide to Tankering Regulations (Non-Drinking Water) 2017 (Revision 0.0) Page 2 of 95
List of revisions
Contents
1. Introduction .........................................................................7
1.2 Applicability .................................................................................... 7
1.3 Purpose.......................................................................................... 7
1.4 Scope ............................................................................................ 8
1.6 Other references .............................................................................. 9
2. Definitions ......................................................................... 11
2.1 Interpretation ................................................................................. 11
2.2 Definitions ..................................................................................... 11
2.3 Abbreviations.................................................................................. 15
2.4 Units ............................................................................................ 15

3.1 Tanker Discharge Points’ Area Entry ....................................................... 16
3.2 Handling ....................................................................................... 16
3.3 Filling ........................................................................................... 16
3.4 Tanker Filling Station Exit ................................................................... 16
3.5 Offloading ..................................................................................... 16
3.7 Disinfection .................................................................................... 17

5.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 19
6. Non-drinking Water Tankering Guidance..................................... 25

6.1 General......................................................................................... 25
6.2 Filling Station Entry Guidance .............................................................. 25
6.4 Filling Guidance ............................................................................... 27
6.5 Tanker Filling Station Exit Guidance ....................................................... 29
6.6 Offloading Guidance ......................................................................... 29
6.7 Operation and Maintenance Guidance for Tanker Filling Stations. .................... 30
6.8 Operation and Maintenance Guidance for All Non-drinking Water Tankers .......... 31
7. Automated Wastewater Discharge Management System .......... 38

8. Technical Requirements for Drinking Water Tankers. ...................... 42

8.1 Objectives ..................................................................................... 42
8.3 Usage ........................................................................................... 43
8.4 Registration for Water Tanker .............................................................. 43
8.6 General Requirements for Non-drinking Water Tanker ................................. 44
8.7 Technical Requirements of Wastewater Tanker ......................................... 45
8.11 Safety Requirements ......................................................................... 56

9.1 Purpose......................................................................................... 58
9.2 Scope ........................................................................................... 58
9.3 Tanker Filling Stations ....................................................................... 58
9.4 Tankers ......................................................................................... 61
9.5 Drivers .......................................................................................... 63
9.8 Incident Management..................................................................... 65
9.9 Performance Monitoring .................................................................. 66

9.10 Punitive Actions............................................................................. 66

10.2 Core Features ................................................................................. 68
Appendix A: Manual Procedure Filling Station to End Use (Page 1of 2).......... 73
Appendix A: (Page 2 of 2) ............................................................... 74
Appendix B: Automated Water Filling Management System Configuration ...... 75
Appendix C: Automated Water Filling Management System Filling Procedure . 76
Appendix D: Tracking Management Plan System Configuration ................... 77
Appendix E – Entry Log (Sample) by Distribution Company ........................ 78
Appendix F – Quarterly Tanker Exterior Log (Sample) .............................. 79
Appendix G: Annual Inspection Checklists (Sample) by Distribution Company . 80
Appendix H - Annual Inspection Checklist by Abu Dhabi Police ................... 84
Appendix I - Indicative Dimensions of a Tanker ..................................... 85
Appendix J - Typical Shapes of the Tanker .......................................... 86
Appendix K – Tanker Tracking: How the System Works ............................ 87
1. Introduction
1.1.1 This Guide shall be cited as the Guide to Tankering Regulations (Wastewater).
1.1.2 This Guide comes into force on 1st January 2018.
as amended, to complement the Tankering Regulations.
1.2 Applicability
1.2.1 This Guide is applicable to Non-drinking Water Tankering only.
1.2.2 In accordance with the Tankering Regulations, the Responsible Entities for Non -
drinking Water Tankering are the Distributions Companies.
1.2.3 Notwithstanding with above, the Distribution Companies shall only be

responsible for the Filling Stations owned or operated by them for the supply of
Drinking Water and Recycled Water for non-drinking purposes. Any other filling
point or filling station shall be under the responsibility of the owner or operator
of such filling station.
1.3 Purpose
1.3.1 This Document (Guide to Tankering Regulations (Non-drinking Water)) provides
guidelines in support of the Tankering Regulations.
1.3.2 The purpose of this Guide is to outline the regulatory requirements and
responsibilities for: (i) ensuring the availability of Non-drinking Water for
general reuse; (ii) providing a safe product and the ability for the consumer to
be assured of the volume of Non-drinking Water supplied; and (iii) ensuring an
efficient operations, maintenance and management.
1.3.3 The Guide is intended to assist Responsible Entities, Responsible Person,

Customers, Tanker Drivers, authorities and other stakeholders in understanding
the requirements stipulated under Tankering Regulations for a sound and
reliable tankered Non-drinking Water supply.
1.3.4 The regulatory requirements and guidelines stipulated are intended to improve
and raise the level and standards of supply of Non-drinking Water by Tankers
and cover basic design considerations, handling, filling, offloading, and operation
and maintenance.
1.3.5 The Guide aims to ensure compliance with applicable international and national
standards and industry best practice.
1.3.6 In addition, this document provides technological solutions which will assist in
the effective management of the Tanker Filling Stations, such as GPS tracking
system.
1.4 Scope
1.4.1 This Guide applies to Responsible Entities, Responsible Persons and the
Customers in respect of any activities related to filling and supplying of Non-
drinking Water.
1.4.2 This Guide covers Tanker Filling Stations, Non-drinking Water Tankers, Health &
Safety and Tankering management.
1.4.3 Specifically the Guide covers, for the following aspects of Tankering:
(a) Technical requirements for Tanker Filling Stations
(b) Technical requirements Non-drinking Water Tankers
(c) Filling and offloading of Non-drinking Water;
(d) Operation and Maintenance;
(e) Sampling and Testing of tankered Non-drinking Water;
(f) Cleaning and Disinfection of Non-drinking Water Tankers;
(g) Environment, health & safety;
(h) Qualification and permitting of Tankers;
(i) Qualification of Tanker Drivers; and
(j) Roles and responsibilities of parties involved.
1.4.4 The scope of this Guide does not include the Non-drinking Water distribution
system belonging to Responsible Entities, except for the fittings that are
required at the Tanker Filling Station.
(a) UAE Federal Law No (24) of 1999 for the Protection and Development of
the Environment and its executive orders;
(b) Law No. (2) of 1998 Concerning the Regulation of the Water And
Electricity Sector (as amended);
(c) Law No (5) of 2016 concerning the regulation of groundwater in the

Emirate of Abu Dhabi;
(d) Decree of the Crown Prince, Chairman of the Executive Council No. (42)
of 2009 Concerning the Environment, Health and Safety Management
System (EHSMS) in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi and the Abu Dhabi EHSMS
Regulatory Framework Version 2 of 2012;
(e) The Recycled Water and Biosolids Regulations;
(f) Customer Metering Regulations;
(g) Electricity and Water (Licence Exemption)Order No 1 of 2012;
(h) The Uniform Plumbing Code of Abu Dhabi (EAD;
(i) UAE.S/GSO 2025 Motor Vehicles – Requirements in Tankers for

Transportation of Drinking Water; and
(j) Discos Water Distribution Code.
consultation with all concerned stakeholders, and will publish reprints
accordingly.

Dhabi
The Recycled Water and Bio-solids Regulations (issued by the Bureau)

1.5.1 The Recycled Water and Bio-solids Regulations establish the legal framework for
the safe and efficient disposal of Recycled Water and bio-solids in the Emirate of
Abu Dhabi.
The Water Tankering Regulations (issued by the Bureau)

1.5.2 The Water Tankering Regulations establish the regulatory framework for the
provision of safe and efficient Water Tankering, whereas the term Water covers
Drinking Water Non-drinking Water and Wastewater.
Abu Dhabi International Property Maintenance Code

1.5.3 (issued by DMAT)The Abu Dhabi International Property Maintenance Code
provides guidance on the maintenance of buildings within the Emirate of Abu
Dhabi.


(a) ISO 17025 Laboratory Competence Quality Management System.
(b) ISO 5667 – Water Quality Sampling.
(c) OSHAD SF Regulatory Framework.
(d) RSB Guidance note: Laboratory testing Recycled Water and Bio-solids
Regulations 2010.
(e) RSB, The Incident Reporting Regulations, latest edition.
(f) UAE.S/GSO 2025: 2010 Motor Vehicles – Requirements in Tankers for

Transportation of Drinking Water by Standardization Organization for
G.C.C (GSO), published by ESMA.
(g) UAE.S/GSO 159: 1993 Motor Vehicles – Dimensions and Weights () by

Standardization Organization for G.C.C (GSO), published by ESMA.
(h) UAE.S/GSO 42: 2003 Motor Vehicles - General Requirements by

(i) UAE.S GSO 971/1997 Motor Vehicles – Periodic Technical Inspection

Manual, by Standardization Organization for G.C.C (GSO), published by
ESMA.
(j) WHO Water Safety Plan Manual.
2. Definitions
2.1 Interpretation
in:
(a) Law No (2); and
(b) The Water Tankering Regulations shall have the meanings ascribed to
them in those Regulations;
singular.
2.2 Definitions
Accredited Laboratory – a laboratory or Water Testing company or organization that
operates under ISO 17025 and is licenced in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi to conduct
Testing of drinking Water samples, and is accredited by the relevant authorities to
conduct such operations.
Bureau – the Regulation and Supervision Bureau for the water, wastewater and
Cleaning – the act of removing dirt, sediment, Sludge, algae or any other
contaminants from a Customer Water Storage Tank for the purpose of restoring or
maintaining hygienic conditions.
Cleaning Chemicals – any detergents or cleaning agents used for the Cleaning of
Customer Water Storage Tanks.
Contamination – Includes any alteration in chemical or biological quality of Water due

Customer – the Person to whom the Responsible Person supplies Non-drinking Water
for domestic, industrial, agricultural or commercial purposes.
Customer Non-drinking Water Storage Tank – means any receiving Tank after the
Water is delivered to the Customer for Non-drinking purposes by a Non-drinking Water
Tanker for storing Water for subsequent use.
biological agents or bacteria.
Disinfection – the act of applying Disinfectant to Customer Non-drinking Water

Storage Tanks or Non-drinking Water Tanker for the purpose of inactivating bacterial
and microbiological agents.
Distribution Company (DISCO) – means the Distribution Companies established

pursuant to Law No (2) i.e. Abu Dhabi Distribution Company (ADDC) and Al Ain
Distribution Company (AADC).
Distribution System – means the system consisting (wholly or mainly) of Water pipes
owned or operated by a licensee and used for the distribution of Non-drinking Water to
the point of delivery to Premises or Customers and includes any plant and equipment,
including metering equipment, owned or operated by the licensee in connection with
the distribution of Water.
Filling Bay – Designated space in which the Tanker is parked while filling up.
Filling Hose – The hose used by the Tanker Driver at the filling station which is
connected to the filling station water spout and is used to fill the Non-drinking Water
Tanker.
Filling Station – means a facility which is owned, operated and/or controlled by the
relevant Distribution Company or any other person where the Non-drinking Water
Tankers are filled.
Filling Station Water Spout – The overhead Water spout which supplies the Water to
the Tankers.
circumstances.
Guide – this Guide the Tankering Regulation (Non-drinking Water) issued by the
Bureau, and as amended, substituted or supplemented by the Bureau from time to
time.
with a Work-related activity.
Inspection – the act of visually evaluating the external and internal condition of a
Non-drinking Water Tank and auxiliary equipment to confirm their fitness for purpose.
Inspection Companies – companies licensed and engaged to conduct inspections

(visual or otherwise), as well as Sampling and Testing of Non-drinking Water supplied
by a Non-drinking Water Tankers to the Customer.
Key ID – a device with built-in identification mechanisms.
Law – means Law No (2) of 1998 (as amended by Law No (19) of 2007) concerning
the Regulation of the Water and Electricity Sector in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi and Law
No (17) of 2005 (as amended by Law No (18) of 2007) and Law No (12) of 2008
concerning the Regulation of the Wastewater Sector (and as otherwise amended from
time to time).
Non-drinking Water or Water – means Recycled Water, desalinated water,

Groundwater or any other type of water used strictly for irrigation, recreation, industrial
or any other non-drinking purposes..
Non-drinking Water Tanker – means a road vehicle licensed by the Abu Dhabi Police
Traffic and Licensing Department following Certification and Permitting of the Tanker by
the Responsible Entity for the purposes of supplying Non-drinking Water sourced from
an approved source of Water supply..
Non-drinking Water Tankering – The physical transport of Non-drinking Water by a

Tanker truck from an approved source of Water supply.
Non-drinking Water Tank – means a part of a Tanker containing Water for Non-
drinking purposes.
Non-drinking Water Tanker Filling Inlet – The inlet on the top of the Non-drinking
Water Tanker used to fill the Tanker with Drinking Water or Recycled Water for Non-
drinking purposes.
Offloading – Discharge of Non-drinking Water from the Tanker to a Customer.
Offloading Hose – The hose used by the Tanker Driver to offload or discharge the
Non-drinking Water to a Customer.
Framework
Permit – means the permission issued by the Responsible Entity that a Tanker is
allowed to fill and discharge Water or collect and discharge Wastewater at designated
locations.
Person – means individual, corporate body, partnership, person or other entity having
Pre-paid Payment System – Automated pre-paid card used by Tanker Drivers to

purchase Drinking Water for Non-drinking Water applications from the Filling Station.
property, endangers life and health, or is offensive. In a Recycled Water and
Wastewater context a public nuisance could be an odour emission; a Recycled Water
and Wastewater flooding; a noise or the attraction of vermin and insects.
Recycled Water – treated liquid effluent produced by a Wastewater Treatment System

Responsible Entity – means the relevant Distribution Company.

Risk – The probability that a hazard will result in injury, damage or loss, with definable
consequences.
Sampling – the act of collecting a small amount of Water from a Filling Station,
Tankers and Customer Water Storage Tank for the purpose of representing the whole.
Self-Supply – means means Tankering for self-use; , such an activity is designated as

“Not For Sale” and cannot be used for commercial purposes.
Sensor – A detector which receives and responds to a configured signal, such as

detecting the level of liquid in the Tank.
Tanker(s) – is a collective name for Non-drinking Water Tankers.
and whose qualifications and competency has been confirmed by relevant authorities.
Tankering – means supply of Non-drinking Water Tanker.
Tanker Fittings – means pipes, pipe fittings, meters, sensors, probes and pumps
Tanker Filling Station – means a facility which is owned, operated and/or controlled
by the Responsible Entity where the Tankers are filled.
Testing – the act of analysing a Water sample taken from a Filling Station, Tankers
and Customer Water Storage Tank for the purpose of determining the level of specified
contaminants or parameters.
Water Meter – means a device used for measurement of Water/Wastewater flow or

volume which is either read manually or recorded remotely.
Water Data Logger – Automated device used to activate the filling station water spout
and to automatically switch it off when the Tank is full. Provides volumetric reading of
Water withdrawn from the filling station for each Tanker.
Water Filling Management System – Automated system to manage the filling of

Water at the filling stations. Quantifies the volume of Water dispensed to each Tanker
at the filling station.
Water Fitting – means pipes, pipe fittings, joints, valves, back prevention devices and
includes the Customer Water Storage Tank. Without limiting the foregoing, Water
Fitting shall include a pump, meter or any other relevant fittings required to facilitate
the connection arrangement to the Customer.
2.3 Abbreviations
ADSSC Abu Dhabi Sewerage Services Company
CWM Center for Waste Management-TADWEER

2.4 Units
l litre
IG imperial gallon
m metre
mᵌ cubic metre
ml millilitre

3.1 Tanker Discharge Points’ Area Entry
3.1.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity that involves entry of a Non-drinking
Water Tanker inside the designated Tanker Filling Station for Drinking Water or
Recycled Water.
3.1.2 This section provides Tanker Filling Station entry guidelines to ensure only Non-
drinking Water Tankers are permitted entry to the Drinking Water or Recycled
Water Tanker Filling Stations and data regarding the Tankers entering the
station is recorded.
3.2 Handling
3.2.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity related to Handling of Filling and
Offloading Hoses to prevent contamination of the Water for Non-drinking
purposes to be stored in a Non-drinking Water Tanker, Non-drinking Tankering
Equipment and Customer Non-drinking Water Storage Tank.
3.3 Filling
3.3.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity related to filling of a Non-drinking Water
Tanker inside a Drinking Water or Recycled Water Tanker Filling Stations from
an identified (potable or recycled) Water source to prevent contamination of the
Water to be stored in a Non-drinking Water Tanker and Non-drinking Tankering
Equipment.
3.4 Tanker Filling Station Exit

3.4.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity which involves exit of a Non-drinking
Water Tanker from a Tanker Filling Station.
3.5 Offloading
3.5.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity related to offloading of Non-drinking
Water from the Non-drinking Water Tanker to the Customer Non-drinking Water
Storage Tank to ensure the Non-drinking Water is offloaded to the Customers in
a manner which prevents contamination and to ensure the delivery of a safe
Water.

of the Tanker Filling Stations and Tankers. This section also includes Disinfection
guidelines for the Non-drinking Water Tankers and hoses.
3.7 Disinfection
3.7.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity related to the Disinfection of a Non-
drinking Water Tankers.

3.8.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity related to the supply of Non-drinking
Water by Non-drinking Water Tankers in emergency situations.

occurred where the tankered Non-drinking Water safety and/or quality has, or
could have, been compromised.


of a Non-drinking Water Tanker.

Table 4.1 below:
Other Relevant
Gov. uthorities
Tanker Driver
Responsible
Responsible
The Bureau
Customer
Responsibilities
AD Police
Sr
Person
Entity
1 Ensuring compliance with the Tankering Regulations 
2 Revising the Tankering Regulations as may be required 
3 Setting the general regulation principles for Tankering Services Tariffs and Tankering

Management Charges
4 Issuing derogations or consents for relaxation from requirements under Tankering Regulations 
5 Implementing Tankering Regulations;    
6 Permitting and Certifying Tankers 
7 Dispatching and control of Tankers 
8 Maintaining a current register of Tankers 
9 Administrative control over the Tankering fleet management 
10 Managing Tanker Filling Stations as may be appropriate 
11 Appointing and maintaining a register of qualified inspectors to perform regular compliance

inspections of all Tankers
12 Ensuring any non-compliance is appropriately addressed 
13 Inspecting and auditing Tankers and Tanker Drivers  
14 Providing annual inspection reports to the Bureau 
15 Offering a contract for Tankering services 
16 Billing and collection of fees 
17 Providing the appropriate Water fittings in the Tanker Filling Stations 
18 Providing appropriate training for all operators 
19 Developing standard CoP, SOPs and QC Manuals 
20 Developing a Tankers Disinfection program 
21 Developing and maintaining a computerized Fleet Maintenance Management System 
22 Obtain ISO 9001 certification for their operation and Distribution of Non-drinking Water 
23 Providing Third Party Audits for compliance with the SOPs. 
24 Enforce the Inspection and test Procedures for Tankers. 
25 Issuing the relevant licences and exemptions for Wastewater collection and discharge

activities via Tankers (Commercial Tankering will be subject to licensing by the Bureau)
26 Registering of Tankers  
27 Licensing of trade/commercial activities 
28 Permitting environmental activities 
29 Providing and maintaining Tankers which meet technical requirements 
30 Ensuring Tankers are operated by suitably qualified and competent Tanker Drivers 
31 Providing information to the Responsible Entity as may be required 
32 Ensuring that Tankers for self-supply (labelled “Not For Sale”) are not used for commercial

purposes
33 Fulfilling contractual matters/obligations 
34 Following approved SOP and QC Manual 
35 Maintaining hygiene program for Tankers 
36 Arranging for regular Third Party audits. 
37 Following the traffic rules 
38 Delivering Tankering services in line with the stipulation of the Tankering Regulations and the

Guide.
39 Avoiding waste and spillage 
40 Protecting the environment from pollution 
41 Declaring any hazards which may exist at the Premises 
42 Providing unobstructed access to Point of Entry and/or Point of Discharge. 
43 Using the delivered Water in the assigned premises and for the agreed purpose 
44 Facilitating ease of access and providing required fittings at the receiving end  
Table 4.1

5.1 Overview
5.1.1 Responsible Entity will develop, maintain and improve its systems and processes
for internal operations and for interactions with the external parties including
the Customers, Tanker Drivers and Responsible Persons (the “Systems and
Processes”) as well as a Code of Practice for Tankering Management, as required
by the Regulations particularly Clauses 3.7 and 3.8 thereof. Notwithstanding the
provisions of these specific clauses, the Systems and Processes and the Code of
Practice should make sure they provide clear protocols and criteria for:

availability of Wastewater, Tankers and Discharge Stations, the nature of
demand, the load or queue at the Tanker Discharge Stations and
scheduling the service to delivered at an agreed time a few days into the
future;

serve);

tankering tariffs;
(e) availability of supply – to make sure there are sufficient tankers in each
area to meet estimated demands and travel to Discharge Stations; and
(f) Customer complaint handling – develop detailed instructions and


the Responsible Entity acts consistently and treats fairly all Customers.
communication channels including but not limited to the Responsible Entity
website
5.2.4 The procedures should clearly identify the prerequisites requirement for service
The procedure must include the following elements:
(a) applicable service request channels – a range of options for making a

fulfil the request;
(e) notification method – a method of keeping the Customer informed of the

status of the request;
(f) suitable KPIs and reporting should be developed to assess the level of
service; and
(g) applicable service provision terms and conditions.
with valid customer's identification documents (ie Emirates ID).
5.2.7 The Responsible Entity shall ensure that all concerned staff fully understand the
requirements and know how to manage Customers’ requests and deliver


5.3.1 The Responsible Entity will only accept requests made by a customer with a
valid customer identification number up to a quota of Non-Potable Water
assigned to them on a daily or weekly basis or as otherwise agreed.
5.3.2 The Responsible Entity will reject requests which are made by non-legitimate
customers (i.e without a valid customer identification number).
5.3.3 The Responsible Entity should ensure service request acceptance or rejection
5.3.4 Tankers which are not permitted will not be filled with Water for Non-Potable
Purposes from Filling Stations and despatched.
5.3.6 Once the request for Tankering Service is accepted the Responsible Entity must
ensure its completion and exert efforts to achieve the agreed service standard.
day.
5.3.9 The Responsible Entity should develop a code-of-practice that clearly sets out
code-of-practice should take account of factors including the following:
(a) the customers and classes of customers that may make requests;
(b) whether there are customers and classes of customers that may be
excluded from making such requests;
(c) the volumes that may be requested;
(i) the volume requested;
(ii) the order in which requests are received;
(iii) whether there are outstanding requests from previous days; and
situations;
unduly rejected; and

Filling Station (if applicable) and Tanker availabilities, tankers-on-
despatch and time-to-service, as set out in section 5.6.2 below.

Responsible Entity or the Responsible Persons as set out in clauses 3.7 and 3.8
of the Regulations and described below. The Systems and Processes and the
Customer contacts the Responsible Entity

5.4.2 When the Customer contacts the Responsible Entity for the Tankering Service,
the Responsible Entity will:
and

(iii) the applicable tariff payment (including cost of any applicable
Water services);
Services; and
or the Responsible Entity may deem necessary to communicate or
the Bureau may specify in any direction.
Persons. If the Customer rejects the offer, the Customer may either:
(b) re-contact the Responsible Entity at a later time or date, following which
the Responsible Entity will repeat the steps set out in paragraph 5.4.2
above and its sub-paragraphs.

that is published by the Responsible Entity for the concerned area; and
(b) then contact the Responsible Entity to register the request for Tankering
Services agreed with the Customer, and provide details of the Customer
and the agreed terms.
documented.


(i) the purchase cost of the Wastewater being despatched to the
discharge station;
to the customer’s location and then onto the Discharge Station.
Providers may choose to set this to zero, particularly if they have
a fixed fee that varies by geographical location;
(e) safeguards Customer Choice and Competition by allowing customers to

such that:
(i) where the customer a chosen the provider, the customer is
(ii) where a Provider is despatched, the customer is charged

5.6.1 The Responsible Entity should develop a code of practice setting out how it will
ensure sufficient availability of supply to meet reasonable demands, inclusive a
justifiable definition of what is meant by reasonable demand. This code-of-
practice would take account of the following:
(a) Responsible Entity ensures that, if and where applicable, the location of
Tanker Filling Stations and their capacities match the reasonable
demands.
(b) if and where applicable, Tanker Filling Stations should be connected to

fully pressurised networks providing 24-hour supply with the required
peak flow and at adequate pressure to service all Tankers at the
designated filling points simultaneously.
(c) if and where applicable, operation of the Tanker Filling Stations should
not adversely affect the Water supply level of service in the adjacent
areas.
(d) if and where applicable, Tanker Filling Stations’ operating hours should
be adequate to meet the foreseen reasonable demands.
5.6.2 The Distribution Company should always keep an up-to-date schedule showing
each customer request, Filling Station availabilities, tankers availabilities and
tankers despatched or being despatched along with estimated time to deliver
the service to each customer.

5.7.1 The Responsible Entity is required to develop a detailed procedure for handling
complaints from customers about Tankering services with clear escalation
matrix.
communication channels including but not limited to the Responsible Entity’s
website.

details should be lodged and recorded by the Responsible Entity.
5.7.4 The Responsible Entity shall ensure that all concerned staff are trained and
qualified to handle customer complaints with the satisfactory level.
5.7.5 The Responsible Entity should ensure proper analysis and evaluation of
complaints to improve the quality of services provided to customers.

5.8.1 The Responsible Entity is required to submit the proposed Code of Practice to
Regulations. The Responsible Entity should ensure that the Code of Practice
Furthermore, the Responsible Entity should make sure that this Code of Practice
is reviewed and amended sufficiently frequently so that it remains up-to-date
and relevant. The Code of Practice should be amended as and when required by
the Bureau.
5.8.2 The Responsible Entity is required to provide to the Bureau for review and
external consultant to inspect the working and operations of the Responsible
Entity and the implementation with the Systems and Processes and the Code of
Practice.
6. Non-drinking Water Tankering Guidance

the Tanker Filling Station to the Customer so as to ensure that the possibility of
contamination is minimized and the delivery of Non-drinking Water is not compromised
for Non-drinking purposes. Step-by-step filling procedures are included in the Guide for
both a manual based and automated filling system. This Guide will help to standardise
procedures at the Tanker Filling Stations and will assist Responsible Entities and their
Tanker Filling Station personnel, Tanker Drivers in performing their statutory obligations.
6.1 General
6.1.1 The Responsible Entity shall provide the appropriate number of staff at the
Tanker Filling Stations.
6.1.2 The Responsible Entity shall provide a traffic management plan appropriate to
each Tanker Filling Station such that the flow of traffic into the station and the
flow of traffic out of the station are regulated.
6.1.3 The Responsible Entity shall provide storm drainage facility to prevent site
flooding.
6.1.4 The Responsible Entity shall provide electricity supply and Drinking Water for
drinking purposes to the personnel at the Water Tanker Filling Stations. Basic
welfare facilities shall be provided to the staff and Tanker Drivers.
6.1.5 The Responsible Entity shall provide suitable coverage to permit remote data
acquisition,
6.1.6 The Responsible Person shall provide parking for their own fleet of Non-drinking
Water Tankers when the Tankers are not in use. The parking provided shall be
shaded if practical and in a location that does not negatively impact the image of
Abu Dhabi. The parking shall also be secured, to avoid unauthorized tampering
with the Non-drinking Water Tankers when not in use.
6.2 Filling Station Entry Guidance

6.2.1 This section provides filling station entry guidance to ensure Non-drinking Water
Tankers only are allowed to enter to the Water Tanker Filling Station and details
of the Tankers entering to the Tanker Filling Station is recorded. This also
includes filling station entry guidance to ensure only permitted Non-drinking
Water Tankers, dedicated to fill Drinking Water for Non-drinking purposes are
allowed to enter to the Drinking Water Tanker Filling Station. There must be
dedicated Filling Bays for that purpose which shall not be used by Drinking
Water Tankers.
6.2.2 Only Tankers licensed by the Abu Dhabi Police and certified by the Responsible
Entity for Non-drinking Water shall be allowed to enter to the Tanker Filling
Stations.
6.2.3 The Tanker Driver shall use the entry gate to enter the Tanker Filling Station.
The exit gate shall not be used as an entry, with the exception of Tanker Filling
Stations which have only one entry/exit gate.
6.2.4 The Tanker Filling Station staff shall check the following, upon arrival of Tanker
at the entry gate:
(a) Availability and validity of permit for Non-drinking Water.
(b) Availability and validity of Inspection and Disinfection sticker.
6.2.5 The Responsible Entity shall establish a payment system which may include pre-
paid cards or coupons. The Tanker Filling Station personnel shall check the
balance on the pre-paid card or validity of the coupon. Only Tankers with
sufficient funds shall be allowed entry to the station. This payment system may
evolve to cater for a fully automated Non-drinking Water Filling system.
6.2.6 The Tanker Filling Station staff shall maintain an entry log that includes the
following at a minimum:
(a) Permit number
(c) Date and time of entry
(d) Number of entries by the same Tanker in the same day
(e) Capacity of the Tanker
6.2.7 The entry log shall be maintained at the Tanker Filling Station. A sample entry
log is provided in Appendix E.

6.3.1 This section provides handling guidance to prevent contamination of the Tank
and Tankering equipment.
Filling Hose
6.3.2 The filling hose shall be pre-fitted to the filling spout. Only hoses provided by
the Responsible Entity shall be used for filling.
6.3.3 The Tanker Drivers shall not use their own hose for filling as depicted on Fig.6.3.
Not permissible to use own hose
Figure 6.3
6.3.4 The Tanker Driver shall not tamper with the pre-fitted filling hose.
6.3.5 The Tanker Driver and Tanker Filling Station personnel shall not come into
contact with the interior of the filling hose, unless authorized by the Responsible
Entity to do so. In cases where contact is made and possible contamination is
present, the filling hose shall be cleaned and disinfected. See operation and
maintenance guidance, section of this document for disinfection procedures.
Offloading Hoses
6.3.6 All offloading hoses used for Non-drinking Water shall NOT be used for any other
purposes at the Customer’s end.
6.3.7 All hoses and other handling equipment used in offloading shall be stored off the
6.3.8 Hoses shall be clean and be operated and handled with care to prevent
contamination.
6.3.9 All hoses and extensions, if any, shall be capped at each end when not in use.
This is to prevent dust and possible contamination of the hose. The hoses shall
be stored in the stowage compartment when not in use. Hoses in the stowage
compartment shall also be capped.
Non-drinking Water Tanker Filling Inlets

6.3.10 Inlets shall be maintained in a manner that will prevent the entry of insects,
rodents, or any foreign material that may contaminate the Water. With the
exception of instances where cleaning, emptying or filling of the Tank is
occurring, inlets shall be covered and sealed at all times.
Non-drinking Water Tank

6.3.11 Any Non-drinking Water Tank used for Non-drinking Water Tankering shall only
be used for Non-drinking purposes.
6.3.12 When the Non-drinking Water Tanker is not in use, all Tank hatches shall be
closed, inlet and outlet pipes securely capped, and hoses capped and stored off
the ground in a secure location. The filling hose shall be pre-fitted to the filling
spout. Only hoses provided by the Responsible Entity shall be used for filling.
6.4 Filling Guidance

This section provides guidelines for Non-drinking Water filling to prevent
contamination of the Water.
Source of Non-drinking Water

6.4.1 The Water for Non-drinking purposes shall be obtained only from the Drinking
Water Tanker Filling Stations that are owned and operated by the Responsible
Entity. Filling shall be at the designated bays dedicated to Non-drinking Water
Tankers only.
6.4.2 The Recycled Water for Non-drinking purposes shall be obtained only from the
Recycled Water Tanker Filling Stations that are owned and operated by the
Responsible Entity.
6.4.3 The Non-drinking Water Tanks shall not be used to carry and/or transport Water
from other sources e.g. Drinking Water Customer Storage Tanks or groundwater
wells and shall not be used to carry and/or transport other types of Water.
6.4.4 The Water shall not be transferred from one Tank to another, except in cases
where prior approval has been granted from the Responsible Entity.
Filling
6.4.5 The filling spout shall be pre-fitted with a filling hose as depicted on Fig.5.4.1,
which is authorised by the Responsible Entity. Only hoses, connectors and other
accessories provided by the Responsible Entity shall be used to fill the Tanker.
Figure 5.4.1
6.4.6 For filling, the Tanker Driver shall lower the pre-fitted filling hose to the
appropriate position above the flood rim level of the Tanker or to a level
equivalent to at least two diameters of the filling hose above the highest Water
level that is possible when the Tank is full as depicted on Fig.5.4.2. The filling
hose shall not be immersed in the Tanker for any reasons.
Figure 5.4.2
6.4.7 To prevent contamination of the supply source and the Water Tanks being filled,
an air gap shall be maintained between the fill pipe and the Water Tank fill inlet
at all times. At a minimum, the filling hose shall always remain above the flood
rim of the Tank.
6.4.8 Upon completion of filling, the Tanker Driver shall return the pre-fitted filling
hose to its original position.
6.4.9 Upon completion of the filling process, all Tank inlets shall be closed.
Water Meters
6.4.10 Each filling spout shall be equipped with a flow meter that meets the relevant
technical requirements/codes/regulations and has a valid calibration. This is for
tracking the Water dispensed and for Water demand and conservation
management.
Tanker Driver
6.4.11 While filling the Tanker, the Tanker Driver shall not use the Water flowing from
the filling spout for washing purposes or any other purpose.
6.4.12 The Tanker Driver shall not come into contact with the Water flowing from the
filling spout while filling the Tanker.
6.5 Tanker Filling Station Exit Guidance

6.5.1 This section provides guidelines for exiting the Tanker Filling Station.
(a) The Tanker Driver shall use the exit gate to exit the Tanker Filling
Station. The entry gate shall not be used as an exit with the exception of
Tanker Filling Stations which have only one entry/exit gate.
(b) The Tanker Filling Station personnel shall ensure the payment for the
Water for Non-drinking purpose has been collected from the Tanker
Driver (either through the pre-paid payment system, or through payment
coupons) prior to the Tanker exiting the station.
6.6 Offloading Guidance

6.6.1 This section provides Guidance to ensure the Water is offloaded to the
Customers in a manner which prevents contamination and to ensure the delivery
of safe and uncontaminated Water.
Offloading
6.6.2 All Tanker shall be equipped with a flow meter as depicted on Fig.5.6.1, this flow
meter shall be used to determine the volume of Water supplied to the Customer.
Figure 5.6.1
Offloading Hoses
6.6.3 During discharge, the manhole, inlet and all other Tanker openings shall remain
closed.
6.6.4 During discharge, the backflow of Water from the receiving Customer shall be
prevented. To facilitate this, the Water outlet shall be equipped with a suitable
backflow prevention device (non-return valve).
6.6.5 The discharge hose shall be protected from contamination from the receiving
Tank or facility. The discharge hose shall not come into contact with the
receiving facility where possible. Where possible an air gap shall be maintained.
6.6.6 Upon completion of discharge and when not in use, the Water outlet hoses and
extension hoses shall be capped and stored in the stowage compartment for
hoses. See Chapter 7: Technical Requirements for Non-drinking Water Tankers
for details.

6.7.1 This section provides operation and maintenance guidance to the Responsible
Entity on Tanker Filling Stations and operation guidance to Tanker Drivers.
Operation and Maintenance Guidance for Tanker Filling Stations.

The following guidance assist in ensuring the conditions of the Tanker Filling
Stations are safe, the Tanker Filling Station infrastructure is operating efficiently
and that Water loss through faulty valves is minimised.
6.7.2 A Tanker Filling Station log book shall be maintained at each Tanker Filling
Station. The log book shall be used to log the Tanker Filling Station inspections,
results of the inspection, corrective actions and the date of the current and next
inspections.
6.7.3 The Tanker Filling Station Water spouts and pre-fitted filling hoses shall be
inspected once a week and upon apparent failure. The inspection shall be to
check for apparent contamination and leaks and that the valves are opening and
closing properly.
6.7.4 The Tanker Filling Station Water meters shall be inspected once a week and
upon apparent failure. The inspection shall be to check that the meter is working
and calibrated properly.
6.7.5 It is recommended the Tanker Filling Station infrastructure is checked every 6

months and upon apparent failure. The following are recommended to be
inspected:
(a) Street Lights
(b) Road Pavement
(c) Drainage
(d) Entry / Exit Gates
(e) Perimeter Fence / Hoarding
(f) Safety signs and boards
6.7.6 Tanker Filling Stations shall be audited and/or inspected by the Responsible
Entity once every 6 months to ensure all the Tanker Filling Stations are adhering
to the health, safety and management guidelines, are maintaining a log book
and are undertaking all the necessary inspections and checks at the
recommended intervals.
Operation Guidelines for Tanker Driver

6.7.7 The Tanker Driver shall maintain a delivery log book. The log book shall be used
to log the volume of Water delivered to the Customer, the Customer contact
details, delivery location, date and time.
6.7.8 The delivery log book shall be provided to the Responsible Entity upon request.
6.8 Operation and Maintenance Guidance for All Non-drinking Water

Tankers
The following guidance assist in preventing contamination and the deposit of foreign
objects inside the Tanker which may deteriorate the Water quality and to ensure the
technical specifications of the Tanker are maintained throughout the course of the year.
6.8.1 The Tankers shall adhere to the annual inspection and certification procedures
required by the Responsible Entities. This is part of the annual registration
process which involves passing both a technical inspection and a Water quality
test.
6.8.2 The Water Tankers shall adhere to the Water quality sampling parameters and
frequencies as agreed with Responsible Entity. The Water quality sampling
procedure shall follow the Responsible Entity Laboratory quality management
system and the Responsible Entity Sample Collection Procedures.
(a) Samples should be collected from the Water outlet of the Tanker rather
than by dip sampling.
(b) If dip sampling is necessary, then it is important to maintain the integrity

of the Water supply by thorough cleaning and disinfection of the
sampling equipment.
6.8.3 In addition to the annual registration, the Tanker exterior shall be inspected by
Responsible Entity once every six months. This inspection involves a check to
ensure the Tanker, hoses, pipes and extensions are in compliance with the
technical specifications. A sample inspection list is included in Appendix F.
6.8.4 Disinfection and cleaning of the Water Tanker shall be conducted once every six
months. The hoses, pumps and pipes and any Tanker equipment shall also be
cleaned and disinfected once every six months.
6.8.5 Upon completion of the disinfection procedure the Tanker Driver shall be
provided with a certificate indicating proof of completion by the authorised party
undertaking the disinfection procedure. The proof of completion shall be
provided to the Responsible Entity when undertaking the six-month inspection.
6.8.6 Upon completion of the six-month and yearly inspection and disinfection
procedure, the satisfactory Tanker shall receive a certification sticker from the
Responsible Entity which shall be mounted to the Tanker and the front
windshield as depicted on Fig. 5.8.1.. The certification sticker signifies successful
completion of the quarterly inspection and shall provide the date of inspection
and the date of the next inspection. A sample of the sticker is shown on Fig.
5.8.2 below.
Certification Sticker duplicated on front windshield

Figure 5.8.1
Certification Sticker on back of Tanker
Disinfection and Inspection Certificate – Sample

Figure 5.8.2
6.8.7 The inspections and disinfections shall be logged in the Tanker Filling Station log
book and shall include at a minimum the following:
a) Permit number
b) License plate number
c) Date of inspection
d) Date of last inspection
e) Date of upcoming inspection
f) Status of inspection (failed or passed)
g) Corrective actions
Disinfection Guidance – Water Tanks and Hoses

6.8.8 Part of maintaining a clean and sterile Water Tank and hoses is undertaking
cleaning and disinfecting procedures. The Water Tank, stowage compartment for
the hoses, and hoses shall be cleaned in all of the following instances:
a) When the Tank is used for the first time.
b) When the renewal of the vehicle registration is due.
c) Once every 6 months.
d) After any maintenance for the Tanker.
e) When the Tank and/or hose is contaminated for any reason.
f) On demand by the authorities.
6.8.9 The recommended disinfection procedure for the Water Tank and stowage
compartment for the hoses is as follows:
a) Open the outlet valve or drainage outlet and drain all Water from the Tank.
6.8.10 Wash the inside of the Tank using a high pressure hose with clean Drinking
Water.While entry to the Tank is not recommended, if it is required for cleaning,
the minimum entry requirements as specified in the Technical Specifications for
Water Tankers Transporting Drinking Water shall be observed.
6.8.11 Drain the Water Tank of the washed water;
Draining the Tank

Figure 5.8.6
6.8.12 Once the Tanker has been washed with Water internally and externally it shall
be disinfected with chlorine. Chlorine is the most common method of disinfecting
a Water Tank.
6.8.13 The amount of chlorine required depends on the volume of the Tanker. The
amount of detention time required for the chlorinated Water in the Tanker
depends on the concentration of the chlorine. The table 5.8.1 below provides the
recommended chlorine concentration per mg/l of Water and the respective
contact period.
Initial free chlorine Contact period (h:min) Minimum residual free chlorine measured
concentration (mg/l) at the end of the contact period (mg/l)
3.1 16:00 1.9
5 10:00 3
10 05:00 6
15 03:20 9
20 02:30 12
25 02:00 15
30 01:40 18
40 01:15 24
50 01:00 30
Table 5.8.1: Chlorine contact period
6.8.14 To use the table 5.8.1 above, the first step is to identify the initial free
concentration of the chlorine which is usually shown on the label of the chlorine
container. For example, if an initial free chlorine concentration of 10mg/l is
used, the period in which the chlorinated Water should remain in the Tank is 5
hours, also referred to as contact period. The residual free chlorine measured at
the end of the 5 hours should be equal or greater than 6mg/l. If it is less than
6mg/l this is a likely indication the Tank is not clean and the procedure should
be repeated.
6.8.15 In addition, the table 5.8.2 below provides the amount of chlorine solution per
1000l for a range of percentage chlorine concentrations. For example, if the
concentration of the chlorine is provided in a percentage such as 5%, and the
desired concentration is 10mg/l, the amount of chlorine solution will be 210ml

for every 1000l of Water. Therefore for a 22,000l Tanker, it will be 210ml x 22
which is equivalent to 4,620ml of chlorine solution to be added to the Tanker.
Amount of Chlorine Solution per 1000 l for a range of solution

Desired initial free Chlorine percentage chlorine concentrations (ml)
concentration (mg/l)
3% 5% 6% 12% 15% 30%
5 175 105 87.5 43.75 35 17.5
10 350 210 175 87.5 70 35
15 525 315 262.5 131.25 105 52.5
20 700 420 350 175 140 70
25 875 525 437.50 218.75 175 87.50
30 1050 630 525 262.50 210 105
40 1400 840 700 350 280 140
50 1750 1050 875 437.50 350 175
Table 5.8.2: Desired free chlorine
6.8.16 Precautions:
(a) The contact period commences when the entire volume, up to overflow
concentration, is full of disinfectant solution at the required initial
concentration.
(b) If the residual free chlorine measured at the end of the contact period is
less than the values in this table, this indicates an excessive chlorine
demand and poor prior cleaning. If this is the case the disinfection
process needs to be repeated. The loss of free chlorine ought not to
exceed 40% after the allotted contact period.
(c) Care has to be taken not to exceed 50 mg/l chlorine concentration to

avoid corrosion risks to any copper included in fittings.
(d) It is important to note, those who are undertaking the disinfection of the
Tank should be well informed regarding the properties of chlorine, are
trained in the safe handling of chlorine and should use the appropriate
personal protective clothing and equipment as depicted on Fig. 5.8.7.
Protective clothing for cleaning

Figure 5.8.7
6.8.17 Use the appropriate proportion of chlorine based on the volume of Water from
the tables above.
6.8.18 Add the chlorine while filling the Tanker with Drinking Water. This is to ensure
thorough mixing of the chlorine.
6.8.19 Ensure the Tank is completely full and the correct volume of chlorine has been
added.
6.8.20 Allow the Tanker to sit idle for the appropriate contact period. The Tanker
hatches, inlets and outlets shall not be opened during the contact period.
6.8.21 After the appropriate contact period has lapsed, drain all the Water from the
Tanker.
6.8.22 Flush the Water Tanker with a high pressure hose with clean Drinking Water
until no smell of chlorine is detected.
6.8.23 Care shall be taken when disposing of the chlorinated Water from the Tanks.
Sudden discharge of Water may cause flooding of the surrounding area. In
addition, high levels of chlorine may harm fish and marine life. To prevent this,
the Water shall be discharged into an approved drainage outlet.
6.8.24 The hoses shall also be cleaned and disinfected. The recommended procedure
for disinfection of the hoses is as follows:
6.8.25 The hoses shall be thoroughly flushed with Water to remove any deposits and
waste material.
6.8.26 In cases where the Tanker is equipped with a pump, connect the offloading
hose. Fill the Tank with Water and chlorine disinfectant and start the pump.
Allow the chlorinated Water to run the hose and pump for half an hour. Repeat
this procedure with the Tank full of clean Water.
6.8.27 In cases where the Tanker has no pump, use the chlorinated Water from the
Tank and fill the hose to full capacity. Block one end of the hose to completely
fill it. Allow the Water to stand in the hose for the same amount of time as the
Water will stand in the Tank. However, it is not recommended to exceed 24
hours. Empty the hose of the chlorinated Water and flush thoroughly with clean
Water such that no smell of chlorine is detected.
7. Automated Wastewater Discharge

Management System
The Tanker Filling Stations are currently manually operated. This often leads to overflow events
as the Tanks are often left unmonitored. Overflow events also result in a loss of Water for the
Responsible Entity. In addition, the lack of a real-time Water meter also leaves an uncertainty
in the actual quantity of Water that has been filled in the Water Tanker. The current manual
system also leads to direct contact of the Tanker Driver with the filling spout and hose thus
increases the risk of Water contamination.
Therefore an automated filling management system is preferable in the long term as it

accurately quantifies the Water dispensed, minimizes the loss of Water and helps to reduce the
likelihood of contamination developing and also increases operational efficiency.
Where an automated system has been chosen it should follow the guidance as set out below.

7.1.1 An automated system manages the filling process through the use of a Key ID with a
built-in identification mechanism, an automated Water data logger to record the
volume of Water withdrawn at each filling spout and ultrasonic level detectors to
automatically shut the system off to prevent overflow.
7.1.2 In addition the system should manage the entry and exit gates through the use of an
Automatic Number Plate Recognition (ANPR) camera at the gate, a gate barrier and a
Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) tag which is placed in the front windshield of the
Non-drinking Water Tanker.
7.1.3 The system should have the following features:
(a) Automatic switch on/off of the Tanker Filling Station Water spout;
(b) Automatic switch off when the Tank is full;
(c) Real-time Water meter
(d) Automated entry of Water volume desired;
(e) Records of Water dispensed;
(f) Records of Tanker Driver and billing information;
(g) Automatic entry and exit of the Tanker Filling Station;
(h) Automatic detection of authorized entry to the Tanker Filling Station;
(i) Automatic detection when the Tanker has completed filling and departed the
Filling Bay.
(a) Water data logger;
(b) Key ID;
(c) Ultrasonic level detector;
(d) Water filling management and billing software;
(e) Control room with central server and control panel housing the PLC system;
(f) Display monitor to indicate available Filling Bays;
(h) ANPR Camera / RFID tag;
(a) Automated entry and exit gate control with barrier.

The following paragraphs describe the system configuration. An illustration of the system
configuration is included in Appendix B.
7.2.1 A control room is housed at each Tanker Filling Station. The control room is equipped
with a PLC system and control panel which has oversight of the ongoing operations at
each filling bay.
7.2.2 Each Filling Bay which consists of two Water filling spouts dedicated for Water to be
used for Non-drinking purposes is equipped with one Water logger.
7.2.3 The Water logger will be linked locally at each Tanker Filling Station via Ethernet. This
is to allow for local access of the data.
7.2.4 The Water logger will be linked to the overall automated tracking system control
centre. This is the control centre which will receive and collect all information through
the GPS tracking system.
7.2.5 The Water logger will be linked to the central control centre via several methods. For
Tanker Filling Stations without an internet connection, the Water logger will
communicate with the control centre via SMS.
7.2.6 For Tanker Filling Stations with a telecommunication system, the Water logger may
communicate with the control centre via a dedicated link or through the internet.
7.2.7 The control centre will receive all the information from all the Water loggers at all the
Tanker Filling Stations. From the control centre, the information will be transmitted via
internet to the necessary authority or entity.
7.2.8 For Recycled Water Tanker Filling Stations the same system configuration above can be
applied.

7.3.1 The following paragraphs describe the operations of the proposed system. An
illustration depicting the automated procedure is included in Appendix C.
7.3.2 An automatic gate with a barrier is applied at the Tanker Filling Station entry gate. The
automatic gate is to limit access to the Tanker Filling Station so as to ensure only those
with the approved permits may enter the Tanker Filling Station.
7.3.3 An ANPR camera is applied at the Tanker Filling Station entry gate.
7.3.4 Each Tanker is equipped with a RFID tag. The RFID tag will be mounted on the front
windshield of the Tanker.
7.3.5 Each Tanker Driver is equipped with a Key ID. The Key ID has a built-in identification
mechanism which stores the details of the Tanker operator and driver and the available
funds for payment.
7.3.6 To ensure the Key ID is not transferred to another Tanker driver, the Key ID is also
tied to the actual Tanker registration number.
7.3.7 Upon arrival at the Tanker Filling Station entry gate, the ANPR camera will register the
Tanker registration number along with the RFID tag and Key ID of the Tanker to ensure
only registered Tankers and registered drivers enter the station.
7.3.8 Through the use of the ANPR device, RFID tag and Key ID, any mishandling or transfer
of the Key ID to another registered or unregistered Tanker will result in a denied entry
to the Tanker Filling Station.
7.3.9 When the Key ID and the ANPR device match, the Tanker Driver will be allowed entry
to the station. In this case, the gate barrier would open.
7.3.10 In the event of the Key ID and ANPR devices not matching, the gate will not open and
the Tanker Driver will have to drive into a secondary lane and await the filling station
personnel.
7.3.11 The Tanker Filling Station personnel will then check whether it is simply an error in the
system or if in fact the Key ID is registered to another Tanker. If it is simply a system
error, the Tanker Filling Station personnel will then release the system and allow the
Tanker Driver entry to the station. If the Key ID is registered with another Tanker, the
Tanker Filling Station personnel will deny entry to the Tanker Driver and the driver will
proceed into the secondary lane and exit the Tanker Filling Station. (The secondary
travel lane is used in the event of the Key ID and registered Tanker not matching. In
this case it allows the Tanker Driver to have a means of exiting the facility without
entering the actual Tanker Filling Station area).
7.3.12 In addition, at the entry gate, a display monitor is mounted which indicates the
available Filling Bays. Each Filling Bay is equipped with induction loop cables which
detect whether it is in use or not. When a Filling Bay becomes available, the number is
displayed on the monitor at the gate, and the Tanker Driver then drives into the
assigned bay. This helps to regulate traffic and Tanker movement inside the Tanker
Filling Station.
7.3.13 In the control room, the operator will be able to override the operations at the Tanker
Filling Station if and as required. However the operator in the control room is not
required to activate the system.
7.3.14 Each pair of Filling Bays is equipped with one Water data logger; one logger is capable
of operating 2 Filling Bays. The Water data logger is essentially a mini flow computer
which is used to activate the filling system and also record the volume of Water
dispensed.
7.3.15 The Water data logger is connected to the Tanker Filling Station spout which is also
equipped with ultrasonic level detectors and a filling hose which is pre-fitted to the
spout. The pre-fitted filling hose avoids the Tanker drivers having to use and fix their
own hose. However the Tanker Driver will still have to remove the filling cap on the
Tank inlet and lower the pre-fitted filling hose to the appropriate position above the
flood rim level of the Tanker.
7.3.16 The system is activated through the use of the Key ID. The same Key ID used by the
Tanker Driver to activate the gate control is used to active the Water logging device.
7.3.17 Once the Tanker Driver has positioned the Tanker in-line with the Tanker Filling Station
spout the driver will show the Key ID to the Water data logger. The driver will then
have several options- to enter the volume of Water desired or to fill the Tank full. Upon
selection of the desired option, the Water data logger will then be activated to
commence the filling of the Tanker.
7.3.18 The filling hose pipe is fitted with an ultrasonic level detector that will detect when the
Tank is full. The ultrasonic level detector will automatically shut the system off when
the Tank is full. Even if the driver has entered a volume of Water that is greater than
the available capacity in the Tank, the system will detect the Tank is full and will
override the entry to shut off.
7.3.19 Upon completion of filling, the Tanker Driver will be responsible for putting the pre-
fitted filling hose back into its original position and closing the Tanker inlet. Meanwhile
the Water data logger will provide the volume of Water supplied in the Tanker.
7.3.20 At the exit gate or in the control room the Tanker Driver will receive a receipt. The
receipt will detail the amount of Water and recycled Water which has been supplied to
the Tanker and the cost.
7.3.21 This information will be automatically registered and logged in the central system
located in the Tanker Filling Station control room. The system is capable of storing
details of all the Tankers, the Tanker Drivers, permit numbers, capacities and billing.
8. Technical Requirements for Drinking Water

Tankers.
The purpose of this document is to explain the technical requirements of the Non-drinking
Water Tankers in Emirate of Abu Dhabi that Responsible Entity, Responsible Person and Tanker
manufacturers should comply in order safe delivery of Non-drinking Water to Customers.
This document has been developed in consultation with Responsible Entities, the Emirates
Authority for Standardization and Metrology (ESMA), Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing
Department and other government institutions and Tankering companies.
8.1 Objectives
8.1.1 This document provides the technical information regarding the permissible types of
Non-drinking Water Tankers and the features to be included in them.
(a) To the Tanker manufacturers in fabricating the Tankers and inclusion of required
features when manufacturing the Tankers for transporting Non-drinking Water;
(b) To the Responsible Persons to select and purchase Tankers which are suitable
for the intended purpose, enabling them to operate and maintain them in
proper manner as stipulated by Regulations;
(c) To the Licensing Authority for the regular inspection and approval of the Non-
drinking Water Tankers as stipulated in the Regulations;
(d) To the Responsible Entities for ensuring the Tankers used for the transport of
Non-drinking Water are as stipulated in the Regulations;
(e) To other concerned authorities to enforce the Regulations, ensuring that the
supply of Non-drinking Water through the Tankering operation within the
Emirate of Abu Dhabi is safe.

8.2.1 These Specifications apply to all the Non-drinking Water Tankers operated by the
Responsible Person for the provision of Non-drinking Water by road within the Emirate
of Abu Dhabi, who are licensed or exempted under the provisions of the Law No. (2) of
1998 Concerning the Regulation of the Water and Electricity Sector or Amendments
thereto.
8.2.2 These technical requirements shall be supplementary to the regulations that are (will
be) in force in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.
8.3 Usage
8.3.1 Non-drinking Water Tankers shall be exclusively used for transporting of Water
provided by the Licensed Responsible Entities.
8.3.2 Non-drinking Water Tankers shall not be used for transporting anything other than
Non-drinking Water.
8.4 Registration for Water Tanker

8.4.1 The Tanker shall be properly registered with the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing
Department under the relevant category as specified.

8.5.1 The Responsible Person operating commercial Drinking Water or Recycled Water
Tankers for non-drinking purposes should hold a Supply L icence issued by the Bureau
prior to starting any Tankering activities.
8.5.2 The Tanker shall be inspected annually by the Responsible Person to the relevant
Licensing Authorities and the inspection and certification checklist should be as
followed:
(a) The first part of the inspection will be made by Responsible Entity. A sample
inspection checklist that can be used by the Responsible Entity is presented in
Appendix G for guidance.
(b) Following the success of the above inspection and approval of the Responsible
Entity, another inspection will be carried out by the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and
Licensing Department, was presented in Appendix H.
(c) In the event of successful approval by both the above authorities, a certificate
together with a sticker will be provided to the Responsible Entity by the Abu
Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing Department.
8.5.3 If the result of any part of the above inspection is unsuccessful, the relevant Authority
shall advise the Responsible Person to make any rectification to the Tanker required for
certification. The Responsible Person shall make such rectification as advised by the
Authority before producing the Tanker for inspection again.
8.5.4 The sticker provided by the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing Department at a
successful inspection of a Tanker shall be affixed to the upper right quarter of the rear
of the Tank or other location as specified by the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing
Department and shall be visible at all times indicating that the Tanker has been
inspected, certified, and found to be in compliance with the regulatory requirements.
8.6 General Requirements for Non-drinking Water Tanker

8.6.1 The dimensions and weight of the Tanker shall be in conformity with the requirements
stipulated in the UAE Standards No. UAE.S GSO 159 :1993 “Motor Vehicles-Dimensions
And Weights” issued by the Emirates Authority for Standardization published on
22/06/1994 or any subsequent revisions.
8.6.2 Tanks shall be so constructed that every portion of the interior can be accessible, easily
cleaned and disinfected by providing adequately sized manholes in the Tank and access
openings in the baffles, as specified elsewhere in this document.
8.6.3 Tank shall be permanently affixed to the chassis or the bed of the truck. Tanks may be
bolted or may be affixed to the bed of the truck by a welded frame enclosing the Tank
in a manner that prevents any shifting of the Tank.
8.6.4 The total width of the Tank shall not exceed the total width of the cabin, so that the
Tank shall not protrude beyond the cabin.
8.6.5 The size of the Tank shall be guided by the typical sizes indicated in Appendix I.
Capacity of Tank
8.6.6 The Tank shall be of a capacity from 2,250 litres (500 gallons) to 55,000 litres (12,000
gallons), depending on the intended usage.

8.6.7 The general and safety aspects provided in the Tanker shall be in conformance with the
requirements stipulated in the UAE Standards No. UAE.S/GSO 42 :2003 “Motor
Vehicles-General Requirements” issued by the Emirates Authority for Standardization
published on 23/10/2003 or any subsequent revisions.
8.6.8 All parts of the Tank, filling system, delivery system and associated pumps and hoses
shall be readily accessible for cleaning, maintenance and inspection.

8.6.9 The Tanker shall undergo periodic technical inspection as detailed in the UAE Standards
No. UAE.S GSO 971/1997 “Motor Vehicles Periodic Inspection Manual” issued by the
Emirates Authority for Standardization published on 15/10/1997 or any subsequent
revisions.
8.6.10 The Tanker shall follow the inspection schedule as in Table 9.2, at which a certification
sticker shall be issued to the successful Tankers.
Prime Mover
8.6.11 The engine and the chassis of the prime mover shall be specifically suitable for a
Tanker.
8.6.12 The Tanker shall have power steering for required manoeuvrability in different driving
conditions.
8.7 Technical Requirements of Wastewater Tanker

8.7.1 All surfaces that come into contact with Water during transport shall be made of a
smooth, impervious, non-absorbent, corrosion-resistant and nontoxic material such as;
8.7.2 Stainless steel of the American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) 300 series or
corresponding Alloy Casting Institute (ACI) types that are non-toxic and non-absorbent
and which under conditions of intended use is equally resistant as stainless steel of the
AISI 300 series or corresponding ACI types or equivalent; or
(a) Stainless steel of AISI 316 L; or
(b) Aluminium Wrought Alloys 1000-6000 series as specified by ANSI or equivalent;

or
(c) Aluminium Casting Alloys 218, 308, 319, 332, 356, 360, 413, B443, 514, 520,
713 or equivalent; or
(d) Mild steel conforming to ASTM A36 or equivalent.
8.7.3 Lead, cadmium, and other toxic metals shall not be used on surfaces which come in
contact with the Water.
8.7.4 If mild steel is used for Tanks, all the interior surfaces of the Tank coming into contact
with Water shall be coated with an approved material as stated in the Clause 5.6
below.
8.7.5 Surfaces that come in contact with Water shall be smooth, without pits, dents, or
crimps that may hold contaminating matter. All welds must be of non-corrosive
materials.
1.1.2 At the first registration of the Tanker, the Responsible Person shall produce the
manufacturer’s specifications/certification regarding the material of manufacture of the
Tank.

8.7.6 If the material of manufacture of the Tank is mild steel, all the internal surface of the
Tank coming into contact with Water shall be coated with food grade epoxy paint
coatings or such protective coating meeting the requirements of NSF/ANSI Standard 61

or equivalent.
8.7.7 The internal surface of the Tank shall have a mild slope such that the Water drains via
gravity to the bottom drain of the Tank.

8.7.8 The shape of the Tank shall be circular, elliptical or “double D” in cross section, as
illustrated in Appendix J.
8.7.9 The thickness of the Tanker body shall not be less than 5mm.
Openings
8.7.10 The inlets and other openings to the Tank shall be so constructed to prevent the
entrance of insects, rodents or other foreign material that may cause contamination of
Water. The opening shall be 100 mm higher than the level of the Tank as depicted on
Fig.7.7.1.
Figure 7.7.1
8.7.11 A minimum of one manhole shall be provided for routine maintenance, repairs,
cleaning and disinfecting the Tank. The total number of manholes shall be determined
based on the number of baffles. A minimum of one manhole shall be provided for every
2 baffles, such that a Tanker with 4 baffles shall have a minimum of 2 manholes.
Figure 7.7.2
8.7.12 Manhole openings shall be not less than 400mm by 500mm oval or 450mm in diameter
as depicted on Fig. 7.7.3 and 7.7.4. Each manhole shall provide an effective seal to
prevent entrance of contaminants. Manhole cover gaskets shall be removable and
cleanable.
Figure 7.7.3
Figure 7.7.4

8.7.13 Hatches and manhole openings shall be completely covered and sealed with tight fitting
coverings, permanently mounted food-grade gaskets and security locks.
Tank Filling Mechanism

8.7.14 Tanker shall be provided with one of the following types of inlets for filling the Tank:
(a) A direct- filling connection with an approved double check valve to prevent back
flow
(b) An overhead filling hatch with an opening of 250 mm diameter at the top of the
Tank, with hinged cover and quick release latch, as illustrated below on
Fig.7.7.5, or equivalent. The filling hatch may be an integral part of the
manhole.
8.7.15 In addition, the overhead filling arrangement shall meet the following conditions
regarding the air gap:
(a) The filling hose attached to the spout must not be allowed to immerse in the
Water within the Tank;
(b) The lower end of the filling hose shall be further than two diameters of the filling
hose above the highest Water level that is possible when the Tank is full, as
illustrated in Figure 5.4.2
Figure 7.7.5
8.7.16 If an overhead filler hose is mounted on the vehicle, when not being used for filling,
this pipe shall be capped at each end with threaded or clamped caps, and tethered to
the fittings at the ends of the filler hose.
Water Outlets
8.7.17 Water outlets shall be provided with a quick opening valve of approved material as
depicted on Fig. 7.7.6.
Figure 7.7.6
8.7.18 Water outlets shall be equipped with threaded or clamped caps, tethered to the ports
with a chain or cable. Inlet and outlet caps shall be in place on all fittings except when
Water is being discharged or loaded.
8.7.19 Suitable backflow prevention devices (non-return valves) shall be provided at each
outlet.
Tank Vents
8.7.20 Vents shall be provided on top of the Tank as depicted on Fig.7.7.7, and shall be of a
sufficient size and number to allow air to replace Water as it is discharged and let the
air expel when the Tanker is being filled in a direct filling operation. The vents shall be
downward facing, or otherwise protected from possible Water contamination. The
openings of the vents shall be protected with a suitable screen made from nontoxic,
non-absorbent material to prevent dust, insects and contaminants from entering the
Tank. The vents shall have a non-return valve.
Figure 7.7.7
Drain
8.7.21 Tank shall be provided with a bottom drain of sufficient size, with a valve to facilitate
complete discharge of Water during sanitation procedures.
Baffles
8.7.22 Baffles shall be provided inside the Tank, where the total capacity of the Tank is more
than 3, 400 litres (750 gallons).
8.7.23 The number of baffles and the spacing shall be such that they will prevent surges of
Water inside the Tank during transportation.
8.7.24 Baffles shall be made of the same material as that of the Tank and shall be firmly and
permanently attached to the Tank.
8.7.25 Baffles shall not interfere with the free drainage of the Tank.
8.7.26 Baffles shall be designed such that walk–through accessibility is provided to all areas
for inspection and cleaning, by providing adequately sized openings of appropriate
shape, and of a minimum size of 500 mm. The openings shall not have sharp edges.

8.7.27 The Tank shall be provided with at least one ladder, mounted at the rear to access the
top of the Tank.
8.7.28 The rungs of the ladder shall be non-slippery, and the spacing between the rungs shall
not exceed 350 mm as depicted on Fig. 7.7.8
Figure 7.7.8
1.1.3 The top of the Tanker shall be provided with at least one walkway of sufficient width for
a person to walk safely from the access ladders to all the manholes and filling
hatches.They shall be fabricated with non-slippery chequered plates or grates.

8.7.29 The Tank should be provided with a secured, transparent level indicator gage mounted
at the rear of the Tank to indicate the Water level inside the Tank. The material of the
level indicator gauge shall be an approved food grade material.
Pump
8.8.1 The pump shall be a type which could be readily disassembled to demonstrate the
condition of the impeller and impeller chamber.
8.8.2 The pump shall be PTO driven or equivalent; with a minimum pressure of 2 bars, a
minimum total head of 25 meters and with a Water pump capacity of not less than
900L/min.
8.8.3 The pump shall be constructed of food grade, corrosion resistant materials, and have
bearings which are either permanently sealed or self-lubricating or are lubricated only
with food grade lubricants.
8.8.4 The pump shall be installed on the truck within a suitable enclosure, to protect against
any contamination.
8.8.5 Internal Water contact surfaces of the pump, including seals, bearing, and lubricants
shall be constructed from food-grade materials and shall be smooth, non-porous, and
corrosion resistant and shall use acceptable food-grade lubricants.
Accessories
8.8.6 The discharge side of the pump shall be properly protected between uses by a
protective cap which shall be tethered to the pump.
8.8.7 All the accessories used for the pump coming into contact with Water shall be
fabricated with food grade material.
Hoses
8.9.1 Hoses shall be made of polybutylene conforming to GSO standard No 495 or
alternatively, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyethylene (PE), acrylonitrile-butadiene-
styrene (ABS) or other equivalent materials.
8.9.2 Hoses shall be clean and be handled with care to prevent contamination.
8.9.3 Hoses shall be stowed in a lockable metal compartment fixed on the truck beside the
Tank, which should be 100 mm above the deck of the truck and fixed so that it is self-
draining.
8.9.4 Alternatively, hoses may be wound on a hose reel and mounted suitably to the chassis
or the frame of Tanker. The use of flat/reel hoses is allowed, provided the material of
manufacture is food grade and that the hose is stowed in a lockable metal
compartment fixed on the truck when not in use.
8.9.5 The lengths and diameters of the hoses shall be adequate for the filling and discharging
requirements.
8.9.6 Hoses shall have a smooth interior surface made of food-grade standard materials.
They shall be kept clean, disinfected and operated or handled in a manner that
prevents contamination and capped or closed when not in use.
8.9.7 Hoses shall be marked with the lettering “Non-drinking Water” on the exterior of the
pipe, with letters of size 5 cm as depicted on Fig. 7.9.1.
NON-
Figure 7.9.1
Connectors
8.9.8 The ends of all hoses shall be provided with threaded or clamped caps at the ends as
depicted on Fig. 7.9.3, which shall be tethered to the hose. Such caps shall be in place
when hoses are not in use. Hoses in stowage compartments shall also be capped.
8.9.9 All the fittings shall be made of approved food grade materials.
Figure 7.9.3
Exterior Painting
8.10.1 The two sides of the Tank shall have a green strip of spray paint 20 cm high, at the
middle of the Tank throughout the length .
8.10.2 The back end of the Tank shall have a green strip of spray paint 20 cm high at the
middle throughout the breadth, and two stripes of white luminous paint across the
whole surface, each of 20 cm high, on either side of the green strip.
Markings
8.10.3 Within the green strips on the two sides of the Tank, the words “NON-DRINKING
WATER” should be written in white, both in Arabic and English language. The height of
the letters shall be 10 cm. The letters and words should be suitably spaced to make a
good appearance.
8.10.4 Within the green strips on the back side of the Tank, the words “NON-DRINKING
WATER” should be written in white, both in Arabic and English language. The height of
the letters shall be 5 cm. The letters and words shall be suitably spaced to make a
good appearance.
8.10.5 The capacity of the Tank in litres (rounded to the nearest 100 litres) shall be marked
on both sides of the Tank at a lower location, towards the rear side of the Tank. The
letters should be in green colour and at least 5 cm in height.
8.10.6 The name, address and telephone number of the Tanker Operator (individual or
company) shall be marked on both the doors of the cab as depicted on Fig. 7.10.2. The
letters should be in green colour and of a suitable size to be visible at distance.
Figure 7.10.2
8.10.7 The certification sticker provided by the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing
Department as depicted on Fig.7.10.3 (following the annual inspections by the
Responsible Entity and Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing Department) shall be
affixed to the upper right quarter of the rear of the Tank or other location as specified
by the Authority.
Figure 7.10.3
1.1.4 The certification sticker provided by the Responsible Entity at the quarterly inspection
affixed to the upper right quarter of the rear of the Tank, below the sticker for annual
inspection, or other location as specified by the Responsible Entity. This sticker shall
also be duplicated on the front windshield of the Tanker.
8.10.8 The stickers shall be tamper evident or of a type that once the sticker is removed it is
no longer suitable for use again.
8.10.9 A pictorial symbol similar to and of the size indicated as shown in Part 4: Appendix B
on either side in the middle of the Tank, clearly indicating that the delivery is
wholesome Water.
8.10.10 If the Tanker is used only for self-supply purposes, the words “NOT FOR SALE” shall be
written on the upper right part of the Tank, on both sides, in green colour letters with a
size of 10 cm as depicted on Fig. 7.10.4.
Figure 7.10.4
8.11 Safety Requirements
Entry into the Tank

8.11.1 The Tanks are considered confined spaces, with the possibility of residual compounds
or cleaning compounds introduced into the Tank can cause a hazardous atmosphere for
workers who enter the Tank for cleaning and maintenance purposes. The interior of the
Tank may be extremely slippery. Hence, on the occasion that entry into the Tank is
required, the following minimum entry requirements should be observed:
(a) Continuous forced ventilation to ensure dilution of residual contaminants and to

provide sufficient oxygen.
(b) A standby worker attending a lifeline attached to the entry worker(s).
(c) The worker(s) entering into the Tank shall be wearing appropriate safety wear,
which shall include a helmet with a spot light, reflective safety jacket, protective
glasses, gloves and non-slippery hard-toe shoes.
Other Safety Standards
8.11.2 The Tankers shall have the yellow and black striped markings on the rear and along the
two sides of the chassis, as stipulated by the motor traffic authorities.
8.11.3 The Tankers shall have the amber coloured beacon lights one mounted on the top of
the cabin, and at least one on top of the Tank as depicted on Fig.7.11.1. Beacon lights
of alternate colours are not permitted.
Figure 7.12.1
8.11.4 Tankers shall be equipped with a back-up alarm which must turn on automatically
when the gear is put into the reversing position.
8.11.5 The Tankers shall comply with any other safety standards that will be imposed by
Regulating Authority, Licensing Authority or any other relevant authority in Emirate of
Abu Dhabi.

9.1 Purpose
environmental health and safety requirements during the handling of drinking Water
from (and including) Tanker Filling Stations to the end user by authorized and
specialized Tankers.
9.1.2 These guidelines also provide advice on the safe design and operation of Tanker Filling
Stations and Tankers.
9.2 Scope
9.2.1 These guidelines shall apply to all duty holders involved in the Non-drinking Water
Tankering operations. This includes, but is not limited to: Drinking Water Tanker Filling
Station operational staff, Tanker Drivers, contractors engaged in work at the Drinking
Water Tanker Filling Stations or Water Tankers, suppliers and visitors to the Tanker
Filling Stations.
9.2.2 These guidelines are subject to amendment or replacement by the Bureau at any time,
and from time to time.
9.3 Tanker Filling Stations

Safety by Design Considerations
9.3.1 Tanker Filling Station driveways shall be designed in a way so as to reduce the need for
Tankers to reverse.
9.3.2 Segregation of pedestrian and vehicular traffic is to be given a high priority during the
design of Tanker Filling Stations.
9.3.3 Measures will be put in place to eliminate hazards or reduce risks to Tanker Filling
Station users so far as is reasonably practicable. This shall include, but not be limited
to, safe means of access to Water nozzles.
9.3.4 Station access and egress points shall be designed in a way so as not to pose any risk
to the public.
9.3.5 Where drinking Water and Non-drinking Water are supplied at the same station, the
standpipes shall be separated and marked clearly to prevent accidental (or intentional)
mix-up.
Risk Management
1.1.5 Responsible Entities shall adopt a systematic and comprehensive approach to
identifying the hazards and managing the risks within the Tanker Filling Stations.
Further guidance is provided by the Abu Dhabi EHSMS Regulatory Framework Technical
Guideline – Process of Risk Management Version 2.0 published in February 2012 (or as
updated).
Security
9.3.6 A durable hoarding shall be erected on the Tanker Filling Station perimeter and shall:
9.3.7 Access to the Tanker Filling Station shall be controlled to prevent unauthorized entry.
9.3.8 Arrangements shall be in place to ensure that suppliers, visitors or any other legitimate
site users are well informed of any restrictions or conditions that may pose a risk to
their safety and wellbeing.
9.3.9 Tanker Filling Station access shall be fitted with a gate which must be kept locked at all
times when the site is unoccupied.
9.3.10 Lone working shall be avoided whenever possible. If unavoidable, the employer of the
lone worker is safety and wellbeing of the lone worker.

9.3.11 Temporary structures shall be fit for the purpose and meet all the requirements of the
UAE Fire and Safety Code and other applicable requirements.
Welfare Facilities
9.3.12 Adequate sanitation facilities shall be provided at all Tanker Filling Stations.
9.3.13 An adequate number of toilets shall be provided for employees and drivers.
9.3.14 Sanitation facilities shall be provided with adequate lighting and ventilation; be
maintained and kept permanently clean.
9.3.15 Washing facilities shall be provided and kept in good sanitary condition. They shall be
provided with running Water and liquid soap or other appropriate cleansing agent.
9.3.16 If septic Tanks are used for collection of sewage and liquid waste, then a strict regime
to empty these Tanks shall be implemented in order to prevent any spillage and
overflow.
9.3.17 Good housekeeping shall be maintained at all Tanker Filling Stations.
9.3.18 All waste materials shall be collected on a regular basis and placed into appropriate
receptacles for correct disposal off site.
9.3.19 Receptacles fitted with lids shall be provided for food waste and be emptied frequently
to avoid overflowing of waste.
9.3.20 Only hoses, connectors and other accessories approved by the Tanker Filling Station
shall be used to transfer Water to the Tanker.
9.3.21 The driveways of Tanker Filling Stations shall be constructed of solid and durable
material (i.e. asphalt, concrete etc.) with a Water run-off collection system installed to
prevent Water pooling.
9.3.22 Tanker Filling Stations and access ways leading to them shall have even grounds free
from hazards which may cause tripping, slipping or falls.
9.3.23 The erection of makeshift facilities (such as rest areas, canteen etc.) is prohibited.
Such facilities may be constructed subject to fulfilment of the necessary requirements
of the Responsible Entity and Municipality.
Lighting
9.3.24 Adequate illumination level shall be provided and maintained throughout the Tanker
Filling Station and access/egress points. The illumination shall be designed and
installed in a way so as to avoid glare, irregularity & invisibility
Signage
9.3.25 Adequate health and safety signs shall be displayed as appropriately throughout the
Tanker Filling Stations.
Inspections
9.3.26 The Bureau employees (or nominated representatives) may conduct periodic
inspections at Tanker Filling Stations to carry out checks and verify compliance with
these Regulations.
9.3.27 The Bureau employees (or nominated representatives) may inspect a Tanker Filling
Station at all reasonable hours upon receiving a complaint pertaining to violation of
these Regulations on that Tanker Filling Station.
9.4 Tankers
9.4.1 Tankers designated for transportation of drinking Water for Non-drinking purposes shall
conform to the Technical Specifications for Water Tankers Transporting Drinking Water.
In addition, the following requirements shall apply:
Hygiene and Cleanliness

9.4.2 Measures shall be put in place to guarantee that Tanker filling hatches remain securely
shut except during the Water filling process at the Tanker Filling Stations.
9.4.3 Owners/drivers shall take appropriate measures to protect the Tank, equipment and
connections from becoming contaminated during storage, filling, transportation and
delivery of the Water.
9.4.4 Hoses used to transfer Water shall be protected from contamination (e.g. by
preventing contact of the ends with the ground), kept sealed when not in use to
prevent exposure to animals and insects and be drained when not in use.
Disinfection
9.4.5 Tankers shall be disinfected internally prior to being put into service for the first time.
9.4.6 Tankers used to transport Drinking Water for Non-drinking purposes but had
interrupted service of sixty days or more shall be disinfected internally prior to
resuming Water transportation services.
9.4.7 Disinfection shall be carried out by a reputable service provider and/or the Responsible
Entities. A certification sticker shall be issued accordingly which shall be mounted to
the back of the Tanker and front windshield; see Technical Requirements for Water
Tankers Transporting Water.
Inspections
9.4.8 The Bureau’s employees or Responsible Entity (or nominated representatives) may
conduct spot checks on Tankers to verify compliance with these Regulations.
(a) The general condition of the Tanker;
(c) Truck documentation (registration, insurance, Permit);
(d) Driver licence and training certificate;
(e) Tankers with unsatisfactory Inspection results shall not be allowed to collect
Wastewater until steps are taken to remedy the situation; and
General Conditions
9.4.10 Only Tankers which have been designed and built to hold Drinking Water for Non-
drinking purposes shall be authorised to transport Water for Non-drinking purposes
subject to fulfilment of other drinking Water transportation requirements as applied by
the Responsible Entity.
9.4.11 Tankers’ exterior painting and markings shall be in accordance with the Technical
Specifications.
9.4.12 Only Tankers which are road worthy with a valid Abu Dhabi traffic police registration
may be supplied with Non-drinking Water subject to fulfilment of other Non-drinking
Water transportation requirements as applied by the Responsible Entity.
9.4.13 Any article or piece of equipment that is used for the distribution of Non-drinking Water
must be:
(c) Made of surfaces that can be readily cleaned and sanitized (where Water comes
in direct contact);
9.4.14 Unsafe or faulty Tankers (including those which have serious Water leaks) shall not be
supplied with Water and will be instructed to leave the station.
9.4.15 Tankers shall not be left unattended with engines running. Keys shall be removed from
the ignition and parking brakes applied when the driver leaves the Tanker.
9.4.16 All operational Tankers shall have proper insurance and be operated by
operators/drivers licensed for that particular vehicle.
9.4.17 All Tankers shall be fitted with amber coloured flashing/revolving beacon lights which
must be operational during dark hours and low visibility periods.
9.4.18 Tankers shall be equipped a with back-up alarm which must turn on automatically
Maintenance
9.4.19 Only emergency breakdown maintenance of Tankers shall be allowed within the Tanker
Filling Stations.
9.5 Drivers
Driver Competence
9.5.1 Drinking Water Tanker Drivers shall be given training on these Regulations within three
months of enforcement and annually thereafter.
9.5.2 A certificate shall be issued upon satisfactory completion of the training. The certificate
is valid for one year and a new certificate is issued upon attending the annual refresher
course.
9.5.3 The training shall be provided in a language understandable to the drivers.
Driver Health
9.5.4 Driving Water Tanker trucks is deemed as a ‘Safety Critical Job’. Drivers with serious
health conditions which may impair their driving ability or comprise their own or others’
safety are not eligible to operate Water Tankers.
9.5.5 Drivers whom are known, or suspected, to have a waterborne disease are prohibited
from handling Water until such time as they are issued with a clearance certificate by
the Health Authority.
Driver Safety
9.5.6 Without prejudice to the applicable traffic police safety requirements, all Water Tanker
trucks are to be equipped with a suitable fire extinguisher, warning triangle and first
aid kit.
9.5.7 As a minimum, the following Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) items shall be
available for use by the driver at all times:
(a) Safety shoes;
(c) Hard hat.
9.5.8 All reasonable care shall be taken whilst climbing on top of the Tanker to handle the
hatch or operate the Water nozzle.
9.5.9 The Tanker-mounted ladders must be used to climb up and down the Tanker.
9.5.10 Drivers must wear full body harnesses and attach the lifeline to the fall arrest systems
wherever those are being used on Tanker Filling Stations.

9.6.1 The safety and health of the public are paramount and should be observed at all times.
All necessary precautions and control measures shall be implemented to prevent
exposure of the public to hazards and ill health.
9.6.2 The Health Authorities shall make arrangements for:
(a) Promptly reporting cases of ill-health caused by, or suspected to have been
caused by, waterborne pathogens to the Bureau.
(b) Inviting the Bureau to participate in investigating outbreaks (or suspicion) of

waterborne illness cases.
(c) Coordinating and communicating with the Bureau any information pertaining to
monitoring, surveillance and/or investigation of waterborne illness outbreak (or
suspected) cases.
(d) Water Tanker Filling Stations shall have arrangements in place for:
(i) Adopting hygienic practices for handling Water for Non-drinking Water
use.
(ii) Only allowing road-worthy licensed Tankers to transport Water.
(iii) Reporting drivers who may be under the influence of alcohol or drugs to
the police.
(iv) Not allowing unwell drivers to handle Water.
(v) Prevention of unauthorised access to Tanker Filling Stations and
associated facilities.
(a) Establishing communication channels with the Health Authorities for receiving
reports on waterborne illness cases.
(b) Actively participating in investigating waterborne illness outbreak (or suspected)

cases.
(c) Taking appropriate remedial and preventative action to ensure the safety and
quality of tankered Water.
(d) Maintaining comprehensive records of waterborne illness outbreaks and

(e) Take legal action or apply punitive measures (as appropriate) against the Water
(f) The disinfection certification sticker shall be affixed to the Tanker truck at all
times.
(g) A record of the disinfection certificate shall be kept within the Tanker Filling
Station records.
(h) Copies of all documents, certificates, licenses etc. pertaining to Tankers and
drivers shall be stored on a centralised database which is to be accessible by the
BUREAU as well as the Tanker Filling Station personnel.
9.6.4 A log book detailing the following activities is to be maintained by the Tanker Drivers:
(a) The date, time and location of each occasion where the Tanker is filled;
(b) The date, time and location of each Water delivery;
(c) The volume of Water delivered to each location;
(d) The date and time when equipment was cleaned and sanitized;
(e) Water sample results.
9.6.5 Copies of incident details and investigation reports shall be maintained by the Bureau.
9.6.6 All records shall be kept for no less than five years.

9.7.1 In case of an earthquake or a chemical/radioactive spillage which may have affected
the Water supplied to the Tanker Filling Station, Water sampling and monitoring at the
Tanker Filling Station shall be undertaken to ascertain that no contamination has
occurred. The sampling time and frequency will have to be agreed with the Responsible
Entity and the Bureau.
9.7.2 Tankers which are not in use or may be polluted can be utilised to transport Water for
Non-drinking purposes in case of an emergency providing that appropriate steps to
clean and disinfect the Tanker in accordance with the World Health Organisation’s
Technical Guidance 3 – Cleaning and Disinfecting Water Storage Tanks and Tankers, as
updated.

9.8.1 The Responsible Entity shall advise the Bureau within two hours of it becoming aware
of an incident where the tankered drinking Water safety and/or quality has, or could
have, been compromised.
9.8.2 The Responsible Entity shall advise the Bureau within two hours should an incident
result in a Water supply disruption of more than four hours.
9.8.3 It is the responsibility of the Tanker Driver and/or owner to report at once, to the
police and Responsible Entity, incidents where Water safety and/or quality has, or
could have been compromised.
9.8.4 An investigation shall be carried out to ascertain the causes of all incidents, their
implications on Water quality/safety and measures to prevent recurrence. A Bureau’s
representative may attend these investigations.
9.8.5 If discharging contaminated Water for Non-drinking purposes is likely to pose risk to
people or the environment then measures shall be taken to render the Water safe prior
to doing so.

9.9.1 Health and safety Inspections, assessments or audits may be carried out by the
Bureau, or their nominated Consultants, on Tanker Discharge Points and Wastewater
Tankers at any time to verify compliance with applicable policies, procedures,
guidelines and statutory Regulations’ requirements.
9.9.2 Corrective and preventive actions recommended by inspectors, auditors or

investigators shall be carried out in reasonable time by the Duty Holder, Responsible
Person or Responsible Entity and verified by the initiator.
9.9.3 Statistical data pertaining to the following are to be collated by the Bureau on a
monthly basis:
(a) Number of collections of Wastewater;
(b) Quantity of Wastewater being transported;
(c) Number of Wastewater safety/quality Incidents reported;
(d) Number of Incidents on Tanker Discharge Points; and
(e) Number of waterborne illnesses reported by Tanker Drivers.

9.10.1 Drivers found to be in violation of these Regulations for the first time shall be issued
with a written warning.
9.10.2 Drivers found to be in violation of these Regulations within twelve (12) months of
receiving a warning shall have their training certificate revoked and will be re-trained.
1.1.6 Drivers who violate these Regulations for the second time within twelve (12) months of
receiving a warning shall have their training certificate revoked permanently and their
vehicle banned from being supplied at the Tanker Filling Stations

The Responsible Entity shall develop an automated tracking management plan, which fulfils the
following key criteria:
(a) Easy to use – not overly complex, user friendly and minimizes the amount of
training required;
(b) Adaptable – adaptable to a changing fleet size whether it increases or decreases
(c) Cost effective – fulfils the objectives of the tracking management system while
avoiding adding features that are unnecessary
(d) One size fits all – can be applied to the smallest and largest Tanker operators.

10.1.2 The plan shall have core futures, as a minimum, with a provision of additional features,
which may be added later, as required. These core and additional features are
described below.
10.1.3 The following core features are required for the automated tracking management plan:
(e) Distinction between Self Supply and Commercial Tankers;
(f) Alerts and Notifications;
(g) Tanker flow meter;
(h) Tanker level Sensor.
(d) Integration with Water Filling Management System.
10.2 Core Features

10.2.1 The core features which form the basis of the automated tracking management plan
and detailed requirements are described below.
Fleet Reporting
10.2.2 Fleet reporting is the tracking of daily, monthly and annual performance information of
the Tankers. Fleet reports allow the Responsible Entity to evaluate the overall Tanker
fleet and Tanker Driver activity. Detailed reports shall include information such as:
a) Tanker’s exact daily route;
b) Tanker trip reports;
c) Customer locations;
d) Deliveries completed;
e) Water supplied to Customer.
Real-Time Tracking
10.2.3 Real-time tracking using GPS and cellular systems shall transmit Tanker coordinates
and information to the control centre. It shall provide the Responsible Entity with the
ability to monitor the Tankers as they exit the Tanker Filling Station up to the point of
Customer delivery. Any unauthorized stops and discharges of Water shall be identified
immediately without delay giving the Responsible Entity the opportunity to respond
immediately, if required.

10.2.4 Tankers shall move along agreed routes within established zones. All zones shall have
assigned IDs and be linked to a specific Tanker Filling Station. The system shall record
any instances when the Tanker departs from the agreed route or zone whilst en-route
to the Customer. The system shall produce an alert when it happens and generate a
report. This zone system will also be used to log the number of Tankers that enter a
Water Filling Station.

10.2.5 Tankers shall be inspected at regular intervals, as specified in Table 10.1 below. The
status of Water Tankers shall be reflected in the tracking management plan and, if a
Tanker is due for an inspection, the system shall send an alert to notify this.
Table 10.1 - Inspection Schedule Wastewater Tankers.

Water Tanker Exterior Once every 6 months

Disinfection of Water Tanker Once every 6 months
Water Quality Sampling As agreed with Responsible Entity
Technical Inspection and Certification Annually
Water Quality Certification Annually

10.2.6 One of the core features of the system shall be the ability to distinguish between Self-
Supply and commercial Tankers.

10.2.7 Alerts and notifications shall be generated automatically to facilitate proper monitoring
and control of the Tankers by the Responsible Entities. Alerts shall be sent immediately
after an issue arises. The system shall be configured to include the following alerts:
(a) Geo-fencing: This is when the Tanker has entered and/or exited a specified
geographic boundary. Notifications can be received when the Tanker has
entered the boundary, the length of time the Tanker remained in the boundary
and the exit time. This is to identify when a Tanker Driver is driving to an
unspecified destination or is diverting from the intended route.
(b) Excess Idle: This is when the Tanker ignition is on, but the Tanker has not
moved after a specified time period.
(c) Long Stops: This is when a Tanker stops for a longer period of time than
specified.
(d) Late Arrival: This is when a Tanker should have arrived at a point, but has not.
(e) Discharge of Water: This is to notify when the driver is discharging Water from
the Tanker. This can help to identify unauthorized points of discharge.
(f) Unauthorized opening of inlet hatch: This is to notify when the driver is opening
the inlet hatch at a location other than an approved Water Filling Station.
(g) Inspection status: This is to keep track of inspection requirements. Sends an

alert when the Tanker is due for inspection.
Tanker Flow Meter

10.2.8 A calibrated Water flow meter shall be installed at the Tanker’s discharge to allow for
the measurement of the volume of Water provided to the Customer.
Tanker Level Sensor

1.1.1 A level sensor shall be installed in the Tanker to allow for the measurement of Water
level inside.

10.3.1 In addition to the core features, the following additional options shall be addressed in
the automated tracking management plan.
Call Centre
10.3.2 The role of the Call Centre is to allow for a centralized office which can receive
Customer orders and also dispatch an available Water Tanker to fulfil the demand. A
call centre will increase the efficiency in the business as Responsible Persons will be
able to register with the call centre and Customers will have a centralized location to
place orders. The information collected in the call centre will be used to maintain
records of operators, the number of Tankers, Customer details and the number of
deliveries.
Driver’s Behaviour and Safety

10.3.3 Monitoring Tanker Driver’s behaviour allows the Responsible Entity to identify good and
risky Driver behaviour. If required, risky Tanker Drivers can be given a warning. The
anticipated driver behaviour aspects which may be monitored include the following:
(c) Harsh cornering- forceful cornering or cornering too fast (may cause the Tanker
to capsize);
10.3.4 The above aspects of Tanker Driver’s behaviour can be an indicator of aggressive or
unsafe driving. Monitoring Tanker Driver’s behaviour enhances safety on the road and
reduces Risks and the likelihood of Tanker accidents.
10.3.5 Preventive Maintenance consists of scheduled servicing and Tanker repairs to prevent
problems and maximize Tanker availability. Preventive maintenance is used to
proactively avoid or reduce Tanker breakdowns and can be based on time, mileage,
engine hours, or fuel used. Preventive maintenance actions include oil change,
lubrication, adjustment, cleaning, Testing, repair and/or parts replacement. This
feature may be of benefit to the Responsible Person as it serves as a reminder to
service the Tankers and helps to ensure the Tankers are maintained in working
condition.
Integration with Wastewater Filling Management System

10.3.6 The ultimate goal is that the Tanker Filling Stations are equipped with automatic Water
filling management systems. In the event that this occurs, the tracking management
system and filling management system may be integrated. This will allow for central
management of all the Tankers and Tanker Filling Station operations.

(b) Flow meters
(c) Level Sensors;
(e) GPS satellite;
(f) Internet;
10.4.2 Each Tanker shall be equipped with a GPS tracking device, Water flow meter and a
level Sensor for each Tanker manhole or inlet.
Appendixes:
Appendix A Manual Procedure Filling Station to End Use (2 pages)
Appendix B Automated Water Filling Management System Configuration
Appendix C Automated Water Filling Management System Filling Procedure
Appendix D Tracking Management Plan System Configuration
Appendix E Entry Log (Sample)
Appendix F Quarterly Tanker Exterior Log (Sample)
Appendix G Annual Inspection Checklists by Distribution Company (Sample)
Appendix H Annual Inspection Checklists by Abu Dhabi Police (Sample)
Appendix I Indicative Dimensions of a Tanker
Appendix J Typical Shapes of the Tanker
Appendix K Tanker Tracking – How the System Works
Appendix L Tanker Driver Delivery Log (Sample)
Appendix M General Arrangement for the Filling Station (Sample)
Appendix A: Manual Procedure Filling Station to

End Use (Page 1of 2)
Appendix A: (Page 2 of 2)
Appendix B: Automated Water Filling

Management System Configuration
Appendix C: Automated Water Filling

Management System Filling Procedure
Appendix D: Tracking Management Plan System

Configuration
Appendix E – Entry Log (Sample) by Distribution

Company
Date Time Tanker Tanker Permit Capacity Trip Number

of Plate Account
Owner Number
Entry Number Number (Gallons)
Name
The Entry Log is used at the entry of the Filling Station to document the Tanker
details.
The Account Number column applies to Filling Stations which have an automated
pre-paid billing system.
THE REGULATION AND SUPERVISION BUREAU EP/xxx/…

Guide to Tankering Regulations (Non-Drinking Water) May 2017
Page 78 of 95
Appendix F – Quarterly Tanker Exterior Log

(Sample)
Date of Inspector Tanker Tanker Tanker Status of Corrective Tanker Completed

Inspection Name License Operator Permit Inspection( Actions Operator (Yes/No)
Plate Pass/Fail) (Yes/No) Notified
(Yes/No)

Page 79 of 95
Appendix G: Annual Inspection Checklists (Sample)

by Distribution Company
General
1 Owner’s Name: ……………………………………………………………
2 Address : ………………………………………………………………
3 Telephone Nos.: ……………………………………………………………
4 Vehicle Registration No.: ……………………………………………………
Usage of Tanker
5 Is the Tanker being used for transport of Non-drinking Water only?
If yes, provide details:……………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………..……………………………………………………
9 Are the components and all interior spaces of the Tank readily accessible for Yes/No
cleaning / maintenance?
10 Material of the Tank (At the first registration – Check the manufacturer’s
………………
certification/specification)
11 Material of internal coating (if the Tank is not stainless steel) (At the first registration –
………………
Check the manufacturer’s certification /specification)
12 Is the condition of the internal coating satisfactory? Yes/No

13 Are the sizes of the manholes sufficient for access into the Tank? Yes/No
(At the first registration- Should be minimum 400 mm x 500 mm oval or 450 mm circular)

15 Are the seals of openings and hatches clean and free of cracks or other physical
wear? Yes/No

Page 80 of 95
16 Are the outlets of Tanks provided with acceptable quality valves? Yes/No
19 Are the air vents provided on top of the Tank? (At the first registration) Yes/No
20 Are the air vents provided with suitable protection from contamination? Yes/No
21 Is a drain provided to empty the Tank? Yes/No
23 Are a sufficient number of baffles provided inside the Tank? Yes/No

24 Is the material of baffles same as the Tank?

Yes/No
(At the first registration – Check the manufacturer’s certification /specification)
25 Are the baffles provided with walk-through access? Yes/No

26 Is a ladder provided satisfactorily with non-slip rungs? Yes/No

27 Is a walkway provided satisfactorily with non-slip material? Yes/No
Pump and Accessories
29 Is the material of manufacture of pump acceptable? Yes/No
30 Is the pump lubricated with food grade lubricant? Yes/No

36 Are the hoses stowed in a covered compartment or mounted suitably on a hose Yes/No
reel?
37 Are the hoses marked properly with the wording “Non-drinking Water only”? Yes/No
38 Is the exterior of the Tanker painted well in white paint or unpainted Yes/No
pg. 81
Stainless steel surface?

39 Is a 20 cm high Green colour strip present on both sides and on rear? Yes/No
40 Are two 20 cm high white colour luminous paint strips present on the rear of the Yes/No
Tank, on either side of the Green strip?
41 Is the required text present (“Drinking Water” in Arabic & English on both sides Yes/No
and rear) on the Tank in correct size of lettering and colour?
42 Is the capacity of the Tank marked on both sides of the Tanker in litres? (to the Yes/No
nearest 100 litres, in Green colour letters 5 cm high)
43 Are the required details of the Tanker Operator (Name, address, telephone Yes/No
number) marked on both sides of the cabin?
44 Is the pictorial symbol present on both side of the Tank? Yes/No
45 Is the pictorial symbol marked as specified, in correct colour and to correct Yes/No
dimensions?
Safety Requirements
symbol
46 Are the safety markings (yellow and black strips) provided on the Tanker as
marked Yes/No
required?
as
47 Are the amber beacon lights on the Tanker (on the cabin and on the Tanker)
specified, Yes/No
present and in working order?
in
48 Is an automatically activated back up alarm provided to the Tanker?
correct Yes/No
color
Comments:
and
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
Instructions provided to the Responsible Person:

……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
Whether Tanker is approved/not approved for operation: Approved/ Not

approved

………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
Date of Inspection:
………………………………………..
Signature of the Inspector:
………………………………
Distribution Company: ADDC/AADC
===================================================
Signature of the Tanker Driver:
…………………………………..
Date: ……………………………
THE REGULATION AND SUPERVISION BUREAU

Guide to Tankering Regulations (Non-Drinking Water) 2017
Page 83 of 95
Appendix H - Annual Inspection Checklist by Abu

Dhabi Police
______________________________________________________________________
(Based on the current checklist used by the Abu Dhabi Police)

Page 84 of 95
Appendix I - Indicative Dimensions of a Tanker
Tanker Capacity
Litres Height – H mm Width – W mm Length – L mm No. of baffles
(Gallons)
3400 (750) 800 1700 3330 2
4500 (1000) 1000 1800 3360 2
8200 (1800) 2125 1100 4600 3
9000 (2000) 1105 2120 5220 4
13600 (3000) 1250 2300 6340 4
16000 (3500) 1400 2400 6340 4
20500 (4500) 1750 2480 6270 4
27300 (6000) 1620 2600 8600 6
36400 (8000) 1620 2600 11000 8
Note: The above dimensions are based on information obtained from some manufacturers and are indicative only

Page 85 of 95
Appendix J - Typical Shapes of the Tanker

Page 86 of 95
Appendix K – Tanker Tracking: How the System

Works
 How the System Works
The following section explains the system configuration and communication

structure.
 The core of the fleet system structure is the GPS device, satellites, links, mobile
towers and the fleet management software.
 Prior to equipping the Tankers with a GPS device, the device will be configured by
the entity overseeing the fleet operations. Each device will have a unique ID specific
to the Tanker operator company and the Tanker itself.
 Prior to connecting the GPS device to the control centre, the device must be
registered with the entity overseeing the fleet operations. This entity will be able to
add, update and delete GPS tracking devices configured in the system through a
web-based interface.
 This entity can only add a new GPS to the system if there is a Tanker that is not
currently assigned. Once a device has been added to the system, it will be assigned
to a Tanker and automatically assigned a unique device identifier. This ID will be
used in the initial configuration of the GPS hardware.
 The GPS devices registered in the tracking management system can be modified or
deleted by the responsible entity. Through the web-based interface, the entity can
change which Tanker a GPS device is assigned to, or completely remove the device
from the system if required. Once a GPS device has been removed from the
system, the unique device identifier is no longer valid. Any GPS hardware
configured with this ID will no longer report back to the central fleet management
system.
 Once the GPS device has been configured it will be installed to the Tanker.
 The Water Tanker is equipped with a dual antenna GPS / GSM device with voice and
data capabilities. The position of the Tanker is known through the GPS satellite.
 The flow meter is fitted to the Tanker which quantifies the volume of Water
discharged from the outlet and provided to a Customer. The flow meter may be a
mechanical or electromagnetic flow meter.

Page 87 of 95
 The flow meter will interface with the system through a serial port which will
transmit information to the dual antenna GPS / GSM device.
 In addition to the GPS device and flow meter, each Tanker will be fitted with a
sensor on each filling inlet. The sensor on the filling inlet detects when the inlet
hatch has been opened. The inlet sensor will communicate through a wire with the
dual antenna GPS / GSM device. The dual antenna will communicate all this data to
the Mobile Tower through a satellite / mobile link.
 The Mobile Tower will communicate to the service provider (such as Etisalat or Du)
and a dedicated link will be provided to the Central Control Center.
 The control centre will consist of a central server with a computer which is equipped
with the fleet software. The fleet tracking information can then be accessed 24
hours a day through the software installed on the computer.
 For ease of viewing and monitoring, the computer will be connected to a large
monitoring display whereby the entire fleet may be viewed and tracked live.
 The server, computer and monitoring display are housed in the control centre.
 The central control centre will receive the information from the Tanker along with
the flow meter and sensor data.
 From the central control centre an internet link will be provided to provide access to
users at other locations. This is to allow for system access from other locations. The
access will be through a web based interface whereby the authorized personnel are
provided a password to login to a location on the internet where they can view the
system operations as necessary.
The Appendix D illustrates the overall system configuration.
 How the System Works – Distinction between Self Supply and

Commercial Tankers
The system will make this distinction through the following method:
 As part of the certification process with the Responsible Entity, the Responsible
Person shall also specify the use of the Tanker- whether it will be used for self-
supply or for commercial purposes.
 If the Tanker is for self-supply purposes, the Responsible Person shall provide the
locations where the Water will be discharged. A sample form to be completed by

Page 88 of 95
the self-supply owner specifying the locations of discharge and shall be submitted
to the Responsible Entity is included in Appendix L.
 Upon obtaining the approval from the Responsible Entity for self-supply or
commercial purposes, and as part of the tracking management system set-up, the
type of Tanker will be inputted into the system.
 The GPS device, along with its unique ID, will be assigned a usage- self supply or
commercial.
 For self-supply individuals different parameters in tracking will apply. For self-
supply Tankers, the locations where the Water will be discharged will be inputted
into the tracking system and assigned a Zone with a boundary. The locations will be
obtained from the form included in Appendix L. The only locations permitted for
self-supply are those approved by the Responsible Entity. Any supply of Water
elsewhere will result in a system alert to the tracking management control centre
and action may be taken by the relevant authorities accordingly.
 If and when the self-supply owner requires changing the location of supply and/or
adding new locations, the self-supply owner shall complete the self-supply form
(Appendix L) and obtain the approval of the Responsible Entity first. Following
approval of the Responsible Entity, the tracking system will be updated to include
the revised and/or new locations.
 How the System Works - Filling of Water
 As part of the system configuration and prior to operation, all the authorized Non-
drinking Water Filling Stations in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Western Region will be
plotted and stored in the fleet system.
 Each filling station will be assigned a Zone with a boundary. The data can be
retrieved for each Zone through the system.
 The Filling Stations are the only points in which filling of Water will be allowed.
 The filling inlet should only be opened at the Filling Station and must remain closed
at all other times. If the inlet hatch is opened at any other location, an alert and
notification will be sent to the system. This will help to inform if the Tanker Driver is
engaging in unauthorized use of the Tanker, such as filling the Tanker with Non-
drinking Water. Along with the alert, the Tanker ID and Tanker Driver will be
identified and action can be taken accordingly.
 How the System Works - Tanker Tracking
 The Tanker tracking commences as soon as the GPS device is installed to the

Page 89 of 95
Tanker and configured to the system. The fleet management system will track the
Tanker from the Filling Station to the Customer. An example of how the Tanker
tracking will operate is provided below:
 A Non-drinking Water Tanker enters a designated filling station. Upon entry the
fleet management system will track the Tanker, the capacity, along with the time
and the date of entry.
o The figure below illustrates the information recorded upon entry to the Filling
Station (Zone).

Page 90 of 95
 The Tanker Driver will then fill up the Tanker up to its full capacity with Water. The
Tanker Driver will then exit the Tanker Filling Station and proceed to the Customer
destination.
 While en-route to the destination the tracking system is still working and the
 The figure below illustrates the information recorded when the Tanker is outside of
the Filling Station.
 Later in the trip, the Tanker Driver decides to make an unauthorized stop at an

Page 91 of 95
unknown location prior to arriving at the Customer location. The system will receive
an alert notifying the Fleet Manager of the unauthorized stop.
 The system will be configured to monitor the length of the stop. If it is for a few
minutes and the inlet has not been opened and the discharge valve has not been
activated, the fleet manager may decide to dismiss this alert.
 However, if the discharge valve is opened and Water is off loaded, another alert will
be sent to the system. The Fleet Manager will then be aware that an unauthorized
stop has been made and the Tanker driver is discharging Water. The latitude and
longitude coordinates of this unauthorized location will be recorded electronically in
the fleet system. The Fleet Manager may then decide to take action.
 Meanwhile, the Tanker Driver off loads 1,000 gallons of Water at an unknown
location. The system is alerted and records the location of off-loading and the
volume of Water dispensed. After off-loading, the Tanker Driver returns to the
Tanker and continues driving to the Customer destination. The Tanker Driver
arrives at the Customer location.
 The Tanker Driver is late. An alert is sent to the fleet system indicating a late
arrival.
 The Tanker Driver then commences with off-loading the Water to the Customer.
The Tanker is equipped with a flow meter. As the valve is opened the flow meter is
triggered and begins monitoring the flow being discharged. The monitoring will
continue until either the Tanker valve is closed or the flow stops for a configurable
period of time (such as 1 minute). Once the discharge of the Water stops, the flow
device will produce an electronic record. The record will include the volume of flow,
date, time, and latitude and longitude coordinates.
 The flow meter is equipped with a digital display which indicates only 4,000 gallons
of Water have been provided to the Customer and not the requested 5,000 gallons
as the Tanker Driver discharged 1,000 gallons of Water at an earlier stop. The
Customer will be aware they have been provided 4,000 gallons by the display
reading on the flow meter and will be charged accordingly.
 This information is then transmitted back to the control centre for reporting. The
Fleet Manager will be able to view all the discharge locations and volume of
discharge for each Tanker. The Fleet Manager will also be able to view this
information for the unauthorized stop the driver made earlier.
 The figure below illustrates the information captured during off-loading.

Page 92 of 95
The above is an example of the information captured by the system from the Filling
Station to Customer delivery.
 How the System Works - Tanker Inspection Tracking
The Tanker inspection tracking has been included in the tracking management plan to
ensure the Tankers are undertaking all the proper inspections and disinfections and to
allow for the Responsible Entity to have an electronic mechanism to maintain this
information.
 This feature may be added to the fleet management system first by inputting the
requirements into the system.
 The type of inspection along with the frequency of the inspection will be inputted
into the system.
 Next, following successful completion of the inspection and disinfection of the

Tanker, the Responsible Entity personnel make an entry to the system. The entry
by the personnel will include the Tanker license plate number.

Page 93 of 95
Appendix L – Tanker Driver Delivery Log (Sample)
Customer Volume of
Date of Time of Customer Customer Customer
Phone Water
Delivery Delivery Name Location Signature
Number Supplied

Page 94 of 95
Appendix M – General Arrangement for the

Filling Station (Sample)

Page 95 of 95
Annex E - Guide to Tankering Regulations
(Wastewater)

KR EC/T03/103 1.0 31 May 2017 DG
Page 19 of 19
Guide to Tankering Regulations
(Wastewater) 2017
Issued by
www.rsb.gov.ae
31 May 2017
1st Counsultation Docuemnt
Foreword
The Bureau issued the Tankering Regulations which provide the regulatory framework for
Tankering Drinking Water, Non-Drinking Water and Wastewater.
The Guide to Tankering Regulations (Wastewater) is issued by the Bureau in support of

the Tankering Regulations. It has been developed to put in place Wastewater Tankering
requirements and guidelines to ensure that Wastewater is collected, transported and
discharged in a safe, economic and efficient way.
This Guide details the regulatory requirements for all those involved in collecting
Wastewater from Customer by Tankers.
Acknowledgements
stakeholders in the development of this Guide to Wastewater Water Regulations. The
support:

(x) Musanada
The Guide to Tankering Regulations (Wastewater) 2017 (Revision 0.0) Page 2 of 76

List of revisions

Contents
1. Introduction .........................................................................7
1.2 Applicability .................................................................................... 7
1.3 Purpose.......................................................................................... 7
1.4 Scope ............................................................................................ 7
1.6 Other references .............................................................................. 9
2. Definitions ......................................................................... 11
2.1 Interpretation ................................................................................. 11
2.2 Definitions ..................................................................................... 11
2.3 Abbreviations.................................................................................. 15
2.4 Units ............................................................................................ 15

3.1 Tanker Discharge Points’ Area Entry ....................................................... 16
3.2 Tanker Discharge Points’ Area Exit ........................................................ 16
3.3 Handling ....................................................................................... 16
3.4 Wastewater Collection Points’ Area Entry ................................................ 16
3.5 Wastewater Collection Points’ Area Exit .................................................. 16
3.7 Cleaning ........................................................................................ 16

5.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 20

6. Wastewater Tankering Guidance ............................................. 26

6.1 General......................................................................................... 26
6.2 Wastewater Discharge Point’s Area Entry Guidance..................................... 26
6.4 Collection Guidance .......................................................................... 28
6.5 Discharge Guidance .......................................................................... 28
6.6 Wastewater Discharge Points’ Area Exit Guidance ...................................... 29
6.7 Operation and Maintenance Guidance for Tanker Discharge Points’ Area. .......... 29
6.8 Operation Operation and Maintenance Guidance for Tanker Filling Stations. ....... 30
7. Automated Wastewater Discharge Management System .......... 32

8. Technical Requirements for Wastewater Water Tankers. .................. 36

8.1 Objectives ..................................................................................... 36
8.3 Usage ........................................................................................... 37
8.4 Registration for Wastewater Tanker ..................................................... 37
8.6 General Requirements for Wastewater Tanker .......................................... 38
8.7 Technical Requirements of Wastewater Tanker ......................................... 39
8.11 Tanker Safety Requirements ................................................................ 46

9.1 Purpose......................................................................................... 47
9.2 Scope ........................................................................................... 47
9.3 Tanker Discharge Points’ Areas ............................................................. 47
9.4 Tankers ......................................................................................... 50
9.5 Drivers .......................................................................................... 51
9.8 Incident Management..................................................................... 53

9.9 Performance Monitoring .................................................................. 54

9.10 Punitive Actions............................................................................. 54

10.3 Core Features ................................................................................. 55
Appendix A - Tracking Management Plan System Configuration .................. 61
Appendix B – Entry Log (Sample) by Abu Dhabi Sewerage Service Company

(ADSSC)............................................................................. 62
Appendix C – Quarterly Tanker Exterior Inspection Log (Sample) ................ 63
Appendix D: Annual Inspection Checklists (Sample) by ADSSC .................... 64
Appendix E - Annual Inspection Checklist by Abu Dhabi Police ................... 68
Appendix F - Indicative Dimensions of a Tanker .................................... 69
Appendix G - Typical Shapes of the Tanker .......................................... 70
Appendix H – Tanker Tracking: How the System Works ............................ 71
Appendix I – Tanker Driver Delivery Log (Sample) .................................. 76

1. Introduction
1.1.1 This Guide shall be cited as the Guide to Tankering Regulations (Wastewater).
1.1.2 This Guide comes into force on 1st January 2018.
as amended, to complement the Tankering Regulations.
1.2 Applicability
1.2.1 This Guide is applicable to Wastewater Tankering only.
1.2.2 In accordance with the Tankering Regulations, the Responsible Entity for
Wastewater Tankering is Abu Sewerage Services Company (ADSSC).
1.3 Purpose
1.3.1 This Document (Guide to Tankering Regulations (Wastewater)) provides
guidance in support of the Tankering Regulations.
1.3.2 The purpose of this Guide is to provide guidelines for the Responsible Entity,
Responsible Person, Customers, Tanker Drivers, authorities and other
stakeholders in understanding the requirements stipulated under Tankering
Regulations for a sound, reliable and safe collection, handling and Discharge of
Wastewater by Tankers. The Wastewater is collected from Customers’ premises
that are not connected to the sewerage network of Abu Dhabi Sewerage
Services Company and discharged at designated Wastewater Discharge Points.
1.3.3 The regulatory requirements and guidelines are intended to improve and raise
the level of awareness and standards of Wastewater collection activities by
approved Tankers and qualified Tanker Drivers, to ensure that Customer’s
health and the environment are protected.
1.3.4 The Guide aims to ensure compliance with applicable international and national
standards and Good Industry Practice.
1.4 Scope
1.4.1 This Guide applies to Responsible Entities, Responsible Persons and Customers
in respect of any activities related to collecting Wastewater by Tankers from
Customers and Discharge it to Wastewater Discharge Points which are normally
adjacent to the Wastewater Treatment Works or Pumping Stations designed to
receive water-borne wastes.
1.4.2 This Guide covers Wastewater Collection Points, Wastewater Tankers,

Wastewater Discharge Points, Health & Safety and Tankering management.
1.4.3 Specifically the Guide covers the following aspects of Tankering:

a) Technical requirements for Wastewater Collection Points;
b) Technical requirements for Wastewater Discharge Points;

c) Technical requirements for Wastewater Tankers;

d) Collecting and Discharge of Wastewater;
e) Operation and maintenance;
f) Sampling and Testing of Tankered Wastewater;
g) Cleaning of Wastewater Tankers;
h) Environment, health & safety;
i) Qualification and registration of Tankers;
j) Qualification of Tanker Drivers; and
k) Roles and responsibilities of parties involved.
1.4.4 The scope of this Guide does not include any Wastewater pre-treatment
requirements before Discharge.
a) UAE Federal Law No (24) of 1999 for the Protection and Development
of the Environment and its executive orders.
b) Law No. (2) of 1998 Concerning the Regulation of the Water And
Electricity Sector (as amended).
c) Law No (21) of 2005 for Waste Management in the Emirate of Abu
Dhabi;
d) Abu Dhabi Occupational Safety and Health System Framework
(OSHAD-SF) Manual, version3.0, July 2016.
e) Electricity and Water (Licence Exemption) Order No 1 of 2012;
f) The Uniform Plumbing Code of Abu Dhabi (EAD);
g) UAE.S/GSO 2025 Motor Vehicles – Requirements in Tankers for
Transportation of Drinking Water.
consultation with Abu Dhabi Sewerage Services Company, Distribution
Companies, Municipalities, Responsible Person, Authorities, and any other party
affected, and will publish reprints accordingly.

Dhabi
The Recycled Water and Bio-solids Regulations (issued by the Bureau)

1.5.1 The Recycled Water and Bio-solids Regulations establish the legal framework for
the safe and efficient disposal of recycled water and bio-solids in the Emirate of
Abu Dhabi.
Wastewater Flow Monitoring Code of Practice-First Edition (issued by the

Bureau)
1.5.2 The Wastewater Flow Monitoring Code of Practice has been issued by the Bureau
in accordance with its duties under Article 55 of Law No (2) of 1998, as
amended.
1.5.3 The objective of the Code is to ensure sewerage services licensees’ Wastewater
flow monitoring activities are conducted in an appropriate and consistent
manner, and to give stakeholders confidence in the quality and accuracy of the
sector’s flow data.

Trade Effluent Control Regulations (issued by the Bureau)

1.5.4 These regulations are issued pursuant to Article (62) of Law No (2) of 1998, as
amended, and establish a framework for the safe and economic collection,
treatment and disposal of trade effluent in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi. Trade
effluent is the non-domestic wastewater discharged by industrial and
commercial premises.
1.5.5 The Trade Effluent regulations require any entity intending to discharge Trade
Effluent to a sewerage system to apply for and receive a Consent from the
Collection Licensee for that system. The Consent will define the permitted
composition and quantity of the discharge and the regulations empowers
sewerage service Licensees to enforce compliance with the Consent through
Inspection and monitoring activities.
Code of Practice for low-Risk Trade Efﬂuent discharges from restaurants and
cafes (issued by the Bureau)
1.5.6 This Code of Practice defines the minimum requirements for managing low Risk
Trade Effluent discharges and the roles and responsibilities of the Wastewater
collection Licensees and the customers who make low Risk Trade Effluent
discharges.
Code of Practice for low-Risk Trade Effluent discharges from vehicle-washes

(issued by the Bureau)
1.5.7 This Code defines the management requirements for controlling low-Risk Trade
Effluent generated by vehicle-washes and includes guidance on good practice for
Collection Licensees and vehicle-wash operators.
Code of Practice for low-Risk Trade Efﬂuent discharges from laundry services
(issued by the Bureau)
1.5.8 This Code of Practice defines the minimum requirements for managing low Risk
Trade Effluent discharges and the roles responsibilities of Wastewater collection
Licensees and the customers who make low Risk Trade Effluent discharges.
Abu Dhabi International Property Maintenance Code (issued by DMAT)

1.5.9 The Abu Dhabi International Property Maintenance Code provides guidance on
the maintenance of buildings within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.


a) ISO 17025 Laboratory Competence Quality Management System.
b) ISO 5667 – Water Quality Sampling.

c) Microbial Agents Associated with Waterborne Diseases, 2002.

d) OSHAD SF Regulatory Framework.
e) RSB Guidance note: Laboratory testing Recycled Water and Bio-
solids Regulations 2010.
f) RSB, The Incident Reporting Regulations, latest edition.
g) Standard for Transportation of Sewage – Government of Yukon,
Health and Social Services Department, Canada.
h) UAE.S/GSO 2025: 2010 Motor Vehicles – Requirements in Tankers
for Transportation of Drinking Water by Standardization Organization
for G.C.C (GSO), published by ESMA.
i) UAE.S/GSO 159: 1993 Motor Vehicles – Dimensions and Weights ()
by Standardization Organization for G.C.C (GSO), published by
ESMA.
j) UAE.S/GSO 42: 2003 Motor Vehicles - General Requirements by
k) UAE.S/GSO 971/1997 Motor Vehicles – Periodic Technical Inspection
Manual, by Standardization Organization for G.C.C (GSO), published
by ESMA.
l) WHO. 2006. Guidelines for the safe use of Wastewater, excreta and
greywater in Aquaculture. Vol III.

2. Definitions
2.1 Interpretation
in:
(a) Law No (2);
(b) The Water Supply Regulations shall have the meanings ascribed to them
in those Regulations;
(c) Recycled Water and Bio-solids Regulations, shall have the meanings
ascribed to them in those Regulations;
(d) Guide to the Trade Effluent and Control Regulations, shall have the
meanings ascribed to them in those Regulations; and
(e) Trade Effluent Control Regulations, shall have the meanings ascribed to
them in those Regulations.
singular.
2.2 Definitions
Accredited Laboratory or Accredited Testing Company – a laboratory or water
Testing company or organization that operates under ISO 17025 and is licenced in the
Emirate of Abu Dhabi to conduct Testing of wastewater samples, and is accredited by the
relevant authorities to conduct such operations.
Bureau – the Regulation and Supervision Bureau for the water, wastewater and
Cesspit or Cesspit Tank – means an underground wastewater holding tank (sealed at

the bottom).
Cleaning – the act of removing dirt, sediment, Sludge, algae or any other contaminants
from a Tank for the purpose of restoring or maintaining hygienic conditions.
Contamination – Includes any alteration in chemical or biological quality of water due

Contractor – Any person, group of people or entity which provides goods or services to
the Discharge Point’s area or Tankers under terms specified in a contract or similar
arrangement and includes all sub-contracted activities and consultancy services.
Collecting Hose – means the hose used by the Tanker Driver at the customer collection
point to empty the Cesspit.
Customer – the Person from whom the Responsible Person collects Wastewater by
Tanker.

biological agents.
Disinfection – the act of applying Disinfectant to Wastewater Tankers for the purpose of
inactivating bacterial and micro-biological agents.
Discharge – the act of Discharge Wastewater from the Tanker to the Wastewater
Discharge Point.
Discharge Hose – means a hose used by the Tanker Driver to discharge Wastewater to
the Wastewater Discharge Point.
Discharge Point – means designated point for Discharge the Wastewater from the
Tanker.
Discharge Point Bay – means designated space in which the Tanker is parked while
Discharge the Wastewater.
Duty Holder – means operational staff, owners, drivers, Contractors, visitors to

Discharge Point(s) areas.
circumstances.
Guide – this Guide to Tankering Regulations (Wastewater) issued by the Bureau, and as
amended, substituted or supplemented by the Bureau from time to time.
with a work-related activity.
Inspection – the act of visual evaluation of the external and internal condition of a
Wastewater Tank and auxiliary equipment to confirm their fitness for purpose.
Inspection Companies – companies licensed and engaged to conduct Inspections

(visual or otherwise), as well as Sampling and Testing of the Wastewater collected by
the Wastewater Tanker from the Customer.
Key ID – A device with built-in identification mechanisms.
Sector in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi and Law No (17) of 2005 concerning the
establishment of ADSSC, as amended.
Framework
Permit – means the permission issued by the Responsible Entity that a Tanker is
allowed to collect and discharge Wastewater at designated locations.

Person – means individual, corporate body, partnership, person or other entity having
Wastewater Collection and Discharge Management System.
Prohibited Waste – any material defined in Schedule A of the Guide to Trade Effluent
Control Regulations.
property, endangers life and health, or is offensive. In a recycled water and Wastewater
context a public nuisance could be an odour emission; a recycled water and Wastewater
flooding; a noise or the attraction of vermin and insects.
Recycled Water – treated liquid effluent produced by a Wastewater Treatment System

Recycled Water and Bio-solids Regulations – means the Recycled Water and Bio-
solids Regulations issued by the Regulation and Supervision Bureau pursuant to Article
(62) of Law No (2) of 1998, as amended.
Responsible Entity – means the Abu Dhabi Sewerage Services Company.

Restricted Substance – a substance defined in Schedule B of the Trade Effluent

Control Regulations.
Risk – The probability that a Hazard will result in injury, damage or loss, with definable
consequences.
Reuse – the release to the environment or recycling of Recycled Water for the benefit of
the environment or general public.
Sampling – the act of collecting a small amount of Wastewater from a Discharge Points
for the purpose of representing the whole.
Self-Service – means Tankering for self-use; such an activity is designated as “Not For
Sale” and cannot be used for commercial purposes..
Sensor – means a detector which receives and responds to a configured signal, such as
detecting when the Tanker discharge opening is opened and closed.
Tanker(s) – is a collective name for Wastewater Tankers.
Tankering – means collection of Wastewater by a Tanker.

Tanker Fittings – mean pipes, pipe fittings, meters, sensors, probes and pumps
mounted on the Tanker to facilitate collecting and discharge of the load.
Testing – the act of analysing a Wastewater sample taken from Discharge Points,
Tankers and Customer Cesspits or Collection Points for the purpose of determining the
level of specified contaminants or parameters.
Trade Effluent – any Wastewater discharged to a Sewerage System which is produced

in the course of any industrial, commercial, agricultural, medical, and scientific or trade
activity, but does not include domestic Wastewater.
Trade Effluent Control Regulations – – means the Trade Effluent Control Regulations
issued by the Regulation and Supervision Bureau pursuant to Article (62) of Law No (2)
of 1998, as amended.
Treatment System – a system consisting, wholly or mainly, of pipes, pumping stations,

Tankers and other plant and equipment that is owned, or operated, by a Licensee and
used for Wastewater treatment.
Wastewater – the water-borne waste generated by any domestic, commercial or

industrial activity including grey water and Trade Effluent.
Wastewater Collection Point – means a point which is normally adjacent to the

Customer Premises from where the Tanker collects water-borne wastes.
Wastewater Discharge Point or Discharge Point – means a point which is normally

adjacent to the Wastewater Treatment Works or Pumping Stations designed to receive
water-borne wastes from Wastewater Tankers.
Wastewater Discharge Management System – Automated system to manage the

Wastewater at the Wastewater Discharge Points. Quantifies the volume of Wastewater
discharged to each Wastewater Discharge Point and assesses Wastewater basic quality
parameters.
Wastewater Fitting – means pipes, pipe fittings, joints, valves, back-flow prevention
devices and includes the Customer’s Cesspits and Wastewater Discharge Points. Without
limiting the foregoing, Wastewater Fitting shall include a pump, meter or any other
relevant fittings required to facilitate the connection arrangement to the Wastewater
Discharge Points.
Wastewater Meter – means a device used for measurement of Wastewater flow or

volume which is either read manually or recorded remotely.
Wastewater Tankering – the physical transport of Wastewater by a Tanker from

approved Cesspits and other Wastewater Collection Points to dedicated Wastewater
Discharge Points.
Wastewater Tanker – means a road vehicle licensed by the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic
and Licensing Department following certification of the Tanker by ADSSC for the
purposes of collecting and transporting Wastewater from designated customers’ Cesspits
and other Wastewater Collection Points to Wastewater Discharge Points.
Wastewater Tank – means a part of a Tanker containing Wastewater.

2.3 Abbreviations
2.4 Units
l litre
IG imperial gallon
m metre
mᵌ cubic metre
ml millilitre


3.1 Tanker Discharge Points’ Area Entry
3.1.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity that involves entry of a Wastewater
Tanker inside the designated Discharge Points’ Area of Abu Dhabi Sewerage
Services Company.
3.1.2 This section provides Discharge Points’ Area entry guidelines to ensure that only
authorised Wastewater Tankers are permitted to enter to the Discharge Points’
Area and that information on the Tankers entering the area is recorded.
3.2 Tanker Discharge Points’ Area Exit

3.2.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity which involves exit of a Wastewater
Tanker from a Tanker Discharge Points’ Area.
3.3 Handling
3.3.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity related to handling of Wastewater i.e.
collecting, transporting and Discharge it in a way to prevent infection of
personnel in contact with the Wastewater and the creation of Public Nuisance.
3.4 Wastewater Collection Points’ Area Entry

3.4.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity which involves entry of a Wastewater
Tanker inside designated Customer’s area containing the Cesspits and Collection
Points.
3.5 Wastewater Collection Points’ Area Exit

3.5.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity which involves exit of a Wastewater
Tanker from a designated Customer’s area containing the Cesspits and
Collection Points.

of the Tanker Discharge Points’ Area and Tankers.
3.7 Cleaning
3.7.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity related to the Cleaning of Wastewater
Tanker .

3.8.1 This Guide is applicable to any activity related to the collection of Wastewater by
Tankers in emergency situations.


occurred where the tankered Wastewater poses a danger to the public or the
environment.


of a Wastewater Tanker.


Table 4.1 below:
Other Relevant
Tanker Driver
Responsible
Responsible
The Bureau
Authorities
Customer
Responsibilities
AD Police
Sr
Person
Entity
Gov.
DED
1 Ensuring compliance with the Tankering Regulations    
2 Revising the Tankering Regulations as may be required 
3 Setting the general regulation principles for Tankering Services Tariffs and 
Tankering Management Charges
4 Issuing derogations or consents for relaxation from requirements under 
Tankering Regulations
5 Implementing Tankering Regulations;    
6 Permitting and Certifying Tankers 
7 Control of Tankers’ movement 
8 Maintaining a current register of Tankers 
9 Administrative control over the Tankering fleet management 
10 Managing Tanker Wastewater Discharge Points 
11 Appointing and maintaining a register of qualified inspectors to perform 
regular compliance inspections of all Tankers
12 Ensuring any non-compliance is appropriately addressed 
13 Inspecting and auditing Tankers and Tanker Drivers  
14 Providing annual inspection reports to the Bureau 
15 Offering a contract for Tankering services 
16 Billing and collection of fees as may be appropriate 
17 Providing the appropriate Wastewater fittings at the Wastewater Discharge 
Points
18 Providing appropriate training for all related operators 
19 Developing standard CoP, SOPs and QC Manuals 
20 Developing and maintaining a computerized Fleet Maintenance Management 
System
21 Obtain ISO 9001 certification for their operation and collection of 
wastewater
22 Providing Third Party Audits for compliance with the SOPs. 
23 Enforce the Inspection and test Procedures for Tankers.  
24 Issuing the relevant licences and exemptions for Wastewater collection and 
discharge activities via Tankers (Commercial Tankering will be subject to
licensing by the Bureau)
25 Registering of Tankers  
26 Licensing of trade/commercial activities 
27 Permitting environmental activities 
28 Providing and maintaining Tankers which meet technical requirements 
29 Ensuring Tankers are operated by suitably qualified and competent Tanker  
Drivers
30 Providing information to the Responsible Entity as may be required 
31 Ensuring that Tankers for self-supply (labelled “Not For Sale”) are not used  
for commercial purposes
32 Fulfilling contractual matters/obligations 
33 Following approved SOP and QC Manual 
34 Maintaining hygiene program for Tankers 
35 Arranging for regular Third Party audits. 
36 Following the traffic rules 
37 Delivering Tankering services in line with the stipulation of the Tankering 
Regulations and the Guide.
38 Avoiding spillage of Wastewater  
39 Protecting the environment from pollution  
40 Providing appropriate Wastewater Fittings at the Wastewater collection 

points
41 Declaring any hazards which may exist at the Premises 
42 Providing unobstructed access at Wastewater collection points 
43 Ensure structural condition of cesspits and Wastewater collection points are  
safe.
Table 4.1


5.1 Overview
5.1.1 Responsible Entity will develop, maintain and improve its systems and processes
for internal operations and for interactions with the external parties including
the Customers, Tanker Drivers and Responsible Persons (the “Systems and
Processes”) as well as a Code of Practice for Tankering Management, as required
by the Regulations particularly Clauses 3.7 and 3.8 thereof. Notwithstanding the
provisions of these specific clauses, the Systems and Processes and the Code of
Practice should make sure they provide clear protocols and criteria for:

availability of Wastewater, Tankers and Discharge Stations, the nature of
demand, the load or queue at the Tanker Discharge Stations and
scheduling the service to delivered at an agreed time a few days into the
future;

serve);

tankering tariffs;
(e) availability of supply – to make sure there are sufficient tankers in each
area to meet estimated demands and travel to Discharge Stations; and
(f) Customer complaint handling – develop detailed instructions and


the Responsible Entity acts consistently and treats fairly all Customers.
website
5.2.4 The procedures should clearly identify the prerequisites requirement for service
The procedure must include the following elements:

(a) applicable service request channels – a range of options for making a

fulfil the request;
(e) notification method – a method of keeping the Customer informed of the

status of the request;
(f) suitable KPIs and reporting should be developed to assess the level of
service; and
(g) applicable service provision terms and conditions.
with valid customer's identification documents (ie Emirates ID).
5.2.7 The Responsible Entity shall ensure that all concerned staff fully understand the
requirements and know how to manage Customers’ requests and deliver


5.3.1 The Responsible Entity will only accept requests made by a customer with a
valid customer identification number.
5.3.2 The Responsible Entity will reject requests which are made by non-legitimate
customers (i.e without a valid customer identification number).
5.3.3 The Responsible Entity should ensure service request acceptance or rejection
5.3.4 Tankers which are not permitted and arrive at a Discharge Station with
Wastewater to Discharge may be charged additional fees for any Discharge.
Further, such Tanker will be notified to the despatch centre and may be
prohibited from being despatched in future.
5.3.6 Once the request for Tankering Service is accepted the Responsible Entity must
ensure its completion, and exert efforts to achieve the agreed service standard.
day.

5.3.9 The Responsible Entity should develop a code-of-practice that clearly sets out
code-of-practice should take account of factors including the following:
(a) the customers and classes of customers that may make requests;
(b) whether there are customers and classes of customers that may be
excluded from making such requests;
(c) the volumes that may be requested for collection in an individual

collection;
(i) the volume requested for collection;
(ii) the order in which requests are received;
(iii) whether there are outstanding requests from previous days; and
situations;
unduly rejected; and

Discharge Station and Tanker availabilities, tankers-on-despatch and
time-to-service, as set out in section 5.6.2 below.

Responsible Entity or the Responsible Persons as set out in clauses 3.7 and 3.8
of the Regulations and described below. The Systems and Processes and the
Customer contacts the Distribution Company

5.4.2 When the Customer contacts the Responsible Entity for the Tankering Service,
the Responsible Entity will:
and

(iii) the applicable tariff payment (including cost of Wastewater
Discharge services);

Services; and
or the Responsible Entity may deem necessary to communicate or
the Bureau may specify in any direction.
Persons. If the Customer reject the offer, the Customer may either:
(b) re-contact the Responsible Entity at a later time or date, following which
the Responsible Entity will repeat the steps set out in paragraph 5.4.2
above and its sub-paragraphs.

that is published by the Responsible Entity for the concerned area; and
(b) then contact the Responsible Entity to register the request for Tankering
Services agreed with the Customer, and provide details of the Customer
and the agreed terms.
documented.


(i) the purchase cost of the Wastewater being despatched to the
discharge station;
to the customer’s location and then onto the Discharge Station.
Providers may choose to set this to zero, particularly if they have
a fixed fee that varies by geographical location;

(e) safeguards Customer Choice and Competition by allowing customers to

such that:
(i) where the customer a chosen the provider, the customer is
(ii) where a Provider is despatched, the customer is charged

5.6.1 The Responsible Entity should develop a code of practice setting out how it will
ensure sufficient availability of supply to meet reasonable demands, inclusive a
justifiable definition of what is mean by reasonable demand. This code-of-
practice would take account of the following:
(a) Responsible Entity ensures that the location of Tanker Discharge Stations
(where reasonably practicable) and their capacities match the reasonable
demands.
(b) Tanker Discharge Stations should be connected to licensed wastewater

treatment works, adequate handling capacity to service all Tankers at the
designated Discharge Points simultaneously.
(c) operation of the Tanker Discharge Stations should not adversely affect
the level of wider wastewater services in the adjacent areas.
(d) Tanker Discharge Stations’ operating hours should be adequate to meet

the foreseen reasonable demands.
5.6.2 The Responsible Entity should always keep an up-to-date schedule showing each
customer request, Wastewater Discharge Points availabilities, tankers
availabilities and tankers despatched or being despatched along with estimated
time to deliver the service to each customer.

5.7.1 The Responsible Entity is required to develop a detailed procedure for handling
complaints from customers about Tankering services with clear escalation
matrix.
website.

details should be lodged and recorded by the Responsible Entity.

5.7.4 The Responsible Entity shall ensure that all concerned staff are trained and
qualified to handle customer complaints within the satisfactory level.
5.7.5 The Responsible Entity should ensure proper analysis and evaluation of
complaints to improve the quality of services provided to customers.

5.8.1 The Responsible Entity is required to submit the proposed Code of Practice to
Regulations. The Responsible Entity should ensure that the Code of Practice
Furthermore, the Responsible Entity should make sure that this Code of Practice
is reviewed and amended sufficiently frequently so that it remains up-to-date
and relevant. The Code of Practice should be amended as and when required by
the Bureau.
5.8.2 The Responsible Entity is required to provide to the Bureau for review and
external consultant to inspect the working and operations of the Responsible
Entity and the implementation with the Systems and Processes and the Code of
Practice.

6. Wastewater Tankering Guidance

the Tanker Wastewater Collection Points and Cesspits to the Wastewater Discharge
Points so as to ensure that the possibility of ground Contamination is minimized. Step-
by-step Discharge procedures are included in the Guide for both a manual and
automated Discharge systems. This Guide will help to standardize procedures at the
Customer Collection Point and will assist the Responsible Entities and their Wastewater
Discharge Points’ personnel, Tanker Drivers in performing their statutory obligations.
6.1 General
6.1.1 The Responsible Entity shall provide the appropriate number of staff at the
Discharge Points’ area.
6.1.2 The Responsible Entity shall provide a traffic management plan appropriate to
each Wastewater Tanker Discharge Points’ area such that the flow of traffic into
the Wastewater Discharge Points and the flow of traffic out of the Wastewater
Discharge Points are safely managed.
6.1.3 The Responsible Entity shall provide storm drainage facility to prevent site
flooding.
6.1.4 The Responsible Entity shall provide electricity supply and drinking water supply
for drinking purposes and wash down purposes to the personnel at the
Wastewater Discharge Points’ areas. Basic welfare facilities shall be provided to
the staff and Tanker Drivers.
6.1.5 The Responsible Entity shall provide suitable coverage to permit remote data
acquisition.
6.1.6 The Responsible Person shall provide parking for its own fleet of Wastewater
Tankers when the Tankers are not in use. The parking provided shall be in a
location that does not negatively impact on the image of Abu Dhabi. The parking
shall also be secured to avoid unauthorized tampering with the Wastewater
Tankers when not in operation.
6.2 Wastewater Discharge Point’s Area Entry Guidance

6.2.1 This section provides Wastewater Discharge point’s area entry guidance to
ensure only authorised Wastewater Tankers are allowed to enter the dedicated
area and record details of the Tankers.
6.2.2 Only Wastewater Tankers licensed by the Abu Dhabi Police and certified by the
Responsible Entity for Wastewater activities shall be allowed to enter
Wastewater Discharge Points’ areas.
6.2.3 The Tanker Driver shall use the entry gate to enter the Tanker Wastewater
Discharge Point’s area.
6.2.4 The Wastewater Discharge Point’s area staff shall check the following, upon
arrival of Tanker at the entry gate:

(a) Availability and validity of Permit for Wastewater issued by the

Responsible Entity;
(b) Availability and validity of Tanker Inspection sticker issued by Abu Dhabi
Police.
6.2.5 Until such time as the Automated Wastewater Discharge Management System is
installed at the Wastewater Discharge Points’ areas, the following parameters
and checks shall be verified to ensure compliance with applicable Regulations:
(a) pH;
(b) Conductivity;
(c) Appearance to check for oil, sludge or grease, abnormal colour and
odour, etc;
(d) Any other tests deemed necessary by the Responsible Entity to ensure
compliance with applicable Regulations.
6.2.6 The Tanker Wastewater Discharge Point’s area staff shall maintain an entry log
that includes the following at a minimum:
(a) Permit number;
(b) License plate number;
(c) Date and time of entry;
(d) Responsible Person (transporter company name);
(e) Wastewater Collection Point details;
(f) Number of entries by the same Tanker in the same day;
(g) Capacity of the Tanker; or
(h) Tanker flow meter or level indicator gauge for reading the volume
discharged.
6.2.7 The entry log shall be maintained at the Tanker Discharge Point’s area. A
sample entry log is provided in Appendix B.

6.3.1 This section provides handling guidance to prevent spillage, ground
Contamination and potential of human infection from microbiological diseases.
(a) The Tanker Driver shall not come into direct contact with Wastewater to
prevent infection. This can be avoided by ensuring all personnel are
wearing PPE at the Wastewater Collection and Discharge Points’ area. In
cases where contact is made, Tanker Driver needs to wash and sterilise
his hands immediately.
(b) The Tanker Driver should be cautious of any spilled Wastewater on the
ground. In cases where spillage has occurred, the Tanker Driver must
wash-down the polluted area with clean water as directed by the
Wastewater Discharge Point operator.
(c) During Wastewater collection an air gap in the Tank shall be maintained
to prevent over spilling during transportation.

6.3.2 Collection and Discharge Hoses
(a) Upon completion of the Wastewater collection and discharge, the

Wastewater hoses and extension hoses shall be cleaned, capped and
stored in the stowage compartment. See Chapter 7: Technical
Requirements for Wastewater Tankers for further details. All hoses and
other handling equipment used in Discharge shall be stored off the
6.3.3 Wastewater Tank Hatches
(a) Tanker hatches openings shall be maintained in a manner that will

prevent the entry of insects, rodents, or any foreign material. With the
exception of instances where Cleaning, emptying or filling of the tank is
occurring, hatches shall be covered and sealed at all times to prevent
public nuisance.
6.3.4 Wastewater Tank
(a) All Wastewater Tanks shall be used ONLY for Wastewater activities.
(b) When the Wastewater Tank is not in use, all Tank hatches shall be
closed, pipes securely capped, and hoses capped and stored off the
ground in a secure location. Only hoses approved by the ADSSC shall be
used for Wastewater collection and Discharge.
6.4 Collection Guidance

This section provides Guidance to ensure the Wastewater is collected from the
Customers and then discharged to authorised Wastewater Discharge Points in a manner
which prevents ground Contamination and public nuisance.
Collection and Discharge

6.4.1 The Tanker Driver shall collect Wastewater from Customer as scheduled and
discharge to dedicated Wastewater Discharge Points.
6.4.2 In cases where the Tanker is equipped with a flow meter, the flow meter shall
meet the technical requirements/codes and be used to determine the volume of
Wastewater collected from the customer.
6.4.3 In cases where the Tanker is equipped with a level indicator gauge only, the
level indicator gauge shall be used to determine the volume of Wastewater
collected from the Customer.
6.5 Discharge Guidance

This section provides guidelines for Wastewater Discharge Point’s area to prevent
Prohibited Waste and Restricted Substances from entering biological Wastewater
treatment.
Source of Wastewater
6.5.1 The source of Wastewater collected shall only be domestic Wastewater and
Wastewater complying with the Trade Effluent and Control Regulations’
permissible concentration and does not include Prohibited Waste and Restricted
Substances.

6.5.2 The Wastewater shall not be sourced from unauthorized Wastewater Collection
Points.
Wastewater flow measurement

6.5.3 Each Wastewater Tanker Discharge Point shall be equipped with flow metering
device which has a valid calibration certificate or a level indicator gauge. This is
to track the Wastewater volumes discharged at the Discharge Points.
Tanker Driver discharging Wastewater

6.5.4 The Tanker Driver shall not come into contact with the Wastewater flowing from
his Tanker while discharging Wastewater.
6.5.5 During the discharge, the receiving Discharge Point should be easily accessible.
Rejection of Tanker Wastewater discharge

6.5.6 If any of the requirements listed under 5.2.4 above are not satisfactory, the
Responsible Entity will keep a record of the rejected Tanker and the reason for
rejection. The Tanker shall be responsible for delivering the rejected load to a
facility registered by the Responsible Entity.
Wastewater Sampling & Testing

6.5.7 In addition to the Wastewater Sample Testing and visual Inspection carried-out
upon entry of Tanker to the Discharge Point, as per 5.2.4 above, the
Wastewater Discharge Point operator shall collect another sample to be sent to
an Accredited Laboratory for analysis. Such sample shall be a representative
sample for 5% of the Tanker’s daily trips to ensure compliance with applicable
Regulations.
6.6 Wastewater Discharge Points’ Area Exit Guidance

6.6.1 This section provides guidelines for Tankers exiting the Wastewater Discharge
Points’ area.
(a) The Tanker Driver shall use the exit gate to exit the Tanker Discharge
Points’ areas. The entry gate shall not be used as an exit with the
exception of Tanker Discharge Points’ areas which have only one
entry/exit gate.
6.7 Operation and Maintenance Guidance for Tanker Discharge

Points’ Area.
This section provides operation and maintenance guidance for the Tanker Discharge
Points’ areas and operational guidance for Tanker Drivers.
6.7.1 The following Guidance is to assist in ensuring the Tanker Discharge Points’
areas are safely managed, the Tanker Discharge Point infrastructure is
adequately accessible and that potential Wastewater spillage is controlled.
(a) Tanker Discharge Points’ areas log book shall be maintained. The log
book shall be used to log the Tanker Discharge Points’ Inspection results,
corrective actions and the date of the current and planned Inspections.

(b) The Tanker Discharge Points’ hoses shall be inspected once a week to
identify defects, leaks and if the valves are opening and closing properly.
(c) The Wastewater Tanker Discharge Points’ metering or level indicator

gauge device shall be inspected once a week to ensure operability and
good physical appearance. In addition, another Inspection is needed once
a year to check the validity of the metering device calibration certificate.
(d) It is recommended the Wastewater Tanker Discharge Points’

infrastructure is checked at 6-month intervals. The following items to be
inspected:
 Street lights.
 Road pavement.
 Water supply.
 Drainage.
 Entry / Exit gates.
 Perimeter fence.
 Safety signs and boards.
(e) Wastewater Tanker Discharge Points shall be audited yearly by the

Responsible Entity or a third party auditor to ensure that all the
Wastewater Tanker Discharge Points personnel are adhering to the
health, safety and management rules and to ensure log books are
maintained and all the necessary Inspections and checks are conducted
at the recommended intervals.
6.7.2 Operation Guidelines for Tanker Driver
(a) The Tanker Driver shall maintain a delivery log book. The log book shall
be used to log the volume of wastewater collected, the Customer contact
details, delivery date, time and location of Wastewater Discharge Points.
(b) The delivery log book shall be provided to the Responsible Entity upon
request.

6.8.1 The Responsible Person shall adhere to the annual Inspection and certification
procedures developed for Wastewater Tankers by the Responsible Entity. The
procedures are part of the annual registration process that the Tanker is
required to undertake in order to pass the technical Inspections. A sample of the
annual Inspection checklist is provided in Appendix D.
6.8.2 In addition to the annual Inspection and registration, the Tanker shall also
undergo a quarterly exterior Inspection by the Responsible Entity. A sample of
quarterly inspection form is included in Appendix C.
6.8.3 Upon completion of the annual Inspection and passing relevant tests the Tanker
shall receive an annual Permit evidenced in the form of certification sticker from
the Responsible Entity. This sticker shall be mounted on the front windshield of
the tanker. It shall contain the Inspection information and the next Inspection
date. The certification sticker signifies Tanker’s eligibility for carrying

Wastewater and allows it to apply for the registration at the Traffic Police
licensing section.
6.8.4 The annual Permit shall be logged into the Wastewater Tanker Discharge Points’
area log book and shall include the following:
(a) Permit number
(c) Date of Inspection
(d) Date of last Inspection
(e) Date of upcoming Inspection
(f) Status of Inspection (failed or passed)
(g) Corrective actions
6.8.5 Cleaning
(a) Prior to the yearly renewal due date of the vehicle registration, the
Responsible Person shall wash and clean with a high pressure hose the
Wastewater Tank, hoses and stowage compartment for the hoses along
with entire vehicle.

7. Automated Wastewater Discharge

Management System
The Tanker Wastewater Discharge Points are currently controlled and operated manually. There is
neither real-time flow metering system to measure the volume of Wastewater received nor an on-
line Wastewater quality monitoring device to assess the main parameters of Wastewater that is
about to be discharged. The volume of Wastewater and its concentration can have a detrimental
impact on the performance of the biological Wastewater treatment downstream. The current
manual system also leads to direct contact of the Tanker Driver with the discharge spout and hose
thus increasing the Risk of health Hazard.
Therefore an automated Wastewater Discharge Management System is preferable in the long term
as it will reduce the chance of uncontrolled discharge to the works and reduces the likelihood of
spillage and Contamination of the surrounding area.
Control at all Wastewater Discharge Points’ areas is required to ensure that Tankers are Discharge
Wastewater of known quantity and quality in accordance with the Regulations.

7.1.1 Flow metering facilities to record the volume of Wastewater discharged at each
Wastewater Discharge Point area in order to record how much Wastewater will be reaching
the wastewater treatment plant
7.1.2 On-line sampling and testing facility to determine and record basic parameters of
Wastewater discharged i.e. pH and conductivity.
7.1.3 In addition to that, the automated system can control the entry and exit gates through the
use of an Automatic Number Plate Recognition (ANPR) camera at the gate, a gate barrier
and a Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) tag which is placed on the front windshield of
the Wastewater Tanker.
(a) The automated system should have the following features:
(b) Wastewater sampling and testing facilities mounted on a by-pass line;
(c) Dilution chamber to discharge the sample to the works, in case sample is rejected;
(d) Real-time Wastewater flow metering device;
(e) Records of Tanker Driver and billing information;
(f) Automatic entry and exit of the Tanker Discharge Points’ area; and
(g) Automatic detection of authorized entry to the Tanker Discharge Points’ area.
(a) Key ID;

Guide to Wastewater Tankering Regulations 2017
Page 32 of 76
(b) Wastewater flow metering device and data logger;
(c) On-line testing equipment and data logger;
(d) Wastewater Discharge management and billing software;
(e) Control room with central server and control panel housing the PLC system;
(f) Display monitor to indicate available Discharge Points’ Bays;
(h) ANPR Camera / RFID tag; and
(i) Automated entry and exit gate control with barrier.

The following paragraphs describe the system configuration.
7.2.1 A control room is housed at each Tanker Discharge Points’ area. The control room is
equipped with a PLC system and control panel which has oversight of the ongoing
operations.
7.2.2 Each Discharge Points’ Bay is equipped with one Wastewater flow metering device.
7.2.3 The flow metering device logger will be linked locally at each Tanker Discharge Point via
Ethernet. This is to allow for local access of the data.
7.2.4 The flow metering device logger will be linked to the overall automated tracking system
control centre. This is the control centre which will receive and collect all information
through the GPS tracking system.
7.2.5 The flow metering device logger will be linked to the central control centre via several
methods. For Tanker Discharge Points without an internet connection, the Wastewater
magnetic flow meter logger will communicate with the control centre via SMS.
7.2.6 For Tanker Discharge Points with a telecommunication system, the Wastewater flow
metering device logger may communicate with the control centre via a dedicated link or
through the internet.
7.2.7 The control centre will receive all the information from all the data loggers at all the Tanker
Discharge Points. From the control centre, the information will be transmitted via internet
to the necessary authority or entity.
7.2.8 Each Discharge Point will be equipped with a control unit which is essentially a mini
computer used to activate the discharging system if the set parameters i.e. pH and
conductivity are within the permitted set points and also to record the volume and quality
of Wastewater discharged.

Page 33 of 76

The following paragraphs describe the operations of the proposed system.
7.3.1 An automatic gate with a barrier is applied at the Tanker Discharge Points’ area entry gate.
The automatic gate is to limit access to the Tanker Discharge Points area so as to ensure
only those with the valid Permits may enter the Tanker Discharge Points.
7.3.2 An ANPR camera is applied at the Tanker Discharge Points entry gate.
7.3.3 Each Tanker is equipped with a RFID tag. The RFID tag will be mounted on the front
windshield of the Tanker.
7.3.4 Each Tanker Driver is equipped with a Key ID. The Key ID has a built-in identification
mechanism which stores the details of the Responsible Person.
7.3.5 To ensure the Key ID is not transferred to another Tanker Driver, the Key ID is also linked
to the actual Tanker registration number.
7.3.6 Upon arrival at the Tanker Discharge Points’ area entry gate, the ANPR camera will register
the Tanker registration number along with the RFID tag and Key ID of the Tanker to
ensure only registered Tankers and registered Tanker Drivers enter the Discharge Points.
7.3.7 Through the use of the ANPR device, RFID tag and Key ID, any mishandling or transfer of
the Key ID to another registered or unregistered Tanker will result in a denied entry to the
Tanker Discharge Points’ area.
7.3.8 When the Key ID and the ANPR device match, the Tanker Driver will be allowed entry to
the Discharge Points’ area. In this case, the gate barrier would open.
7.3.9 In the event of the Key ID and ANPR devices are not matching, the gate will not open and
the Tanker Driver will have to drive into a secondary lane and wait for the Discharge
Points’ personnel.
7.3.10 The Tanker Discharge Points’ personnel will then check whether it is simply an error in the
system or if in fact the Key ID is registered to another Tanker. If it is simply a system
error, the Tanker Discharge Points’ personnel will then release the system and allow the
Tanker Driver entry to the Discharge Points area. If the Key ID is registered with another
Tanker, the Tanker Discharge Points’ personnel will deny entry to the Tanker Driver and he
will proceed into the secondary lane and exit the Tanker Discharge Points area. (The
secondary travel lane is used in the event of the Key ID and registered Tanker not
matching. In this case it allows the Tanker Driver to have a means of exiting the facility
without entering the actual Tanker Discharge Points area).
7.3.11 In addition, at the entry gate, a display monitor is mounted which indicates the available
Discharge bays. Each Discharge Points’ Bay is equipped with induction loop cables which
detect whether it is in use or not. When a Discharge bay becomes available, the number is
displayed on the monitor at the gate, and the Tanker Driver then drives into the assigned

Page 34 of 76
bay. This helps to regulate traffic and Tanker movement inside the Tanker Discharge
Points.
7.3.12 In the control room, the operator will be able to override the operations at the Tanker
Discharge Points if and as required. However the operator in the control room is not
required to activate the system.
7.3.13 If the Wastewater quality does not comply with the acceptable standards for discharge
quality the operating staff shall reject the load and instruct the Driver to proceed to a
location where it will be accepted. In this case the Tanker Driver shall have a means of
exiting the facility without Discharge the load and to proceed as directed.
7.3.14 At the exit gate or in the control room the Tanker Driver will receive a receipt. The receipt
will detail the volume of Wastewater which has been discharged by the Tanker.
7.3.15 This information will be automatically registered and logged in the central system located
in the Tanker Discharge Points’ control room. The system is capable of storing details of all
the Tankers, the Tanker Drivers, Permit numbers, capacities and billing.
7.3.16 The above proposed system will assist in improving the operations of the Tanker Discharge
Points. With the provision of a real-time system, all details of the Wastewater discharged
along with dates and times will be traceable. The Responsible Entity can monitor the
Wastewater discharged on a daily basis. The automatic shut off will aid in protecting the
biological process at the Sewage Treatment Works and hence minimize the loss of
treatment capability. Overall the proposed system helps to improve the efficiency in the
operations of the Tanker Discharge Points and minimizes the required labour.

Page 35 of 76
8. Technical Requirements for Wastewater Water

Tankers.
The purpose of this section is to explain the technical requirements of the Wastewater Tankers in
Emirate of Abu Dhabi that Responsible Entity, Responsible Person and Tanker manufacturers
should follow in order to ensure safe delivery of Wastewater for treatment.
This section has been developed in consultation with ADSSC, the Emirates Authority for
Standardization and Metrology (ESMA), Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing Department and
other government institutions and Tankering companies.
8.1 Objectives
This document provides the technical information regarding the permissible types of
Wastewater Tankers and the features to be included in them.
(a) To the Tanker manufacturers in fabricating the Tankers and inclusion of required
features when manufacturing the Tankers for transporting Wastewater;
(b) To the Responsible Persons to select and purchase Tankers which are suitable for
the intended purpose, enabling them to operate and maintain them in proper
manner as stipulated by Regulations;
(c) To the Licensing Authority for the regular Inspection and approval of the
Wastewater Tankers as stipulated in the Regulations;
(d) To the Responsible Entities for ensuring the Tankers used for the transport of
Wastewater are as stipulated in the Regulations;
(e) To other concerned authorities to enforce the Regulations, ensuring that

transporting Wastewater by road Tankers within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi is safe.

8.2.1 These Specifications apply to all the Wastewater Tankers operated by the Responsible
Person for the provision of Wastewater by road within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi, who are
licensed or exempted under the provisions of the Law No. (2) of 1998 Concerning the
Regulation of the Water and Electricity Sector or Amendments thereto.
8.2.2 These requirements shall be supplementary to the Regulations that are enforced by the
Regulations and Supervision Bureau with regards to the Tankering Management within the

Page 36 of 76
8.3 Usage
8.3.1 Wastewater Tankers shall be exclusively used for transporting Wastewater to the facilities
managed by the Responsible Entity.
8.4 Registration for Wastewater Tanker

8.4.1 The Tanker shall be properly registered with the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing
Department under the relevant category as specified.
8.5.1 The Responsible Person operating commercial Wastewater Tankers should hold a
Wastewater Collection or Disposal Licence issued by the Bureau prior to starting any
Tankering activities.
8.5.2 The Tanker shall be presented annually by the Responsible Person to the relevant
Licensing Authorities for Inspection and certification as follows:
(a) The first part of the Inspection will be made by Responsible Entity. A sample
Inspection checklist that can be used by the Responsible Entity is presented in
Appendix D for guidance.
(b) Following the successful Inspection and approval of Responsible Entity, the second
part of the Inspection will be made by the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing
Department. The Inspection checklist used for this purpose is presented in
Appendix E.
(c) In the event of successful approval by both of the above authorities, a certificate
together with a sticker will be provided to the Responsible Person by the Abu Dhabi
Police Traffic and Licensing Department.
8.5.3 If the result of any part of the above Inspection is unsuccessful, the relevant Authority
shall advise the Responsible Person to make any rectification to the Tanker required for
certification. The Responsible Person shall make such rectification as advised before
producing the Tanker once again for Inspection
8.5.4 The sticker provided by the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing Department after a
successful Inspection of a Tanker shall be affixed to the upper right quarter of the rear of
the Tank or other location as specified by the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing
Department and shall be visible at all times indicating that the Tanker has been inspected,
certified, and found to be in compliance with the regulatory requirements.

Page 37 of 76
8.6 General Requirements for Wastewater Tanker

8.6.1 The dimensions and weight of the truck shall be in conformity with the requirements
stipulated in the UAE Standards No. UAE.S GSO 159 :1993 “Motor Vehicles-Dimensions
And Weights” issued by the Emirates Authority for Standardization published on
8.6.2 Tanks shall be so constructed that every portion of the interior can be accessible and easily
cleaned by providing adequately sized manholes in the Tank and access openings in the
baffles, as specified elsewhere in this section.
8.6.3 Tanks shall be permanently affixed to the chassis or the bed of the truck. Tanks may be
bolted or may be affixed to the bed of the truck by a welded frame securing the Tank to
the bed in a manner that prevents any movement or shifting.
8.6.4 The total width of the Tank shall not exceed the total width of the cabin, so that the tank
shall not protrude beyond the cabin.
8.6.5 Typical Tank sizes are indicated in Appendix F.
Construction features of Tank

8.6.6 Any Tank used for transporting Wastewater shall be constructed so as to:
(a) be watertight;
(b) prevent spillage or leakage during loading, transportation and unloading;
(c) reduce surge during transport; and
(d) withstand all pressures to which it is subjected under normal operating conditions.
8.6.7 All pumps, pipes, hoses, valves, joints, caps, plugs and other equipment used shall be
watertight so as to prevent spillage or leakage.
Capacity of Tank
8.6.8 The Tank shall be of a capacity from 3,400 litres (750 gallons) to 55,000litres (12,000
gallons), depending on the intended usage.

8.6.9 The general and safety aspects provided in the Tanker shall be in conformance with the
requirements stipulated in the UAE Standards No. UAE.S/GSO 42 :2003 “Motor Vehicles-
General Requirements” issued by the Emirates Authority for Standardization published on

Page 38 of 76
8.6.10 All parts of the Tank, suction system, discharge system and associated pumps and hoses
shall be readily accessible for Cleaning, maintenance and Inspection.

8.6.11 The Tanker shall undergo periodic technical Inspection as detailed in the UAE Standards
No. UAE.S GSO 971/1997 “Motor Vehicles Periodic Inspection Manual” issued by the
Emirates Authority for Standardization published on 15/10/1997 or any subsequent
revisions.
8.6.12 The Tanker shall be inspected once a year by the Responsible Entity for compliance with
the requirements as stipulated in the Regulations, at which a certification sticker shall be
issued to the successful Tankers.
Prime Mover
8.6.13 The engine and the chassis of the prime mover shall be specifically suitable for a Tanker
and shall be certified by the manufacturer to that effect.
8.6.14 The Tanker shall have power steering for manoeuvre in different driving conditions.
8.7 Technical Requirements of Wastewater Tanker
8.7.1 All surfaces that come into contact with Wastewater shall be made of a smooth,
impervious, non-absorbent and corrosion-resistant material such as;
(a) Aluminium Wrought Alloys 1000-6000 series as specified by ANSI or equivalent; or
(b) Aluminium Casting Alloys 218, 308, 319, 332, 356, 360, 413, B443, 514, 520, 713
or equivalent; or
(c) Mild steel, conforming to ASTM A36 or equivalent.
8.7.2 At the first registration of the Tanker, the Tanker Operator shall produce the
manufacturer’s specifications/certification regarding the material of manufacture of the
tank.

8.7.3 If the material of manufacture of the Tank is mild steel, all the internal surface of the Tank
coming into contact with Wastewater shall be coated with anti-corrosion painting system.

8.7.4 The shape of the Tank shall be circular, elliptical or “double D” in cross section, as
illustrated in Appendix G.

Page 39 of 76
8.7.5 The thickness of the Tank body shall not be less than 8mm or as may otherwise be
required for a vacuum Tank.
8.7.6 The internal surface of the Tank shall have a mild slope towards the bottom drain of the
Tank.
Openings
8.7.7 The inlets and other openings to the Tank shall be so constructed to prevent the entrance
of insects, rodents or other foreign material. The opening shall be 100 mm higher than the
level of the Tank.
8.7.8 A minimum of one manhole shall be provided for routine maintenance, repairs, and
Cleaning of the Tank. The total number of manholes shall be determined based on the
number of baffles.

8.7.9 Hatches and manhole openings shall be completely covered and sealed with tight fitting
coverings, permanently mounted gaskets and security locks.
Wastewater Outlets
8.7.10 Wastewater outlets shall be provided with an approved opening valve.
8.7.11 Wastewater outlets shall be equipped with threaded or clamped caps, tethered to the ports
with a chain or cable. Inlet and outlet caps shall be in place on all fittings except when
Wastewater is being discharged or loaded.
Drain
8.7.12 Tank shall be provided with a bottom drain of sufficient size, with a valve to facilitate
complete discharge of water used for Cleaning procedures.
Baffles
8.7.13 Baffles shall be provided inside the tank, where the total capacity of the Tank is more than
3,400 litres (750 gallons).
8.7.14 The number of baffles and the spacing shall be such that they will prevent surges of
Wastewater inside the Tank during transportation. An indicative number of baffles
according to Tank size is provided in Appendix F.
8.7.15 Baffles shall be made of the same material as that of the tank and shall be firmly and
permanently attached to the Tank. Baffles shall not interfere with the free drainage of the
Tank.

Page 40 of 76

8.7.16 The Tank shall be provided with at least one ladder, mounted at the rear to access the top
of the Tank.
8.7.17 The rungs of the ladder shall be non-slippery, and the spacing between the rungs shall not
exceed 350 mm as illustrated in Figures 7.8.1
Figure 7.8.1
8.7.18 The top of the Tank shall be provided with at least one walkway of sufficient width for a
person to walk safely from the access ladders to all the manholes. The walkway shall be
fabricated with non-slippery chequered plates or grates.

8.7.19 The Tank should be provided with a secured, transparent level indicator gage mounted at
the rear of the Tank to indicate the Wastewater level inside the Tank. The material of the
level indicator gauge shall be of approved material.

Page 41 of 76
Pump
8.8.1 The pump shall be of a type which could be readily disassembled to demonstrate the
condition of the impeller and impeller chamber.
8.8.2 The vacuum pump shall be constructed of corrosion resistant materials and with adequate
suction head fit for purpose..
8.8.3 The pump shall be installed on the Truck within a suitable enclosure to reduce noise level
and public nuisance.
8.8.4 Internal water contact surfaces of the pump, including seals, bearing, and lubricants shall
be constructed from corrosion resistant materials.
8.8.5 The pump shall be designed and constructed to pump liquids containing solids with
spherical diameter so they do not clog inside the pump or the discharge pipe.
8.8.6 The vacuum pump’s motor shall be protected from failure from overheating by thermal
sensor switches wired in series and imbedded in each phase winding for final connection to
motor control.
Accessories
8.8.7 The discharge side of the pump shall be properly protected between uses by a protective
cap which shall be tethered to the pump.
8.8.8 All the accessories, used for the pump, coming into contact with Wastewater shall be
fabricated with non-corrosive material.
Hoses
8.9.1 Hoses shall be made of polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyethylene (PE), or other equivalent
materials suitable for use with Wastewater.
8.9.2 Hoses shall be stowed in a lockable metal compartment fixed on the truck beside the Tank,
which should be 100 mm above the deck of the truck and fixed so that it is self-draining.
8.9.3 Alternatively, hoses may be wound on a hose reel and mounted suitably to the chassis or
the frame of Tanker.
8.9.4 The lengths and diameters of the hoses shall be adequate for the collecting and Discharge
requirements.

Page 42 of 76
8.9.5 Hoses shall have a smooth interior surface. They shall be kept clean, and operated or
handled in a manner that prevents intrusion of rodents and insects and capped or closed
when not in use.
8.9.6 Hoses shall be marked with the lettering “Wastewater” on the exterior of the pipe, with
letters of size 5 cm.
Connectors
8.9.7 The ends of all hoses shall be provided with threaded or clamped caps at the ends, which
shall be tethered to the hose. Such caps shall be in place when hoses are not in use. Hoses
in stowage compartments shall also be capped.
8.9.8 All the fittings shall be made of corrosion resistant materials.
Figure 7.10.1

Page 43 of 76
Exterior Painting
8.10.1 The two sides of the Tank shall have an orange strip of spray paint 20 cm high, at the
middle of the Tank throughout the length.
8.10.2 The back end of the Tank shall have an orange strip of spray paint 20 cm high at the
middle throughout the breadth, and two stripes of white luminous paint across the whole
surface, each of 20 cm high, on either side of the orange strip.
Markings
8.10.3 Within the orange strips on the two sides of the tank, the words “Wastewater Tanker”
should be written in white, both in Arabic and English language. The height of the letters
shall be 10 cm. The letters and words should be suitably spaced to make a good
appearance as shown in Figure 7.11.1
Figure 7.11.1

Page 44 of 76
8.10.4 Within the orange strips on the back side of the Tank, the words “Wastewater” should be
written in white, both in Arabic and English language. The height of the letters shall be 5
cm. The letters and words shall be suitably spaced to make a good appearance.
8.10.5 The capacity of the Tank in litres (rounded to the nearest 100 litres) shall be marked on
both sides of the Tank at a lower location, towards the rear side of the Tank. The letters
should be in orange and at least 5 cm in height.
8.10.6 The name, address and telephone number of the Tanker Operator (individual or company)
shall be marked on both the doors of the cab. The letters should be in orange colour and of
a suitable size to be visible at distance.
8.10.7 The certification sticker provided by the Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing Department
(following the annual Inspections by the ADSSC and Abu Dhabi Police Traffic and Licensing
Department) shall be affixed to the upper right quarter of the rear of the Tank or other
location as specified by the Authority.
Figure 7.11.2
8.10.8 The certification sticker provided by the Responsible Entity at the quarterly Inspection shall
be affixed to the upper right quarter of the rear of the Tank, below the sticker for annual

Page 45 of 76
Inspection, or other location as specified by the ADSSC. This sticker shall also be
duplicated on the front windshield of the Tanker.
8.10.9 The stickers shall be tamper evident or of a type that once the sticker is removed it is no
longer suitable for reuse.
8.11 Tanker Safety Requirements

8.11.1 The Tankers shall have the yellow and black striped markings on the rear and along the
two sides of the chassis, as stipulated by the motor traffic authorities.
8.11.2 The Tankers shall have the amber coloured beacon lights, one mounted on the top of the
cabin, and at least one on top of the Tank as depicted in Figure 7.12.1 . Beacon lights of
alternate colours are not permitted.
Figure 7.12.1
8.11.3 The Tankers shall be equipped with a back-up alarm which must turn on automatically
8.11.4 The Tankers shall comply with any other safety standards that will be imposed by the
Regulating Authority, Licensing Authority or any other relevant authority in the Emirate of
Abu Dhabi.

Page 46 of 76

9.1 Purpose
environmental health and safety requirements during the handling of Wastewater from
(and including) Tanker Collection Points to the Discharge Points by authorized and
specialized Tankers.
9.1.2 The guidelines also provide guidance on the safe design and operation of Tanker Collection
Points and Tankers.
9.2 Scope
9.2.1 These guidelines shall apply to all Duty Holders involved in the Wastewater Tankering
operations. This includes, but is not limited to: Wastewater Collection and Discharge
Points, operational staff, Responsible Entity, Responsible Person, Tanker Drivers,
Contractors engaged in work at the Wastewater Discharge Points, Tankers, suppliers and
visitors to the Wastewater Collection and Discharge Points.
9.2.2 These Regulations are subject to amendment or replacement by the Bureau at any time,
and from time to time.
9.2.3 Failure to comply with these Regulations, or any part thereof, shall be deemed as contrary
to the Law and the Licensee/Duty Holder will be penalized by the Bureau in accordance
with the Law.
9.3 Tanker Discharge Points’ Areas

Safety by Design Considerations
9.3.1 Tanker Discharge Point driveways shall be designed in a way so as to reduce the need for
Tankers to reverse.
9.3.2 Segregation of pedestrian and vehicular traffic is to be given a high priority during the
design of Tanker Discharge Points’ Areas.
9.3.3 Measures shall be put in place to eliminate Hazards or reduce Risks to Tanker Discharge
Points users so far as is reasonably practicable. This shall include, but not be limited to,
safe means of access to Wastewater outlets.
9.3.4 Discharge Points’ area access shall be designed in a way so as not to pose any Risk to the
public.

Page 47 of 76
Risk Management
9.3.5 The Responsible Entity shall adopt a systematic and comprehensive approach to identifying
the Hazards and managing the Risks within the Tanker Discharge Points. Further guidance
is provided by Occupational Safety and Health Centre of Abu Dhabi (OSHAD) established in
Security
9.3.6 A durable hoarding shall be erected on the Tanker Discharge Points’ area perimeter and
shall:
9.3.7 Access to the Tanker Discharge Points’ area shall be controlled to prevent unauthorized
entry.
9.3.8 Arrangements shall be in place to ensure that suppliers, visitors or any other legitimate
site users are well informed of any restrictions or conditions that may pose a Risk to their
safety and well-being.
9.3.9 Without prejudice to paragraph 8.3.2, access openings shall be fitted with a gate which
must be kept locked at all times when the site is unoccupied.
9.3.10 Lone working shall be avoided whenever possible. If unavoidable, the employer of the lone
worker shall ensure the safety and wellbeing of the lone worker.

9.3.11 Temporary structures shall be fit for the purpose and meet all the requirements of the UAE
Fire and Safety Code and other applicable requirements.
Welfare Facilities
9.3.12 Adequate sanitation facilities shall be provided at all Tanker Discharge Points’ areas.
9.3.13 An adequate number of toilets shall be provided for employees and Tanker Drivers.
9.3.14 Sanitation facilities shall be provided with adequate lighting and ventilation; be maintained
and kept permanently clean.

Page 48 of 76
9.3.15 Washing facilities shall be provided and kept in good sanitary condition. They shall be
provided with running water and liquid soap or other appropriate cleansing agent.
9.3.16 Good housekeeping shall be maintained at all Tanker Discharge Points’ areas.
9.3.17 All waste materials shall be collected on a regular basis and placed into appropriate
receptacles for correct disposal off site.
9.3.18 Receptacles fitted with lids shall be provided for food waste and be emptied frequently to
avoid overflowing of waste.
9.3.19 The driveways of Tanker Discharge Points’ areas shall be constructed of solid and durable
material (i.e. asphalt, concrete etc.) with a water run-off collection system installed to
prevent water pooling.
9.3.20 Tanker Discharge Points’ areas and access ways leading to them shall have even grounds
free from Hazards which may cause tripping, slipping or falls.
9.3.21 The erection of makeshift facilities (such as rest areas, canteen etc.) is prohibited. Such
facilities may be constructed subject to fulfilment of the necessary requirements of the
ADSSC and Municipality.
Lighting
9.3.22 Adequate illumination level shall be provided and maintained throughout the Discharge
Points’ areas and access/egress points. The illumination shall be designed and installed in
a way so as to avoid glare, irregularity & invisibility
Signage
9.3.23 Adequate health and safety signs shall be displayed as appropriately throughout the
Tanker Discharge Points’ area.
Inspections
9.3.24 The Bureau employees (or nominated representatives) may conduct periodic Inspections
at Tanker Discharge Points to carry out checks and verify compliance with these
Regulations.
9.3.25 The Bureau employees (or nominated representatives) may inspect a Tanker Discharge
Points’ area at all reasonable hours upon receiving a complaint pertaining to violation of
these Regulations.

Page 49 of 76
9.4 Tankers
9.4.1 Tankers designated for transportation of Wastewater shall conform to Technical
Requirements of Wastewater Tankers (Section 7.7 of this Guide). In addition, the following
requirements shall apply:
Cleanliness
9.4.2 Responsible Persons/Tanker Drivers shall take appropriate measures to protect the Tank,
equipment and connections from becoming Contaminated with Restricted Substance during
storage, transportation of the Wastewater.
Inspections
9.4.3 The Bureau’s employees or Responsible Entity (or nominated representatives) may
conduct spot checks on Tankers to verify compliance with these Regulations.
(a) The general condition of the Tanker;
(c) Truck documentation (registration, insurance, Permit);
(d) Driver licence and training certificate;
(e) Tankers with unsatisfactory Inspection results shall not be allowed to collect
Wastewater until steps are taken to remedy the situation; and
(f) Satisfy the Inspection team.
General Conditions
9.4.5 Only Tankers which have been designed and built to hold Wastewater shall be authorised
to transport Wastewater subject to fulfilment of other Wastewater transportation
requirements as applied by the ADSSC.
9.4.6 Tankers’ exterior painting and markings shall be in accordance with the Technical
Requirements.
9.4.7 Only Tankers which are road worthy with a valid Abu Dhabi traffic police registration may
be allowed to collect Wastewater subject to fulfilment of other Wastewater transportation
requirements as applied by the ADSSC.
9.4.8 Any article or piece of equipment that is used for the collection of Wastewater must be:

Page 50 of 76
(c) Made of surfaces that can be readily cleaned and sanitized;
9.4.9 Unsafe or faulty Tankers (including those which have water leaks) shall not be allowed to
collect Wastewater and shall be instructed to leave the Tanker Discharge Points’ area.
9.4.10 Tankers shall not be left unattended with engines running. Keys shall be removed from the
ignition and parking brakes applied when the Tanker Driver leaves the Tanker.
9.4.11 All operational Tankers shall have proper insurance and be operated by operators/drivers
licensed for that particular vehicle.
9.4.12 All Tankers shall be fitted with amber coloured flashing/revolving beacon lights which must
be operational during dark hours and low visibility periods.
9.4.13 Tankers shall be equipped with a back-up alarm which must turn on automatically when
the gear is put into the reversing position.
Maintenance
9.4.14 Only emergency maintenance of Tankers shall be allowed within the Tanker Discharge
Points’ area.
9.5 Drivers
Tanker Driver Competence

9.5.1 Wastewater Tanker Drivers shall be given training on these Regulations within three
months of enforcement and annually thereafter.
9.5.2 A certificate shall be issued upon satisfactory completion of the training. The certificate is
valid for one year and a new certificate is issued upon attending the annual refresher
course.
9.5.3 The training shall be provided in a language understandable to the Tanker Drivers.
Tanker Driver Health

9.5.4 Driving Wastewater Tankers is deemed as a ‘Safety Critical Job’. Tanker Drivers with
serious health conditions which may impair their driving ability or compromise their own or
others’ safety are not eligible to operate Wastewater Tankers.

Page 51 of 76
Tanker Driver Safety

9.5.5 Without prejudice to the applicable traffic police safety requirements, all Wastewater
Tankers are to be equipped with a suitable fire extinguisher, warning triangle and first aid
kit.
9.5.6 As a minimum, the following Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) items shall be available
for use by the Tanker Driver at all times:
(a) Safety shoes;
(c) Hard hat.
9.5.7 All reasonable care shall be taken whilst climbing on top of the Tanker to handle the hatch
or operate the water nozzle.
9.5.8 The Tanker-mounted ladders must be used to climb up and down the Tanker.
9.5.9 Tanker Drivers must wear full body harnesses and attach the lifeline to the fall arrest
systems wherever those are being used on top of the Tanker at Tanker Discharge Points.

The safety and health of the public are paramount and should be observed at all times. All
necessary precautions and control measures shall be implemented to prevent exposure of the
public to Hazards and ill-health.
The Burea shall make arrangements with Health Authorities for:
9.6.1 Informing the Bureau of cases of ill-health caused by, or suspected to have been caused
by, waterborne pathogens.
9.6.2 Inviting the Bureau to participate in investigating outbreaks (or suspicion) of waterborne
illness cases.
9.6.3 Coordinating and communicating with the Bureau any information pertaining to
monitoring, surveillance and/or investigation of waterborne illness outbreak (or suspected)
cases.
9.6.4 Tanker Wastewater Discharge Points shall have arrangements in place for:
9.6.5 Adopting hygienic practices for handling Wastewater.
9.6.6 Only allowing road-worthy licensed trucks to transport Wastewater.
9.6.7 Reporting Tanker Drivers who may be under the influence of alcohol or drugs to the police.
9.6.8 Not allowing unwell Tanker Drivers to handle Wastewater.

Page 52 of 76
9.6.9 Preventing unauthorised access to Discharge Points’ areas and associated facilities.
9.6.11 Establishing communication channels with the Health Authorities for receiving reports on
waterborne illness cases.
9.6.12 Actively participating in investigating waterborne illness outbreak (or suspected) cases.
9.6.13 Taking appropriate remedial and preventative action to ensure the safety of Tankered
Wastewater.
9.6.14 Maintaining comprehensive records of waterborne illness outbreaks and

9.6.15 Taking legal action or applying punitive measures (as appropriate) against the Wastewater
9.6.16 Copies of all documents, certificates, licenses etc. pertaining to Tankers and Tanker
Drivers shall be stored on a centralised database which is to be accessible by the BUREAU,
Responsible Entity as well as the Tanker Discharge Points’ personnel.
9.6.17 Copies of Incident details and investigation reports shall be maintained by the Bureau.
9.6.18 All records shall be kept for no less than five (5) years.

9.7.1 In case of emergency crisis or disaster, the Responsible Entity must comply with the
relevant Business Continuity Management Regulations, as amended from time to time.
9.7.2 Tankers which are not in use can be utilised to transport Wastewater in case of an
emergency.

9.8.1 The Responsible Entity shall advise the Bureau within two hours of it becoming aware of an
Incident where the Tankered Wastewater safety has, or could have, been compromised.
9.8.2 It is the responsibility of the Tanker Driver and/or the Responsible Person to report at
once, to the police and the Responsible Entity Incidents where Wasterwater was accidently
discharged or leaked while in transport and where safety could have been compromised.
9.8.3 An investigation shall be carried out to ascertain the causes of all Incidents, their
implications on Wastewater Tankers’ safety and measures to prevent recurrence. A Bureau
representative may attend these investigations.
9.8.4 If collecting contaminated Wastewater is likely to pose Risk to people or the environment
then measures shall be taken to render the Wastewater safe prior to doing so.

Page 53 of 76

9.9.1 Health and safety Inspections, assessments or audits may be carried out by the Bureau, or
their nominated Consultants, on Tanker Discharge Points and Wastewater Tankers at any
time to verify compliance with applicable policies, procedures, guidelines and statutory
Regulations’ requirements.
9.9.2 Corrective and preventive actions recommended by inspectors, auditors or investigators

shall be carried out in reasonable time by the Duty Holder, Responsible Person or
Responsible Entity and verified by the initiator.
9.9.3 Statistical data pertaining to the following are to be collated by the Bureau on a monthly
basis:
(a) Number of collections of Wastewater;
(b) Quantity of Wastewater being transported;
(c) Number of Wastewater safety/quality Incidents reported;
(d) Number of Incidents on Tanker Discharge Points; and
(e) Number of waterborne illnesses reported by Tanker Drivers.

9.10.1 Tanker Drivers found to be in violation of these Regulations for the first time shall be
issued with a verbal warning.
9.10.2 Tanker Drivers found to be in violation of these Regulations for the second time shall be
issued with a written warning.
9.10.3 Tanker Drivers found to be in violation of these Regulations within twelve (12) months of
receiving a written warning shall have their training certificate suspended and re-trained.
9.10.4 Tanker Drivers who violate these Regulations for the second time within twelve (12)
months of receiving a second written warning shall have their training certificate revoked
permanently and their vehicles banned from being received at the Tanker Discharge Points’
area.

Page 54 of 76

10.1.1 The Distribution Company shall develop an automated tracking management plan, which
fulfils the following key criteria:
(a) Easy to use – not overly complex, user friendly and minimizes the amount of
training required;
(b) Adaptable – adaptable to a changing fleet size whether it increases or decreases
(c) Cost effective – fulfils the objectives of the tracking management system while
avoiding adding features that are unnecessary
(d) One size fits all – can be applied to the smallest and largest Tanker operators.

10.2.1 The plan shall have core futures, as a minimum, with a provision of additional features,
which may be added later, as required. These core and additional features are described
below.
10.2.2 The following core features are required for the automated tracking management plan:
(e) Alerts and Notifications;
(f) Tanker flow meter;
(g) Tanker level Sensor.
(d) Integration with Wastewater Discharge Management System.
10.3 Core Features

10.3.1 The core features which form the basis of the automated tracking management plan and
detailed requirements are described below.

Page 55 of 76
Fleet Reporting
10.3.2 Fleet reporting is the tracking of daily, monthly and annual performance information of the
Tankers. Fleet reports allow the Distribution Company to evaluate the overall Tanker fleet
and Tanker Driver activity. Detailed reports shall include information such as:
(a) Tanker’s exact daily route;
(b) Tanker trip reports;
(c) Customer locations;
(d) Collections completed;
(e) Discharge completed.
Real-Time Tracking
10.3.3 Real-time tracking using GPS and cellular systems shall relay Tanker coordinates and
information to the control centre. It shall provide the Responsible Entity with the ability to
monitor the Tankers as they leave the Wastewater Collection Points up to the Discharge
Points’ area. Any unauthorized stops and discharges of Wastewater shall be identified
immediately without delay giving the Responsible Entity the opportunity to respond
immediately, if required.

10.3.4 Tankers shall move along agreed routes within established zones. All zones shall have
assigned IDs and be linked to specific Tanker Discharge Points. The system shall record
any instances when the Tanker departs from the agreed route or zone whilst en-route to
the Customer. The system shall produce an alert when it happens and generate a report.
This zone system will also be used to log the number of Tankers that enter a Discharge
Points’ area.

10.3.5 Tankers shall be inspected at regular intervals, as specified in Table 9.1 below. The status
of Wastewater Tankers shall be reflected in the tracking management plan and, if a Tanker
is due for an Inspection, the system shall send an alert to notify this.

Page 56 of 76
Table 10.1 - Inspection Schedule Wastewater Tankers.

Wastewater Tanker Exterior Quarterly

Wastewater Tanker permitting Once a year
Technical Inspection and Certification by Abu Dhabi Annually
Police Traffic & Licensing

10.3.6 One of the core features of the system shall be the ability to distinguish between Self-
Supply and commercial Tankers.

Alerts and notifications shall be generated automatically to facilitate proper monitoring
and control of the Tankers by the Responsible Entity. Alerts shall be sent immediately
after an issue arises. The system shall be configured to include the following alerts:
a) Geo-fencing: This is when the Tanker has entered and/or exited a specified
geographic boundary. Notifications can be received when the Tanker has
entered the boundary, the length of time the Tanker remained within the
boundary and the exit time. This is to identify when a Tanker Driver is driving
to an unspecified destination or is diverting from the intended route.
b) Excess Idle: This is when the Tanker ignition is on, but the Tanker has not
moved after a specified time period.
c) Long Stops: This is when a Tanker stops for a longer period of time than
specified.
d) Late Arrival: This is when a Tanker should have arrived at a point, but has
not.
e) Discharge of Wastewater: This is to notify when the Tanker Driver is

Discharge Wastewater from the Tanker. This can help to identify
unauthorized points of discharge.
f) Unauthorized opening of inlet hatch: This is to notify when the Tanker Driver
is opening the inlet hatch at a location other than an approved Wastewater
Collection Points.
g) Inspection status: This is to keep track of Inspection requirements. Send an

alert when the Tanker is due for Inspection.

Page 57 of 76

10.4.1 In addition to the core features, the following additional options shall be addressed in the
automated tracking management plan.
Call Centre
10.4.2 The role of the Call Centre is to allow for a centralized office which can receive customer
orders and also dispatch an available Wastewater Tanker to fulfil the demand. A call centre
will increase the efficiency in the business as Responsible Persons will be able to register
with the call centre and customers will have a centralized location to place orders. The
information collected in the call centre will be used to maintain records of operators, the
number of Tankers, Customer details and the number of collections.
Tanker Driver’s Behaviour and Safety

10.4.3 Monitoring Tanker Driver’s behaviour allows the Responsible Entity to identify good and
risky Driver behaviour. If required, risky Tanker Drivers can be given a warning. The
anticipated driver behaviour aspects which may be monitored include the following:
(c) Harsh cornering- forceful cornering or cornering too fast (may cause the Tanker to
capsize);
10.4.4 The above aspects of Tanker Driver’s behaviour can be an indicator of aggressive or unsafe
driving. Monitoring Tanker Driver’s behaviour enhances safety on the road and reduces
Risks and the likelihood of Tanker accidents.
10.4.5 Preventive Maintenance consists of scheduled servicing and Tanker repairs to prevent
problems and maximize Tanker availability. Preventive maintenance is used to proactively
avoid or reduce Tanker breakdowns and can be based on time, mileage, engine hours, or
fuel used. Preventive maintenance actions include oil change, lubrication, adjustment,
cleaning, Testing, repair and/or parts replacement. This feature may be of benefit to the
Responsible Person as it serves as a reminder to service the Tankers and helps to ensure
the Tankers are maintained in working condition.
Integration with Wastewater Filling Management System

10.4.6 The ultimate goal is that the Tanker Filling Stations are equipped with automatic Water
filling management systems. In the event that this occurs, the tracking management
system and filling management system may be integrated.

Page 58 of 76

(b) Flow meters
(c) Level Sensors;
(e) GPS satellite;
(f) Internet;
10.5.2 Each Tanker shall be equipped with a GPS tracking device, Water flow meter and a level
Sensor for each Tanker manhole or inlet.

Page 59 of 76
Appendixes:
Appendix A Tracking Management Plan System Configuration
Appendix B Entry Log (Sample)
Appendix C Quarterly Tanker Exterior Log (Sample)
Appendix D Annual Inspection Checklists by ADSSC (Sample)
Appendix E Annual Inspection Checklists by Abu Dhabi Police (Sample)
Appendix F Indicative Dimensions of a Tanker
Appendix G Typical Shapes of the Tanker
Appendix H Tanker Tracking – How the System Works
Appendix I Tanker Driver Delivery Log (Sample)

Page 60 of 76
Appendix A - Tracking Management Plan System

Configuration

Page 61 of 76
Appendix B – Entry Log (Sample) by Abu Dhabi

Sewerage Service Company (ADSSC)
Date Time Tanker Tanker Account Permit Capacity pH Conductivit Trip

of Owner Plate Number Number y No.
Entry Name Number (Gallons) (micro
S/cm)
Note:
 The Entry Log is used at the entry of the Discharge Points Area to document the Tanker
details.
 The Account Number column applies to future Discharge Points Areas which will have an
automated pre-paid billing system.

Page 62 of 76
Appendix C – Quarterly Tanker Exterior Inspection

Log (Sample)
Tanker
Tanker Tanker Status of Corrective
Date of Inspector Tanker Operator Completed
License Operato Inspection Actions
Inspection Name Permit Notified (Yes/No)
Plate r (Pass/Fail) (Yes/No)
(Yes/No)

Page 63 of 76
Appendix D: Annual Inspection Checklists (Sample)

by ADSSC
General
1 Owner’s Name: ……………………………………………………………
2 Address : ………………………………………………………………
3 Telephone Nos.: ……………………………………………………………
4 Vehicle Registration No.: ……………………………………………………
Usage of Tanker
5 Is the Tanker being used for transport of wastewater only?
If yes, provide details:……………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………..……………………………………………………
9 Material of the Tank (At the first registration – Check the
………………
manufacturer’s certification/specification)
10 Material of internal coating) (At the first registration – Check the
manufacturer’s specification)
………………

12 Are the seals of openings and hatches clean and free of cracks or
other physical wear? Yes/No

Page 64 of 76
13 Are the outlets of Tanks provided with acceptable quality valves? Yes/No
16 Is a drain provided to empty the Tank? Yes/No
18 Are a sufficient number of baffles provided inside the Tank?

(At the first registration – Check the manufacturer’s certification/ Yes/No
specification)
19 Is the material of baffles same as the Tank?

(At the first registration – Check the manufacturer’s certification
/specification) Yes/No
20 Is a ladder provided satisfactorily with non-slip rungs?

Yes/No
21 Is a walkway provided satisfactorily with non-slip material?
Yes/No
Pump and
Accessories
23 Is the material of manufacture of pump acceptable?
(At the first registration – Check the manufacturer’s certification/ Yes/No
specification)

29 Are the hoses stowed in a covered compartment or mounted
Yes/No
suitably on a hose reel?
30 Are the hoses marked properly with the wording “Wastewater

only”? Yes/No

31 Is the exterior of the Tanker painted well in with approved
Yes/No
paint unpainted
32 Is a 20 cm high orange colour strip present on both sides and on Yes/No

rear?
33 Are two 20 cm high white colour luminous paint strips present on
Yes/No
the rear of the Tank, on either side of the orange strip?
34 Is the required text present (“Wastewater” in Arabic & English on
both sides and rear) on the Tank in correct size of lettering and Yes/No
colour?

35 Is the capacity of the Tank marked on both sides of the Tanker in
Yes/No
litres? (to the nearest 100 litres, in orange colour letters 5 cm high)
36 Are the required details of the Tanker Operator (Name, address,
Yes/No
telephone number) marked on both sides of the cabin?
37 Is the pictorial symbol present on both side of the Tank? Yes/No

38 Is the pictorial symbol marked as specified, in correct colour and
dimensions? Yes/No
Safety Requirements
39 Are the safety markings (yellow and black strips) provided on the
Yes/No
Tanker as required?
40 Are the amber beacon lights on the Tanker (on the cabin and on
Yes/No
the tanker) present and in working order?
41 Is an automatically activated back up alarm provided to the

Tanker? Yes/No
Comments:
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
Instructions provided to the owner:
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
Whether Tanker is approved/not approved for operation: Approved/ Not
approved

………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
Date of inspection:
………………………………………..
Signature of the Inspector:
………………………………
Abu Dhabi Sewerage Services
Company: ADDSC (Responsible Entity)
============================================
Signature of the Tanker Operator /representative:
…………………………………..
Date:……………………………

Guidance to Wastewater Tankering Regulations 2017
Page 67 of 76
Appendix E - Annual Inspection Checklist by

Abu Dhabi Police
(Based on the current checklist used by the Abu Dhabi
Police)

Page 68 of 76
Appendix F - Indicative Dimensions of a

Tanker
Tanker Capacity
Height – H mm Width –W mm Length – L mm No. of baffles
Litres (Gallons)
3400 (750) 800 1700 3330 2
4500 (1000) 1000 1800 3360 2
8200 (1800) 2125 1100 4600 3

9000 (2000) 1105 2120 5220 4
13600 (3000) 1250 2300 6340 4
16000 (3500) 1400 2400 6340 4
20500 (4500) 1750 2480 6270 4
27300 (6000) 1620 2600 8600 6
36400 (8000) 1620 2600 11000 8
Note: The above dimensions are based on information obtained from some
manufacturers and are indicative only

Page 69 of 76
Appendix G - Typical Shapes of the Tanker

Page 70 of 76
Appendix H – Tanker Tracking: How the

System Works
 How the System Works

The following section explains the system configuration and communication
structure.
 The core of the fleet system structure is the GPS device, satellites, links, mobile
towers and the fleet management software.
 Prior to equipping the Tankers with a GPS device, the device will be configured by
the entity overseeing the fleet operations. Each device will have a unique ID
specific to the Tanker operator company and the Tanker itself.
 Prior to connecting the GPS device to the control centre, the device must be
registered with the entity overseeing the fleet operations. This entity will be able
to add, update and delete GPS tracking devices configured in the system through
a web-based interface.
 This entity can only add a new GPS to the system if there is a Tanker that is not
currently assigned. Once a device has been added to the system, it will be
assigned to a Tanker and automatically assigned a unique device identifier. This
ID will be used in the initial configuration of the GPS hardware.
 The GPS devices registered in the tracking management system can be modified
or deleted by the responsible entity. Through the web-based interface, the entity
can change which Tanker a GPS device is assigned to, or completely remove the
device from the system if required. Once a GPS device has been removed from
the system, the unique device identifier is no longer valid. Any GPS hardware
configured with this ID will no longer report back to the central fleet management
system.
 Once the GPS device has been configured it will be installed to the Tanker.
 The Wastewater Tanker is equipped with a dual antenna GPS / GSM device with
voice and data capabilities. The position of the Tanker is known through the GPS
satellite.
 The flow meter is fitted to the Tanker which quantifies the volume of Wastewater
discharged from the outlet and provided to a customer. The flow meter may be a
mechanical or electromagnetic flow meter.
 The flow meter will interface with the system through a serial port which will
transmit information to the dual antenna GPS / GSM device.
 The Mobile Tower will communicate to the service provider (such as Etisalat or
Du) and a dedicated link will be provided to the Central Control Center.
 The control centre will consist of a central server with a computer which is

Page 71 of 76
equipped with the fleet software. The fleet tracking information can then be
accessed 24 hours a day through the software installed on the computer.
 For ease of viewing and monitoring, the computer will be connected to a large
monitoring display whereby the entire fleet may be viewed and tracked live.
 The server, computer and monitoring display are housed in the control centre.
 The central control centre will receive the information from the Tanker along with
the flow meter and sensor data.
 From the central control centre an internet link will be provided to provide access
to users at other locations. This is to allow for system access from other
locations. The access will be through a web based interface whereby the
authorized personnel are provided a password to login to a location on the
internet where they can view the system operations as necessary.
The Appendix A illustrates the overall system configuration.
 How the System Works – Distinction between

Self Supply and Commercial Tankers
The system will make this distinction through the following method:
 As part of the certification process with the Responsible Entity, the Responsible
Person shall also specify the use of the Tanker- whether it will be used for self-
supply or for commercial purposes.
 If the Tanker is for self-supply purposes, the Responsible Person shall provide the
locations where the Wastewater will be discharged. A sample form to be
completed by the self-supply owner specifying the locations of discharge and shall
be submitted to the Responsible Entity is included in Appendix I.
 Upon obtaining the approval from the Responsible Entity for self-supply or
commercial purposes, and as part of the tracking management system set-up,
the type of Tanker will be inputted into the system.
 The GPS device, along with its unique ID, will be assigned a usage- self supply or
commercial.
 For self-supply individuals different parameters in tracking will apply. For self-
supply Tankers, the locations where the Wastewater will be discharged will be
inputted into the tracking system and assigned a Zone with a boundary. The
locations will be obtained from the form included in Appendix I. The only locations
permitted for self-supply are those approved by the Responsible Entity. Any
supply of water elsewhere will result in a system alert to the tracking
management control centre and action may be taken by the relevant authorities
accordingly.
 If and when the self-supply owner requires changing the location of supply and/or
adding new locations, the self-supply owner shall complete the self-supply form
(Appendix I) and obtain the approval of the Responsible Entity first. Following
approval of the Responsible Entity, the tracking system will be updated to include
the revised and/or new locations.
Page 72 of 76
 How the System Works – Wastewater

Discharge Points’ area
 As part of the system configuration and prior to operation, all the authorized
Wastewater Discharge Points’ area in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Western Region will
be plotted and stored in the fleet system.
 Each Discharge Points’ area will be assigned a Zone with a boundary. The data
can be retrieved for each Zone through the system.
 The Discharge Points are the only points in which Discharge of Wastewater will be
allowed.
 If the inlet hatch is opened at any other location rather than collecting and
Discharge Points, an alert and notification will be sent to the system. This will
help to inform if the Tanker Driver is engaging in unauthorized use of the Tanker.
Along with the alert, the tanker ID and Tanker Driver will be identified and action
can be taken accordingly.
 How the System Works - Tanker Tracking

The Tanker tracking commences as soon as the GPS device is installed to the
Tanker and configured to the system. The fleet management system will track the
Tanker from the collection points to Discharge Points. An example of how the
Tanker tracking will operate is provided below:
 The Tanker Driver will collect Wastewater up to Tanker’s full capacity from
Collection points. The Tanker Driver will then exit the Collection point’s area and
proceed to the Discharged Points.
 While en-route to the destination the tracking system is still working and the
 The figure below illustrates the information recorded when the Tanker is outside
of the Discharged Points.

Page 73 of 76
 Later in the trip, the Tanker Driver decides to make an unauthorized stop at an
unknown location prior to arriving at the Discharge Points. The system will
receive an alert notifying the Fleet Manager of the unauthorized stop.
 The system will be configured to monitor the length of the stop. If it is for a few
minutes and the Tanker outlet has not been opened and the discharge valve has
not been activated, the fleet manager may decide to dismiss this alert.
 However, if the discharge valve is opened and Wastewater is off loaded, another
alert will be sent to the system. The Fleet Manager will then be aware that an
unauthorized stop has been made and the Tanker Driver is Discharge
Wastewater. The latitude and longitude coordinates of this unauthorized location
will be recorded electronically in the fleet system. The Fleet Manager may then
decide to take action.
 Meanwhile, the Tanker Driver off loads 1,000 gallons of Wastewater at an

unknown location. The system is alerted and records the location of off-loading
and the volume of water discharged. After off-loading, the Tanker Driver returns
to the Tanker and continues driving to the Discharge Points. The Tanker Driver

Page 74 of 76
arrives at the Wastewater Discharge Points location.
 The Tanker Driver is late. An alert is sent to the fleet system indicating a late
arrival.
 The Tanker Driver then commences with off-loading the Wastewater to the
Wastewater Discharge Points . The Tanker is equipped with a flow meter. As the
valve is opened the flow meter is triggered and begins monitoring the flow being
discharged. The monitoring will continue until either the Tanker valve is closed or
the flow stops for a configurable period of time (such as 1 minute). Once the
discharge of the Wastewater stops, the flow device will produce an electronic
record. The record will include the volume of flow, date, time, and latitude and
longitude coordinates.
 The flow meter will have a logger display to show the exact flow discharged. This
information is then transmitted back to the control centre for reporting. The Fleet
Manager will be able to view all the discharge locations and volume of discharge
for each Tanker. The Fleet Manager will also be able to view this information for
the unauthorized stop the Tanker Driver made earlier.
 How the System Works - Tanker Inspection

Tracking
The Tanker Inspection tracking has been included in the tracking management plan
to ensure the Tankers are undertaking all the proper Inspections and to allow for the
Responsible Entity to have an electronic mechanism to maintain this information.
 This feature may be added to the fleet management system first by inputting the
requirements into the system.
 The type of Inspection along with the frequency of the Inspection will be inputted
into the system.
 Next, following successful completion of the Inspection of the Tanker, the

Responsible Entity personnel make an entry to the system. The entry by the
personnel will include the Tanker license plate number.

Page 75 of 76
Appendix I – Tanker Driver Delivery Log

(Sample)
No. Collection Customer Name Customer Volume Delivery Wastewater

Data & contact No. Location Collected Date Discharge
Location

Page 76 of 76

Consultationtankeringregulationsandguidesmay2017 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Consultationtankeringregulationsandguidesmay2017 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tankering Regulations and

31 May 2017 EC/T03/103

Tankering Regulations and Guides

Tankering Regulations and Guides - Consultation

2. How to respond ............................................................................. 7

Annex A - Consultation Response Template........................................ 15

Tankering Regulations and Guides - Consultation

Distribution Company or Distribution Companies (Discos) – means an Entity holding a

Entity – means an individual, company, association, society, partnership, corporation,

Licensee – means the holder of a licence issued by the Bureau.

Tankering – means supply of Water or collection of Wastewater by a Tanker.

Wastewater – means water-borne wastes generated by any domestic, commercial or industrial

Tankering Regulations and Guides - Consultation

Tankering Regulations and Guides - Consultation

1.3 Annex B of this consultation includes a copy of the proposed Regulations.

Stakeholders for this consultation

c) AAM d) Tadweer (CWM)

g) ADWEA h) Al Jaber Group

i) ADFCA j) Emirates Transport

m) ADM n) Green Mountains Env. & Transport

o) Abu Dhabi Police p) Al Muqaddamh Gen. Tran. and Cont.

q) DMAT r) Emirates Link Nitco

s) DED t) Atlas Express Cont., Maint. and Gen. Transport

u) EAD v) Zararah Transportation Co.

Tankering Regulations and Guides - Consultation

1.11 The consultation will run until 25 June 2017.

Tankering Regulations and Guides - Consultation

2.2 Responses to this consultation must be received by 25 June 2017.

2.3 You are invited to send comments by:

(a) email to: jshadid@rsb.gov.ae; or

Help with queries

Krzysztof Rzepczynski, Water Supply Manager, Regulation and Supervision Bureau,

2.6 Any questions should be sent before 15 June 2017.

Tankering Regulations and Guides - Consultation

Tankering Regulations and Guides - Consultation

(b) The need to establish fair and transparent pricing mechanism.

Tankering Regulations and Guides - Consultation

(b) ADSSC for Wastewater

4.6 The Bureau requires an explicit acceptance from these companies to

Supply Terms & Conditions via Tanker Filling Stations

Prohibition of Tankers registered in other Emirates

Tankering Regulations and Guides - Consultation

Tankers registration process

4.13 The Bureau requires confirmation if such an arrangement is acceptable.

Qualification and Rehabilitation of Tanker Drivers

Tankering Regulations and Guides - Consultation

(a) Non-drinking Water – means Recycled Water, desalinated water, Groundwater

[Note: Non-drinking Water may be of Wholesome quality however, it is strictly

Submission and Publication of Tariffs

Tankering Regulations and Guides - Consultation

Customer Choice and Competition

Charges for Tankering Management

Tankering Regulations and Guides - Consultation

4.26 AADC, ADDC and ADSSC are requested to:

Tankering Regulations and Guides - Consultation

Submission of comments on the Tankering Regulations and Guide.

Comments From <Organisation / Contact Person>

Notes: insert more rows as required

Specific Comments on the Regulations and Guides

Notes: insert more rows as required

Tankering Regulations and Guides - Consultation

Tankering Regulations and Guides - Consultation

The Tankering Regulations 2017 (Consultation version 1) Page 2 of 28